Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549

 
FORM 10-K
 

(Mark One)
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015
 
OR
 
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File Number: 001-36819  

 
Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Delaware
 
46-2654405
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
 
 
 
3737 Market Street
Suite 1300
Philadelphia, PA
 
19104
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
 
(Zip Code)

(888) 772-7560
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer
¨
 
Accelerated filer
¨
 
 
 
 
 
Non-accelerated filer
x
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company
¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

As of June 30, 2015, the last day of the registrant's most recently completed fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $779 million, based upon the closing price of the registrant's common stock on June 30, 2015.


Table of Contents


As of March 4, 2016 there were 27,109,724 shares of the registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant intends to file a definitive proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with its 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Portions of such proxy statement are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 


Table of Contents



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
Page
PART I
 
 
 
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
 
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
 
 
PART III
 
 
 
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
 
Item 15.
 
 
SIGNATURES
 
 
 
CERTIFICATIONS
 



Table of Contents

REFERENCES TO SPARK

In this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise requires:

references to “Spark LLC” refer to Spark Therapeutics, LLC only (which was previously known as AAVenue Therapeutics, LLC);
references to “Spark Inc.” refer to Spark Therapeutics, Inc. only;
references to “Spark,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references refer to Spark Inc., together with Spark LLC;
references to the “corporate conversion” refer to all of the transactions related to the conversion of Spark LLC into Spark Inc., including the conversion of all of the outstanding membership interests of Spark LLC into shares of capital stock of Spark Inc.;
references to (i) common stock refer to the common stock of Spark Inc. or, as applicable, to the common units of Spark LLC and (ii) preferred stock refer to the preferred stock of Spark Inc. or, as applicable, to the preferred units of Spark LLC;
references to “Spark’s clinical trials” and similar references regarding clinical trials relating to our product candidates and the associated data (including the use of “we,” “us” and “our”) include the applicable rights to clinical and preclinical programs assigned or licensed to us by the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, or CHOP, or the University of Iowa Research Foundation, or UIRF;
references to “Spark’s intellectual property” and similar references regarding intellectual property relating to our product candidates (including the use of “we,” “us” and “our”) include the applicable rights to intellectual property assigned or licensed to us by CHOP, UIRF or the University of Pennsylvania, or PENN; and
references to “Spark’s manufacturing platform” and similar references regarding manufacturing of gene therapy product candidates (including the use of “we,” “us” and “our”) include the applicable know-how assigned or licensed to us by CHOP.


Table of Contents

Forward-looking statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.
The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K include, among other things, statements about:
the timing, scope or likelihood of regulatory filings and approvals, including the timing of our BLA submission for, and final FDA approval of, SPK-RPE65 ;
the timing, progress and results of clinical trials for SPK-CHM , SPK-FIX and our other product candidates, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of clinical trials, dosing of subjects and the period during which the results of the trials will become available;
our estimates regarding the potential market opportunity for our product candidates;
the initiation, timing, progress and results of future preclinical studies and clinical trials, and our research and development programs for our other product candidates;
our ability to achieve milestones and receive payments under our collaborations;
our plans to develop and commercialize our product candidates;
our commercialization, medical affairs, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;
the implementation of our business model, strategic plans for our business, product candidates and technology;
the scalability and commercial viability of our proprietary manufacturing processes;
the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our product candidates, in particular, and gene therapy in general;
our competitive position;
our intellectual property position;
developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry;
our ability to maintain and establish collaborations or obtain additional funding;
our expectations related to our use of our capital resources;
our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;
the impact of government laws and regulations; and
our expectations regarding the time during which we will be an Emerging Growth Company under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act.
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, particularly in the “Risk Factors” section, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.
You should read this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 10-K completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by applicable law.


5

Table of Contents

PART I.

Item 1. Business
Overview
We are a leader in the field of gene therapy, seeking to transform the lives of patients suffering from debilitating genetic diseases by developing one-time, life-altering treatments. The goal of gene therapy is to overcome the effects of a malfunctioning, disease-causing gene. Our product candidates have the potential to provide long-lasting effects, dramatically and positively changing the lives of patients with conditions where no, or only palliative, therapies exist. Our initial focus is on treating orphan diseases, and we recently reported statistically significant results in a pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of our first product candidate targeting rare genetic blinding conditions, which has received both breakthrough therapy and orphan product designation. Based on these positive results, we intend to submit a Biologics License Application, or BLA, for this product candidate with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the second half of 2016 as the first step in executing our global regulatory and commercialization strategy.
We also have built a pipeline of product candidates targeting multiple rare blinding conditions, hematologic disorders and neurodegenerative diseases. Our pipeline includes: a product candidate targeting another rare genetic blinding condition currently in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial; product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia with a hemophilia B product candidate currently in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in collaboration with Pfizer Inc., or Pfizer, and a preclinical product candidate for hemophilia A to which we retain global commercialization rights; a product candidate for the treatment of TPP1 deficiency, a form of Batten disease, for which we are currently conducting Investigational New Drug application, or IND, enabling studies; and other ophthalmic, hematologic and neurodegenerative disease programs.
Our most advanced product candidate, SPK-RPE65 (voretigene neparvovec), is intended to treat genetic blinding conditions called inherited retinal diseases, or IRDs, caused by non sex-linked, or autosomal recessive, mutations in the RPE65 gene. Patients suffering from RPE65 -mediated IRDs are affected by a range of severe visual impairments, notably night blindness, or nyctolopia, that make independent activities of daily living challenging and ultimately lead to blindness. For example, affected children often depend on visual aids to carry out classroom activities while adults with these diseases may face diminished employment opportunities and may be stripped of some of the rewards of parenting, such as watching a child play his or her favorite sport. We estimate that there are approximately 3,500 individuals with RPE65 -mediated IRDs in the United States, as well as France, Germany, Italy, Spain and the United Kingdom, which are referred to as the five major European markets. We have received orphan product designation for SPK-RPE65 for the treatment of RPE65 -mediated IRDs in both the United States and the European Union.
In October 2015, we announced positive top-line results from our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of SPK-RPE65 , the first randomized controlled Phase 3 trial of a gene therapy for genetic disease. The trial of 31 subjects met with statistical significance its primary endpoint, the bilateral mobility test change score ( p  = 0.001), as well as the first two of three secondary endpoints, specifically full-field light sensitivity threshold testing, or FST ( p  < 0.001), and the assigned first eye mobility test change score ( p  = 0.001). Statistical significance was not achieved for the third secondary endpoint, visual acuity ( p  = 0.17).
The trial demonstrated a statistically significant restoration of vision in subjects that were progressing toward complete blindness. On average, subjects that received SPK-RPE65 demonstrated an improvement in their mobility test change score of 1.9 lux, or light, levels. Of the subjects in the intervention group, 65% achieved the maximum improvement measurable on the mobility test. Similarly, on average, intervention group subjects achieved a greater than 100-fold improvement in light sensitivity as measured by FST. Further, subjects receiving SPK-RPE65 achieved a mean improvement in visual acuity of approximately two lines (9.0 letters averaged across both eyes) on the logarithm of the minimum angle of resolution, or logMAR, scale, a standard measure of visual acuity, compared with a slight improvement (1.6 letters) among control subjects.
    
To date, we have not observed any product candidate-related serious adverse events nor any deleterious immune responses in the Phase 3 trial or in earlier Phase 1 trials. Based on these positive results, we intend to submit a BLA for SPK-RPE65 with FDA in the second half of 2016 as the first step in executing our global regulatory and commercialization strategy.
SPK-RPE65 also continues to demonstrate long-lasting benefit. Specifically, a cohort of eight subjects that participated in our second Phase 1 clinical trial that received the same dose and volume as used in the Phase 3 clinical trial and that would have met the eligibility criteria for the Phase 3 trial, continue to experience durable benefit as measured by mobility testing and FST over three years from time of administration, with observation ongoing.
We possess global rights to SPK-RPE65 . If approved, we intend to commercialize SPK-RPE65 globally, initially in the United States, the European Union and Latin America. We plan to employ small, targeted commercial and medical affairs groups to build and promote access to the product through centers that specialize in treating IRDs in the United States, the

6

Table of Contents

European Union and other major markets, including in Latin America and Asia. We believe that this approach is more patient-centered and will provide the foundation for future commercial and medical affairs operations, particularly for additional gene therapy product candidates for IRDs. The five primary areas of our pre-launch efforts include patient identification, ensuring market access, developing a high-quality delivery and distribution model, building a patient-centric organization and educating stakeholders.
We are pursuing other follow-on product candidates targeting other IRDs, including SPK-CHM for the treatment of choroideremia, or CHM. CHM is an IRD linked to the X-chromosome, which manifests in affected males in childhood as night blindness and a reduction of visual field, followed by progressive constriction of visual fields. For CHM patients, it is often in middle age, when people typically are at or near their greatest income-earning potential, that visual impairment begins to limit independent activities of daily living leading to a severe decrease in functional vision. CHM ultimately results in blindness. We have completed enrollment of subjects in the second cohort of our dose escalating Phase 1/2 trial for SPK-CHM . To date, SPK-CHM has been well tolerated and we have not observed any product candidate-related serious adverse events in this trial. We have received orphan product designation for SPK-CHM for the treatment of CHM in both the United States and the European Union.
The RPE65 and CHM genes are two of more than 220 genes that have been identified to cause IRDs. In March 2016, we acquired Genable Technologies Ltd., or Genable, and will continue the development of RhoNova, Genable’s lead gene therapy product candidate addressing rhodopsin-linked autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa, or RHO-adRP, an IRD that we believe affects approximately12,000 people in the United States and the five major European markets. In December 2015, we in-licensed technology with which we have initiated preclinical development of SPK-LHON , addressing Leber hereditary optic neuropathy, or LHON, an IRD that we believe affects approximately three in 100,000 people. We are actively evaluating additional IRDs to further expand our ophthalmic gene therapy portfolio.
In December 2014, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of SPK-FIX product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia B. Under the terms of the agreement, we received a $20.0 million upfront payment, earned a $15.0 million milestone payment in December 2015 and are eligible to receive up to an additional $245.0 million in aggregate milestone payments, as well as royalties calculated as a low-teen percentage of net product sales. Pfizer and we initiated a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of our lead SPK-FIX product candidate in 2015.
In our SPK-FVIII program for the treatment of hemophilia A, we recently nominated a lead product candidate that has demonstrated production of therapeutic levels of Factor VIII in multiple preclinical models at doses that have been safely delivered to humans in hemophilia B studies. We retain global commercialization rights to the SPK-FVIII program.
We are developing a lead neurodegenerative disease product candidate in our SPK-TPP1 program that has demonstrated compelling preclinical proof-of-concept data for the treatment of a form of Batten disease, a fatal neurological disorder involving mutations of the TPP1 gene, also known as the CLN2 gene, that begins in early childhood. TPP1 deficiency results in motor and mental decline, seizures and visual deficits appearing between ages two to four and is fatal by ages ten to twelve in a majority of cases. We believe there are approximately 750 to 1,000 patients with TPP1 deficiency in the United States and the five major European markets with approximately 75 to 100 new cases annually. In a well-established preclinical model of TPP1 deficiency, administration of our lead SPK-TPP1 product candidate to the ependymal cells of the brain ventricular system resulted in delayed onset of clinical symptoms and disease progression, protection from cognitive decline and extension of lifespan relative to untreated controls. Notably, the study produced effective distribution of the TPP1 enzyme throughout the central nervous system, as evidenced by immunohistochemistry and enzyme activity assay. We initiated IND-enabling studies for our lead SPK-TPP1 product candidate in 2015.
We also are conducting preclinical studies on a product candidate for the treatment of Huntington's disease, a hereditary genetic disorder that we believe affects over 60,000 patients in the United States and the five major European markets.
Gene therapies historically made by CHOP using our platform technology have been, or are being, used by several biopharmaceutical companies in clinical trials of their own gene therapy product candidates, as well as in multiple clinical trials from other sponsors through a program funded by the U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH. We have a supply agreement with CHOP to make clinical and, if requested by us, commercial material. We have our own state-of-the-art current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, facility to manufacture clinical and commercial grade adeno-associated virus, or AAV, vectors.
We believe that we have a significant competitive advantage in the field of gene therapy as a result of the collective experience of our scientific and management team and the advanced stage of development of our product candidates. Our scientists and scientific advisors have accumulated over 150 years of collective experience in the field of gene therapy, contributing key insights and significant developments that have coincided with a resurgence of interest in gene-based medicines. Our proprietary manufacturing processes produce consistent yields of highly pure and stable gene therapies, including both AAV and lentiviral vectors. Our vectors are disarmed viruses that carry genetic material into target cells.

7

Table of Contents

Inherited retinal diseases
SPK-RPE65 for the treatment of IRDs caused by autosomal recessive RPE65 mutations
SPK-RPE65 is our most advanced product candidate. Patients with RPE65 mutations suffer from a variety of symptoms ranging from night blindness, or nyctolopia, to a total inability to perceive light, with the onset of symptoms occurring at varying ages from infancy through young adulthood. Depending on the severity and age of onset, patients may be more or less limited in their ability to conduct activities of daily living independently. For example, many school-age children with IRDs caused by RPE65 mutations require full-time aides and are not able to carry out normal classroom activities without the use of visual aids, such as braille. As the disease progresses, affected individuals may be unable to drive, watch television, care for children or grandchildren or participate in everyday activities, including sports. Regardless of the age of onset, RPE65 mutations invariably lead to a decline in functional vision and eventual blindness. There are no approved pharmacologic treatments for IRDs caused by RPE65 mutations.
In October 2015, we announced positive top-line results from our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of SPK-RPE65 , the first randomized controlled Phase 3 trial of a gene therapy for genetic disease. The trial of 31 subjects met with statistical significance its primary endpoint, the bilateral mobility test change score ( p = 0.001), as well as the first two of three secondary endpoints, specifically full-field light sensitivity threshold testing, or FST, ( p < 0.001) and the assigned first eye mobility test change score ( p = 0.001). Statistical significance was not achieved for the third secondary endpoint, visual acuity ( p = 0.17), however, subjects receiving SPK-RPE65 achieved a mean improvement of approximately two lines (9.0 letters averaged across both eyes) on the logMAR scale, a standard measure of visual acuity, compared with a slight improvement (1.6 letters) among control subjects.
To date, we have not observed any product candidate-related serious adverse events nor any deleterious immune responses in the Phase 3 trial or in earlier Phase 1 trials. Based on these positive results, we intend to submit a BLA for SPK-RPE65 with FDA in the second half of 2016 as the first step in executing our global regulatory and commercialization strategy.
SPK-RPE65 also continues to demonstrate long-lasting benefits. Specifically, a cohort of eight subjects that participated in our second Phase 1 clinical trial that received the same dose and volume as used in the Phase 3 clinical trial and that would have met the eligibility criteria for the Phase 3 trial, continue to experience durable benefit over three years from time of administration as measured by mobility testing and FST, with observation ongoing.
We have received orphan product designation in both the United States and the European Union for SPK-RPE65 for the treatment of both Leber congenital amaurosis, or LCA, due to RPE65 mutations, which is referred to as LCA2, and retinitis pigmentosa, or RP, due to RPE65 mutations, which is referred to as RP20. LCA2 and RP20 historically are the most frequent clinical diagnoses of RPE65 -mediated IRDs. We have received breakthrough therapy designation for SPK-RPE65 from FDA for LCA2 patients with nyctalopia, or night blindness.
We estimate that there are approximately 3,500 individuals with RPE65 -related IRDs in the United States and the five major European markets. We believe SPK-RPE65 could benefit patients who retain enough viable retinal cells to experience improved functional vision.
We possess global rights to SPK-RPE65 . If approved, we intend to commercialize SPK-RPE65 globally, initially in the United States, the European Union and Latin America. We plan to employ small, targeted commercial and medical affairs groups to build and promote access to the product through centers that specialize in treating IRDs in the United States, the European Union and other major markets, including in Latin America and Asia. We believe that this approach is more patient-centered and will provide the foundation for future commercial and medical affairs operations, particularly for additional gene therapy product candidates for IRDs. The five primary areas of our pre-launch efforts include patient identification, ensuring market access, developing a high quality delivery and distribution model, building a patient-centric organization and educating stakeholders.
SPK-CHM for choroideremia
We are expanding our portfolio of product candidates to target additional IRDs caused by gene mutations for which we will be able to leverage our experience with SPK-RPE65 . Our first such follow-on product candidate is SPK-CHM .
CHM is an IRD linked to the X-chromosome, which manifests in affected males in childhood as night blindness and a reduction of visual field, followed by progressive constriction of visual fields. For CHM patients, it is often in middle age, when people typically are at or near their greatest income-earning potential, that visual impairment begins to limit independent activities of daily living leading to a severe decrease in vision. CHM ultimately results in blindness. We estimate that CHM affects approximately 12,500 males in the United States and the five major European markets.
SPK-CHM uses the same vector design, administration method and manufacturing process that we use for SPK-RPE65 . We have completed enrollment of subjects in the second cohort of the Phase 1/2 clinical trial of SPK-CHM . To date,

8

Table of Contents

SPK-CHM has been well tolerated and we have not observed any product candidate-related serious adverse events in this trial. We have received orphan product designation for SPK-CHM for the treatment of CHM in both the United States and the European Union.
Other IRD programs
The RPE65 and CHM genes are two of more than 220 genes that have been identified to cause IRDs. Gene therapy has the potential to address the underlying cause of IRDs by overcoming the effects of a malfunctioning gene. In March 2016, we acquired Genable and will continue the development of RhoNova, Genable’s lead gene therapy product candidate addressing rhodopsin-linked autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa, or RHO-adRP, an IRD that we believe affects approximately 12,000 people in the United States and the five major European markets. In December 2015, we in-licensed technology, with which we have initiated preclinical development of SPK-LHON , addressing Leber hereditary optic neuropathy, or LHON, an IRD that we believe affects approximately three in 100,000 people. We are actively evaluating additional IRDs to further expand our ophthalmic gene therapy portfolio.
Hematologic disorders
SPK-FIX program for the treatment of hemophilia B
Our gene therapy platform enables us to develop gene therapies that target tissues other than the eye. Our pipeline includes product candidates targeting expression of genes in the liver, with an initial focus on hemophilia B. Hemophilia B is a serious and rare inherited disease characterized by a mutation in the Factor IX , or FIX , gene, which leads to deficient blood coagulation and an increased risk of bleeding or hemorrhaging, primarily affecting males. People with hemophilia B typically are reliant on frequent and expensive intravenous infusions of recombinant FIX to facilitate blood clotting. The cost of providing prophylactic FIX treatment to an average adult has been estimated to reach up to $300,000 or more each year. According to the 2014 World Federation of Hemophilia Annual Global Survey, approximately 28,000 people worldwide suffer from hemophilia B.
In December 2014, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of product candidates in our SPK-FIX program for the treatment of hemophilia B. Pfizer and we are developing proprietary, bio-engineered AAV vectors utilizing a high-activity FIX transgene and a treatment protocol designed to mitigate immune responses seen in other hemophilia B gene therapy trials, including our own, that have limited the duration of efficacy. Under the collaboration, we maintain responsibility for the clinical development of SPK-FIX product candidates through the completion of Phase 1/2 trials. Thereafter, Pfizer has responsibility for further clinical development, regulatory approvals and commercialization. Pfizer and we initiated a Phase 1/2 trial of our lead SPK-FIX product candidate in 2015. Under the terms of the agreement, we received a $20.0 million upfront payment in 2014, earned a $15.0 million milestone payment in December 2015 and are eligible to receive up to an additional $245.0 million in aggregate milestone payments, as well as royalties calculated as a low-teen percentage of net product sales.
SPK-FVIII program for the treatment of hemophilia A
In our SPK-FVIII program for the treatment of hemophilia A, we recently nominated a lead product candidate that has demonstrated production of therapeutic levels of Factor VIII in multiple preclinical models at doses that have been safely delivered to humans in hemophilia B studies. Hemophilia A is the most common form of hemophilia with approximately 140,000 patients worldwide. The only therapies currently available for moderate to severe hemophilia A are intravenously administered FVIII protein or its derivatives. We retain global commercial rights to the SPK-FVIII program.

Neurodegenerative diseases
SPK-TPP1 program for the treatment of a form of Batten disease
We are developing a lead product candidate for the treatment of a form of Batten disease in our SPK-TPP1 program. TPP1 deficiency causes severe childhood neurodegenerative disorders that result in motor and mental decline, seizures and visual deficits appearing between ages two to four, and is fatal by ages ten to twelve in a majority of cases. This autosomal recessive disease is caused by mutations in the TPP1 gene, leading to a deficiency of the soluble lysosomal enzyme tripeptidyl peptidase 1, or TPP1. TPP1 deficiency also is known as CLN2 disease. We believe there are approximately 750 to 1,000 patients with TPP1 deficiency in the United States and the five major European markets with approximately 75 to 100 new cases annually.
In a well-established preclinical model of TPP1 deficiency, administration of the lead product candidate in our SPK-TPP1 program to ependymal cells of the brain ventricular system resulted in delayed onset of clinical symptoms and disease progression, protection from cognitive decline and extension of life span relative to untreated controls subjects. Notably, the novel delivery approach used in the study produced effective distribution of the TPP1 enzyme throughout the central nervous

9

Table of Contents

system, as evidenced by immunohistochemistry and enzyme activity assay. We initiated IND-enabling studies for the lead product candidate in our SPK-TPP1 program in 2015.
Other neurodegenerative diseases
We also are conducting preclinical studies on a product candidate for the treatment of Huntington's disease, a hereditary genetic disorder that we believe affects over 60,000 patients in the United States and the five major European markets.
Corporate history / milestones
We were formed in March 2013 to complete the development of, and to commercialize, gene therapy programs advanced over the past two decades at CHOP. We began operations in October 2013, at which time we acquired or exclusively in-licensed the development and commercial rights to certain clinical and preclinical programs and intellectual property from CHOP and UIRF and in-licensed additional intellectual property from Penn. We continue to collaborate with CHOP on gene therapy programs that are in preclinical stage of development.
In May 2014, we completed a $72.7 million private placement of shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, or our Series B financing.
In October 2014, we moved into a 28,000 square foot facility that we designed to meet the needs of our fully integrated gene therapy platform. The facility houses cGMP manufacturing suites, research laboratories as well as office space.
In December 2014, we entered into our global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of product candidates in our SPK-FIX program for the treatment of hemophilia B.
In February 2015, we completed our initial public offering of 8,050,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $23.00 per share, raising gross proceeds of $185.2 million before underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses.
In October 2015, we announced positive top-line Phase 3 clinical trial data for our lead product candidate, SPK-RPE65 , targeting rare blinding conditions, which demonstrated statistically significant restoration in functional vision in subjects that were progressing toward complete blindness.
In November 2015, we announced the opening of a satellite office in Waltham, Massachusetts and also signed a sublease for 14,000 square feet of office space to expand our operations at our corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
In December 2015, we closed a public offering of 3,398,500 shares of common stock at an offering price of $47.00 per share. The offering consisted of 2,266,995 shares offered by us and 1,131,505 shares offered by CHOP, resulting in gross proceeds of $106.5 million to us and $53.2 million to CHOP before underwriting commissions and offering expenses.
In December, 2015, we amended our license agreement with The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, or Penn, converting our co-exclusive license to certain patent rights owned by Penn, Cornell University and the University of Florida relating to a method of treating and retarding the development of blindness, including in particular LCA, to an exclusive license in the field of use related to the treatment of retinal disorders or diseases caused by a mutation or mutations in the RPE65 gene.
On March 7, 2016, we acquired Genable, a private gene therapy innovator with which we have collaborated since 2014 in the development of Genable's therapeutic program targeting one of the most prevalent forms of IRD. With the acquisition, we acquire RhoNova, a potential treatment targeting RHO-adRP, an IRD that routinely leads to visual impairment and, in the most severe cases, to blindness.
Our strengths
We believe the combination of our technology, expertise and know-how will allow us to maintain our leadership position in the gene therapy field. Our strengths include:
 
A product candidate, SPK-RPE65 , that recently met with high statistical significance its primary endpoint and the first two of three secondary endpoints in a pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial targeting RPE65 -mediated IRDs, for which there are no approved pharmacologic treatments, and that is designed to have dramatic, long-lasting effects;


10

Table of Contents

A second IRD product candidate, SPK-CHM , for which we have completed enrollment of subjects in the second cohort of a Phase 1/2 clinical trial;

Several other IRD programs in preclinical development;

Programs targeting hematologic disorders, including SPK-FIX , for which we initiated a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in 2015 and that we are developing for the treatment of hemophilia B in collaboration with Pfizer, as well as SPK-FVIII for the treatment of hemophilia A, to which we retain global commercialization rights;

Neurodegenerative disease programs, including SPK-TPP1 , in preclinical development for a form of Batten disease and a preclinical program targeting Huntington's disease;

A corporate collaboration with Pfizer for the development and global commercialization of SPK-FIX product candidates;

Worldwide commercial rights to all of our product candidates and development programs except SPK-FIX product candidates, to which we granted Pfizer global commercial rights;

An integrated gene therapy development platform, amassing substantial know-how across disciplines, including early research and development, product design, manufacturing, clinical trial design and execution, regulatory affairs, process development and assay development and validation;

The ability to develop gene therapies across multiple indications and targeting multiple tissues;

Product candidates which, to date, use recombinant AAV vector technology, which is a well-studied, versatile and efficient gene therapy approach;

Manufacturing capabilities that provide a secure and reliable supply to enable efficient and rapid clinical development and that have been scaled to meet the anticipated commercial needs of SPK-RPE65 and likely other IRD product candidates;

A high-quality production process that provides consistency during clinical investigation and a foundation for commercial-scale manufacturing; and

Scientists and clinicians who have a track record of identifying appropriate disease targets as well as overcoming obstacles to safe and efficient gene transfer into particular target tissues.

Our strategy
Our goal is to transform the lives of patients by being the leading, fully integrated gene therapy company. We are seeking to develop, manufacture and commercialize multiple product candidates targeting rare genetic diseases across multiple tissue types and therapeutic areas. To achieve our goal, we are pursuing the following strategies:
 
Obtain marketing approval for SPK-RPE65 . We intend to submit a BLA for SPK-RPE65 with FDA in the second half of 2016 as the first step in executing our global regulatory and commercialization strategy. We believe that given its advanced stage of clinical development, SPK-RPE65 has the potential to be the first FDA-approved gene therapy in the United States for the treatment of a genetic disease and the first approved pharmacologic treatment for RPE65 -mediated IRDs.

Establish global commercial capabilities. We currently possess all commercial rights to our product candidates and development programs except for SPK-FIX product candidates, to which we granted Pfizer global commercial rights. If approved, we intend to commercialize SPK-RPE65 globally, initially in the United States, the European Union and Latin America. We believe the value proposition for patients, families and payors would be significant, given the potentially transformative and long-lasting benefits demonstrated to date, delivered through a single administration. We plan to employ small, targeted commercial and medical affairs groups to build and promote access to the product through centers that specialize in treating IRDs in the United States, the European Union and other major markets, including in Latin America and Asia. We believe that this approach is more patient-centered and will provide the foundation for future commercial and medical affairs operations, particularly for additional gene therapy product candidates for IRDs.

11

Table of Contents


Establish a franchise of gene therapies for IRDs. The RPE65 and CHM genes are two of more than 220 genes that have been identified to cause IRDs. We believe our capabilities and know-how will allow us to develop treatments for a number of these genetic conditions. In connection with our development of SPK-CHM for choroideremia and other potential product candidates for additional IRDs, we anticipate utilizing technology similar to that developed in our SPK-RPE65 program while leveraging our clinical experience to optimize the clinical trials to best evaluate the safety and efficacy of the particular product candidate.

Continue to build a liver-directed gene therapy platform, with an initial focus on the treatment of hemophilia. We believe that our technology, coupled with our know-how, will enable the development of liver-directed gene therapies. In December 2014, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of product candidates in our SPK-FIX program for the treatment of hemophilia B. In addition to our recently initiated Phase 1/2 clinical trial of our lead SPK-FIX product candidate for the treatment of hemophilia B, we recently nominated a lead product candidate in our SPK-FVIII program for the treatment of hemophilia A. We retain all development and commercial rights to our SPK-FVIII program and believe that successful development of our hemophilia gene therapy product candidates could potentially enable further development in a series of other diseases where gene delivery to the liver may have therapeutic benefit.

Advance preclinical neurodegenerative programs into clinical development. We have multiple programs targeting neurodegenerative diseases, including SPK-TPP1 for TPP1 deficiency, a form of Batten disease, in preclinical development. We initiated an IND-enabling preclinical study of the lead product candidate in our SPK-TPP1 program in 2015. We also have a program targeting Huntington's disease.

Our product candidates
The following table summarizes information regarding our product candidates and development programs.
SPK-RPE65 for IRDs caused by autosomal recessive RPE65 gene mutations
Overview
Mutations in the RPE65 gene lead to IRDs characterized by a range of visual impairments, notably night blindness, or nyctalopia. As reflected in the diagram below, the RPE65 gene is expressed in the retinal pigment epithelium, or RPE, layer of the retina. RPE cells serve as “nurse” cells for the photoreceptors and carry out some of the key metabolic functions in the

12

Table of Contents

visual cycle. The RPE65 gene encodes a protein that helps convert the light entering the eye into electrical signals that are transmitted to the brain, enabling sight. Without the properly functioning protein encoded by the RPE65 gene, the visual cycle is disrupted, resulting in debilitating visual impairments, progressing to blindness.

    
Loss of vision makes many independent activities of daily living challenging for affected individuals. Children affected by RPE65 mutations often are placed into sight-assisted classrooms and use a white cane, as compared to other children who are able to engage in normal childhood activities such as playing sports. For young adults, an IRD caused by RPE65 mutations can limit the ability to travel independently and to socialize with friends, especially at night when navigation becomes extremely difficult. For adults with RPE65 mutations, employment opportunities may be significantly diminished and they may miss many of the rewards of parenthood, such as seeing their child on the field playing their favorite sport.
RPE65 -mediated IRDs
In the clinical setting, RPE65 mutations manifest in various ways, including:
 
nyctalopia, or night blindness, which affects patients’ ability to conduct normal activities in low light;

diminished light sensitivity, characterized by sluggish, or no, pupillary light reflex;

reduced visual fields, which affect patients’ peripheral vision and ability to orient to their surroundings;

nystagmus, a condition characterized by involuntary eye movements; and

severely reduced vision, characterized by the ability to detect hand motion only, light perception only or no light perception at all.
RPE65 -mediated IRDs historically have been distinguished from one another based on clinical presentation and findings and have been characterized most frequently as LCA or RP among over 20 other clinical classifications.
    
One of the inclusion criteria in our clinical trials was that subjects be given a clinical diagnosis of LCA due to RPE65 mutations, as confirmed by genetic testing. This type of LCA is referred to as LCA2. Similar to LCA2, RP20 is a subtype of RP caused by mutations in the RPE65 gene. The key differences in the clinical diagnosis of LCA2 as compared to RP20 are that onset of LCA2 typically occurs at birth, or in the first few months of life, while the onset of RP20 typically occurs later in life, and that the rate of degeneration associated with LCA2 is typically more severe than that associated with RP20.
Through genetic testing, clinicians now generally understand that many IRDs once classified as distinct from each other have the same pathophysiology caused by mutations of different severity in the same gene. According to key opinion leaders, over the past decade, the diagnosis of IRDs has begun to shift from clinical classification to a diagnosis based on the specific underlying causal gene. In our Phase 3 and Phase 1 clinical trials, we enrolled a genetically heterogeneous population, with 34 of 41 subjects having unique RPE65 gene mutations, and based upon a review of the literature, 26 of these mutations have been associated with clinical diagnoses other than LCA. Further, in our ongoing natural history study of patients with

13

Table of Contents

confirmed RPE65 gene mutations, we observed that the practice of clinical diagnosis is not standardized in this population, having encountered over 20 different clinical diagnoses given at just the first two of seven centers we are utilizing in this retrospective chart review study across the United States, Europe and Latin America.
With the broad availability of genetic testing, the corresponding shift from clinical to genetic diagnosis, the genetic heterogeneity of the subjects tested to date and the fact that SPK-RPE65 delivers a normal, functional copy of the RPE65 gene regardless of the type or location of the underlying mutations, we believe SPK-RPE65 should have broad application to all IRDs caused by autosomal recessive RPE65 gene mutations. As such, we are developing a regulatory strategy and are seeking approval for a label that would include both a description of the core clinical manifestation of RPE65 -mediated disease along with a genetic characterization of the patients that should receive the product candidate. One such possible clinical manifestation is nyctalopia, or night blindness, which is not only a hallmark of RPE65 -mediated disease, but was assessed by multiple endpoints in our trials and was specifically noted in our breakthrough therapy designation.
We estimate that there are approximately 3,500 individuals with RPE65 -related IRDs in the United States and the five major European markets. We estimate that RP affects approximately one in every 4,500 individuals and LCA affects approximately one in every 81,000 individuals. We believe the prevalence of RPE65 mutations in the RP population is approximately 2%, implying a total population of approximately 2,800 individuals with RP20 in the United States and the five major European markets. Estimates of the prevalence of RPE65 mutations within the RP population range from approximately 1% to 3%. We believe that the prevalence of RPE65 mutations in the LCA population is approximately 8.5%, implying a total population of approximately 700 individuals with LCA2 within the United States and the five major European markets. Estimates of the prevalence of RPE65 mutations within the LCA population range from approximately 6% to 11%.
As a result of a funded research effort referred to as Project 3000, a large percentage of patients with IRDs diagnosed as LCA have undergone genetic screening. We believe that approximately 90% of patients with LCA2 in the United States and approximately 85% of patients with LCA2 in the five major European markets have been identified.
There has been no funded effort to identify patients with RP20 like Project 3000. We believe the availability of an approved genetic therapy for an IRD will raise awareness among physicians and patients, leading to a significant increase in the rate of genetic testing and diagnosis.
IRDs lead to progressive degeneration of the retina throughout a patient’s lifetime, until the photoreceptor and RPE cells are so severely damaged that restoration of proper RPE65 protein production may not have an appreciable benefit on functional vision outcomes. We believe SPK-RPE65 should have a profound benefit by improving functional vision in patients who retain sufficient viable retinal cells.
SPK-RPE65
SPK-RPE65 is our product candidate for the treatment of IRDs caused by autosomal recessive RPE65 mutations. By re-enabling proper protein production through the delivery of a normally functioning RPE65 gene, we believe that SPK-RPE65 has the potential to restore function to RPE cells and, thus, to restore the visual cycle, resulting in the rapid restoration of functional vision for patients affected by these mutations.
SPK-RPE65 is administered through an injection into the sub-retinal space. Pre-operatively, the surgeon conducts an evaluation of the anatomy and function of the diseased retina to determine the optimal location for the injection. The surgeon performs a standard vitrectomy procedure, which creates a pathway for the subretinal injection, followed by the injection of SPK-RPE65 . The initial safety and accuracy of the injection are observed in the operating room, which provides confirmation that the intended dose has been delivered to the target area. In our Phase 1 clinical trials, the procedure was performed for all subjects by the same surgeon at our clinical trial site at CHOP. For the Phase 3 trial, five vitreoretinal surgeons performed injections at two sites, CHOP and the University of Iowa.
Clinical development of SPK-RPE65
Our first clinical trial for SPK-RPE65 , which we refer to as our 101 trial, was an open-label, dose-escalating, Phase 1 clinical trial in which subjects received a single dose in one eye, which was the worse of the subject’s eyes as determined upon enrollment in the trial. The second trial, also an open-label, Phase 1 clinical trial, which we refer to as our 102 trial, evaluated treatment of the contralateral eye of all eligible subjects (11 of the 12) from the 101 trial using the highest dose used in the 101 trial. This is the dose that we used in our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial. Our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial was an open label, multi-center, randomized trial of 31 subjects diagnosed with LCA due to RPE65 gene mutations.
Evaluating treatment outcomes
Currently, there is no approved pharmacologic treatment for any RPE65 -mediated IRDs and, consequently, there are no precedent endpoints that have been used in a successful pivotal trial to assess the therapeutic benefits of a pharmaceutical

14

Table of Contents

product under development for RPE65 -mediated IRDs. The baseline level of visual and retinal function in individuals with RPE65 -mediated IRDs can be poor, with the limited vision deteriorating over time so that, eventually, no useful visual function remains for many patients.
The mobility test — a measure of functional vision
The overarching goal of developing a therapeutic addressing IRDs is to be able to improve a patient’s quality of life. Traditional vision tests measure a discrete aspect of visual function such as visual fields, which is referred to as peripheral vision, or visual acuity, which is referred to as central vision. These individual tests may not reflect accurately a patients’ ability to function in a visual environment and carry out typical activities of daily living. Accordingly, with initial input from FDA, we developed a novel test that assesses light sensitivity, visual fields, visual acuity and functional mobility. This mobility test is designed to evaluate the functional vision of subjects with IRDs by measuring the ability of subjects to successfully navigate a course designed to replicate challenges they face in the activities of daily living under defined lighting conditions.
While taking the test, each subject follows arrows on the floor, makes numerous turns following those arrows, steps over objects that are in their path, goes up and down steps, avoids ordinary household items like waste baskets, finds a door and exits the course through that door. Below is a diagram of a sample mobility course design:

15

Table of Contents


In order to reduce the impact of a potential learning effect, the mobility course is re-configured between each attempt by a subject, using 12 different standardized templates in a randomized sequence with each course containing the same number of turns, objects and hazards. Subjects are tested under several different standardized light levels to determine the lowest light level at which the subject successfully can navigate the course with each eye individually and using both eyes together.
The lighting conditions, which range from darkness to bright light, are measured by lux, or light, level and are designed to approximate different lighting conditions encountered in daily life. The seven lux levels used in our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial are as follows:
 
1 lux: approximately equivalent to a moonless summer night or indoor nightlight;

4 lux: approximately equivalent to an outdoor parking lot at night or Christmas tree lights;

10 lux: approximately equivalent to an hour following sunset in a city setting or a bus stop at night;

50 lux: approximately equivalent to an outdoor train station at night or the inside of a stairwell;

125 lux: approximately equivalent to half-an-hour before sunrise or the interior of a shopping mall or train or bus at night;

250 lux: approximately equivalent to the interior of an elevator or office hallway; and

400 lux: approximately equivalent to an office setting.
Each attempt at the mobility course is videotaped and graded on a pass or fail basis. A grade of “fail” is given to an attempt if the subject either (i) needs to be re-guided, steps off the course, skips tiles or collides with obstacles on four or more occasions in total or (ii) takes longer than three minutes to complete the course. Trained reviewers grade each attempt without access to information that would identify the timing of the attempt (baseline vs. follow-up evaluation) or in which study (either Phase 1 trial, our mobility test validation study, or MTVS, (discussed below) or the Phase 3 trial) or in which group (treatment vs. control) the subject was assigned. Each video is graded by two masked reviewers working independently, and an adjudicator reviews the video if the two initial grades do not agree. Analysis of reproducibility of grades based on a sample of over 2,500 videos to date has shown approximately 97.5% agreement for successive grading of the same video demonstrating both inter- and intra-grader reproducibility.
To quantify the results of the mobility test and to assess effects of SPK-RPE65 over time, a change score is used. The change score compares the lowest lux level at which a subject can successfully pass the test to the lux level at which they were able to pass at baseline. For example, if the lowest lux level at which a subject can pass is three levels lower (i.e., dimmer) than the baseline lux level, the subject would have a change score of positive three. The positive score reflects the subject’s improved ability to pass the course at lower or dimmer lux levels. Conversely, if the lowest lux level at which a subject can pass is two lux levels higher (i.e., brighter) than the baseline lux level, the subject would have a change score of negative two.
Mobility test validation study
As the mobility test is a new test of functional vision, we conducted a separate, non-IND study to validate the hypothesis that, absent medical intervention, performance on the mobility test does not improve over time. For the MTVS, we collected data on 26 normal-sighted and 28 visually impaired subjects with an IRD over a one-year period with no intervening medical treatment. Subjects were tested twice upon study entry to establish a baseline lux level at which they were able to successfully navigate the mobility course and then at the one-year time point to measure a change score.
In the MTVS and under the binocular testing condition:

all normal-sighted subjects showed no change in performance between the baseline and one-year assessments; all were able to complete the test at the lowest lux level at both time points;

no visually impaired subjects improved from baseline to the one-year assessment; and

five visually impaired subjects declined in performance from baseline to the one-year assessment.
    
    

16

Table of Contents

Through the MTVS, we reached several key findings, including:
 
the mobility test is able to distinguish between visually impaired and normally sighted subjects in terms of time and accuracy;

high reproducibility of the scoring system, as graders have shown approximately a 97.5% agreement for successive grading of the same video, both inter- and intra- grader; and

the 12 different courses of the mobility test are of comparable difficulty based on performance by both normal-sighted and visually impaired subjects.
Other measurements of vision
We also collected data with respect to a variety of traditional and non-traditional visual and retinal function tests, including, but not limited to, full-field light sensitivity threshold, or FST, a test that measures the light sensitivity of the entire visual field by administering a series of light flashes of various luminance and recording the luminance at which a subject reports seeing the dimmest flash of light, and visual acuity testing, which measures changes in central vision by assessing the ability of the subject to read a standard eye chart.    
Phase 1 proof-of-concept trials
In October 2007, we initiated the 101 trial of SPK-RPE65 in subjects with a diagnosis of LCA due to RPE65 mutations, as confirmed by genetic testing. The primary objective was to evaluate the safety and tolerability of SPK-RPE65 . A secondary goal was to assess both objective and subjective clinical measures of efficacy as well as the relevance of these measurements as a clinical endpoint. Subjects received a single dose of SPK-RPE65 in their eye with worse function, or their non-preferred eye if visual and retinal function testing did not differentiate between the two eyes. There were three doses evaluated in this trial, with three subjects receiving a dose of 1.5 × 10 10 vector genomes, or vg, six subjects receiving 4.8 × 10 10 vg and three subjects receiving 1.5 × 10 11 vg. SPK-RPE65 was well tolerated, with no product candidate-related serious adverse events.
In November 2010, we initiated the 102 trial to evaluate the safety of administration of SPK-RPE65 to the uninjected eye of the 11 eligible subjects from the 101 trial. One subject from our 101 trial had glaucoma in the contralateral eye and was, therefore, ineligible for the 102 trial. All 11 eligible subjects in the follow-on trial received a dose equal to the highest dose level used in the 101 trial, 1.5 × 10 11 vg. In the 102 trial, there was one serious adverse event due to complications from the vitrectomy procedure performed prior to the administration of SPK-RPE65 . This was not considered to be related to SPK-RPE65 or the sub-retinal injection procedure. Instead, it was determined to be associated with treatment given for a known but rare complication resulting from the vitrectomy. Eight subjects from the 102 trial that would have qualified for inclusion in our Phase 3 clinical trial all improved at least one light level and five of these eight improved to the minimum light level, which is the same level at which all normal-sighted subjects navigated the mobility test in the MTVS.
Subjects from these trials have been followed over a period of five to seven years. The results of our Phase 1 trials to date suggest that SPK-RPE65 enables subjects to perform activities of daily living with greater independence than prior to treatment and has long-lasting benefits.
Pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial
Trial design
The multicenter, pivotal Phase 3 trial randomized 31 subjects with confirmed RPE65 gene mutations, ranging in age from four to 44, with an average age of 14.6 years and a median age of 10.0 years, enrolled at clinical sites at either CHOP or University of Iowa. The intent to treat, or ITT, population included 21 subjects in the intervention group and 10 in the control group. There was no sham injection, since the trial included pediatric subjects. Subjects in our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial received administration of 1.5 × 10 11 vg of SPK-RPE65 , which is the dose level used in the 102 trial, in each eye. A single eye is injected at each surgery, with both eyes to be injected within a period of 18 days.
After comprehensive baseline testing, subjects were randomized, in a 2:1 ratio, to either the intervention or control group. The two arms of the trial were balanced for age and the baseline lux level at which subjects were able to pass the mobility test. Control group subjects participated in trial visits that include visual and retinal function testing on the same schedule as the subjects in the intervention group. After completion of the one-year testing, control subjects were eligible to crossover to the treatment group and all nine subjects in the modified intent to treat, or mITT, population chose to do so. Additional annual visits or telephone contacts will be conducted to evaluate the subjects for measures of efficacy for five years post-injection and to evaluate safety for 15 years following injection. We have included this monitoring to assess the long-term safety and therapeutic effect of SPK-RPE65 .

17

Table of Contents

The primary objective of the Phase 3 trial was to determine whether SPK-RPE65 improves subjects’ functional vision, as demonstrated by their ability to navigate the mobility test at different lux levels. Mobility test performance one year following the administration of SPK-RPE65 was compared to subjects’ pre-administration baseline.
Subjects were evaluated at baseline and 30 days, 90 days, 180 days and one year following administration of SPK-RPE65 . The final score for statistical analysis was calculated based on the lowest lux level at which a subject receives a grade of “pass” one-year following injection as compared to baseline.
The secondary efficacy endpoints for our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial included FST, mobility test changed score for the assigned first injected eye only and visual acuity. In connection with the trial, we also collected in-home evaluations of subjects at baseline and at the one-year time point. These in-home evaluations have been performed by independent orientation and mobility experts, masked as to the treatment condition of the subjects, to support use of mobility testing as a surrogate for patients’ daily activities of living in the real world.
Phase 3 efficacy outcome measure results
In October 2015, we announced top-line results from our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of SPK-RPE65 . The pivotal trial met its primary endpoint of mobility test change score ( p = 0.001), demonstrating improvement of functional vision in the intervention group compared to the control group, as measured by the change in bilateral mobility testing between baseline and one year. The trial demonstrated a statistically significant restoration of vision in subjects that were progressing toward complete blindness. On average, intervention subjects (n = 20) demonstrated an improvement of 1.9 lux levels compared with an improvement of 0.2 specified lux levels in control subjects (n = 9) as measured by the change in bilateral mobility testing between baseline and one year in the mITT population. The mITT population (n = 29) includes all subjects that received SPK-RPE65 , and only those who continued beyond the baseline study visit. Two subjects in the ITT population (n = 31) that were randomized but never received SPK-RPE65 were excluded from this efficacy analysis population. Thirteen of the 20 subjects receiving SPK-RPE65 were able to pass the mobility test at one lux at year one, demonstrating maximum improvement measurable on the mobility test score. None of the nine control subjects followed was able to pass the mobility test at one lux at year one.
Further, subjects who received SPK-RPE65 outperformed control subjects across the first two secondary endpoints: full-field light sensitivity threshold testing ( p < 0.001) and the mobility test change score for the assigned first injected eye ( p = 0.001). The third secondary endpoint, visual acuity, did not show statistically significant evidence of benefit ( p = 0.17), however, subjects receiving SPK-RPE65 achieved a mean improvement of approximately two lines (9.0 letters averaged across both eyes) on the logMAR scale, a standard measure of visual acuity, compared with a slight improvement (1.6 letters) among control subjects. The charts below show the results from the first two secondary endpoints:

Phase 3 safety outcome measure results
There were no serious adverse events related to SPK-RPE65 or deleterious immune responses observed in the trial. Overall, adverse events related to the administration procedure were consistent with observations in earlier studies of SPK-

18

Table of Contents

RPE65 . Adverse events related to participation in the trials primarily were ocular adverse events in the study eye related to the surgical injection procedure and generally resolved within weeks after surgery, which was consistent with the ocular adverse events seen in earlier Phase 1 clinical trials.
Durability of effect
SPK-RPE65 continues to demonstrate long-lasting effects. Specifically, a cohort of eight subjects that participated in our second Phase 1 clinical trial that received the same dose and volume as used in the Phase 3 clinical trial and that would have met the eligibility criteria for the Phase 3 trial, continue to experience durable benefit over three years from time of administration as measured by mobility testing and FST, with observation ongoing.
Commercialization
We possess global rights to SPK-RPE65 . If approved, we intend to commercialize SPK-RPE65 globally, initially in the United States and the European Union. We plan to employ small, targeted commercial and medical affairs groups to build and promote access to the product through centers that specialize in treating IRDs in the United States and the European Union and potentially other major markets, including in Latin America and Asia. We believe that this approach is more patient-centered and will provide the foundation for future commercial and medical affairs operations, particularly for additional gene therapy product candidates for IRDs.
The five primary areas of our pre-launch efforts include:
 
patient identification;

ensuring market access;

developing a high quality delivery and distribution model;

building a patient-centric organization; and

educating stakeholders.

SPK-CHM for the treatment of choroideremia
Overview
Choroideremia is an IRD linked to the X-chromosome. Clinically, CHM manifests in affected males in childhood as night blindness and a reduction of visual field, followed by progressive constriction of visual fields. For CHM patients, it is often in middle age, when people typically are at or near their greatest income-earning potential, that visual impairment begins to limit independent activities of daily living leading to a severe decrease in vision. CHM ultimately results in blindness. We estimate prevalence of CHM is between approximately one in 50,000 and one in 100,000 people, implying a total population of up to approximately 12,500 males in the United States and the five major European markets.
CHM is characterized by deletions or mutations in the CHM gene, resulting in defective or absent Rab escort protein-1, or REP-1, which is the encoded protein of the CHM gene. Rab proteins are escorted by REP-1 as part of an essential process in normal vision. Absence, or deficiency, of REP-1 due to mutations in the CHM gene leads to cellular death and degeneration of the retinal pigment epithelium, the choroid, which is the vascular layer of the eye, and the retinal photoreceptors, which convert light into visual signals. Although in normal retinas the CHM gene is expressed in multiple cell

19

Table of Contents

types, including RPE cells, photoreceptors and choroidal cells, there is evidence that the RPE cell is the primary disease-causing cell type for CHM. A corrective gene delivered to the RPE may restore proper CHM gene function and may halt degeneration and restore the RPE, retinal vasculature and photoreceptors.
SPK-CHM
SPK-CHM is our product candidate for the treatment of IRDs caused by CHM gene mutations. Our SPK-CHM program is technically similar to our SPK-RPE65 program, including use of the same vector, targeting the same types of RPE cells and utilizing the same route of administration through sub-retinal injection. The manufacturing process for SPK-CHM is similar to that of SPK-RPE65 , which could lead to shorter development timelines. We intend to leverage our experience with SPK-RPE65 , especially in the areas of clinical operations and regulatory affairs, in order to reduce development timelines and efficiently establish the efficacy and safety of our product candidate for the treatment of CHM. Further, if SPK-CHM is approved, we intend to utilize any commercial infrastructure we put in place for SPK-RPE65 . We have received orphan product designation for SPK-CHM in both the United States and the European Union.
Preclinical studies of SPK-CHM
In preclinical models, we demonstrated the ability of SPK-CHM to restore REP-1 protein production, intracellular trafficking and retinal structure. We completed preliminary safety studies in normal-sighted preclinical models at two dose levels. The results of these studies support the safety of SPK-CHM at the doses we intend to use in our clinical trials and demonstrate robust reversal of the biochemical and protein trafficking deficits in the cell models with an encouraging safety profile.
Phase 1/2 clinical trial
We have completed enrollment of subjects in the second cohort of our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of SPK-CHM . To date, we have not observed any product candidate-related serious adverse events. The primary objective of the Phase 1/2 clinical trial is to evaluate the safety and tolerability of subretinal administration of SPK-CHM . Toxicity related to the administration of SPK-CHM was monitored in the eye and systemically, and the trial advanced to the higher dosage level upon approval by the data safety monitoring board. The secondary objectives of the trial are to define the dose of SPK-CHM required to achieve stable, or improved, visual function and functional vision in subjects with CHM, characterize the immune response and identify appropriate endpoints for subsequent clinical trials.
We will evaluate efficacy primarily by assessing functional vision, as measured by standard ophthalmic tests. Subjects who are administered SPK-CHM will be followed clinically for safety outcomes for 15 years after injection.
RhoNova
We acquired from Genable a gene therapy product candidate, RhoNova, which is currently in preclinical development to treat RHO-adRP. RHO-adRP is an IRD that results in severe vision loss and often blindness and is a subset of RP that results from a diverse array of mutations in the RHO gene. We believe that RHO-adRP affects approximately12,000 people in the United States and the five major European markets.
Unlike our existing product candidates, which add the functional gene to the target cells, RhoNova utilizes a novel therapeutic strategy for treating RHO-adRP by delivering both a suppressor to “knock down” the mutant and normal endogenous RHO genes, and then add back a suppressor-resistant replacement functional gene to improve vision. Delivery of the suppressor and the replacement gene is by separate AAV vectors delivered at the same time. This acquisition will allow us to obtain insight into the novel therapeutic approach of “knocking down” dysfunctional genes, which could be applicable to a wide range of autosomal dominant diseases.
Other IRDs
The RPE65 and CHM genes are two of more than 220 genes that have been identified to cause IRDs. In December 2015, we in-licensed technology, with which we have initiated preclinical development of SPK-LHON , addressing Leber hereditary optic neuropathy, or LHON, an IRD that we believe affects approximately three in 100,000 people. We are actively evaluating additional IRDs to further expand our ophthalmic gene therapy portfolio.
Hematologic disorders
Our product development portfolio includes product candidates targeting expression of genes in the liver, with an initial focus on hematologic disorders.


20

Table of Contents

Hemophilia B
Background
Hemophilia B is a serious and rare inherited disease characterized by insufficient blood clotting that results from the lack of functional FIX, a blood clotting factor normally produced by cells located in the liver. Hemophilia B is caused by mutations in the gene that encodes the coagulation FIX protein. The condition can lead to repeated and sometimes life-threatening episodes of spontaneous bleeding. According to the 2012 World Federation of Hemophilia Annual Global Survey, approximately 28,000 people worldwide suffer from hemophilia B.
The severity of hemophilia B is determined by the circulating levels of FIX. Mild hemophilia B is classified as a level of FIX in the blood equal to greater than 5% of normal but less than 50% of normal. People with mild hemophilia B typically experience bleeding only after serious injury, trauma or surgery. Moderate hemophilia B is classified as a level of FIX in the blood equal to or greater than 1% of normal but less than 5% of normal. People with moderate hemophilia B may have bleeds following trauma, or may have spontaneous bleeding episodes, but these will occur less frequently than in those with severe hemophilia B. Severe hemophilia B is classified as a level of FIX in the blood of less than 1% of normal. People with severe hemophilia B experience frequent spontaneous bleeding episodes, often into their joints and muscles.
The current standard of care for hemophilia B is either prophylactic or on-demand FIX protein replacement therapy, in which frequent intravenous administrations of recombinant or plasma-derived FIX are required to stop or prevent bleeding. Prophylactic therapy for hemophilia B, which has been shown to lead to the best outcomes, is practiced only by some adult patients in the United States due to the significant expense, patient inconvenience, concern about lifetime insurance caps and concern about the risk of blood-borne disease transmission from plasma-derived products. We believe that an average adult patient with severe hemophilia B who treats only in response to bleeds uses, on average, $100,000 of FIX concentrate each year. The cost to treat an average adult patient with severe hemophilia B prophylactically has been estimated to reach up to $300,000 or more each year. A gene therapy treatment could offer patients the benefits of prophylaxis without the need for frequent factor infusion.
Hemophilia B historical clinical trials
Our SPK-FIX hemophilia B gene therapy program leverages the long track record of hemophilia gene therapy research conducted at CHOP. Our scientific team has substantial experience in clinical trials for hemophilia B gene therapies and, through our agreements with CHOP, we have obtained significant proprietary preclinical and clinical data developed over multiple trials spanning more than a decade. The results of these trials have formed the basis for our further investigation of gene therapies aimed at the expression of FIX for the treatment of hemophilia B.
In 2012, we initiated a dose-escalating Phase 1 clinical trial administering the FIX gene utilizing an AAV8 vector to three subjects with severe hemophilia B via a single, peripheral, intravenous injection. In one subject that was infused in July 2013 at the low dose, we observed sustained FIX levels, after an initial maximum FIX level of 8% of normal, which persisted for over one year following administration. This level of FIX was sufficient to reduce this subject’s need for intravenous clotting factor to a single infusion over the year, as compared to approximately 50 times annually prior to treatment. Following the initial year, we observed a decrease in this subject’s FIX levels and he subsequently received additional intravenous clotting factor. A second subject, infused at the low dose, initially showed therapeutic FIX levels consistent with moderate disease, but then failed to continue to express substantial FIX after approximately two months, with loss of expression accompanied by evidence of a T-cell response. The third subject, infused at a higher dose level, initially showed a FIX level of 16% of normal, but expression was limited in duration, with loss of expression accompanied by a T-cell response to the vector capsid.
While certain tissues in the human body, such as the eye and central nervous system, are immune privileged, systemic administration of recombinant vectors must overcome at least two hurdles presented by the human immune response in order to effect successful gene transfer. First, administration of recombinant vectors must successfully avoid pre-existing neutralizing antibodies, prevalent in the adult population. Second, after the vector is within the target cell, it must avoid the cellular immune response that can result in the removal of transduced cells by activated T-cells thereby diminishing the therapeutic effect of the gene therapy.

Lead SPK-FIX product candidate for the treatment of hemophilia B
Based on our clinical experience, we have refined our research around the immune response to systemic AAV gene therapy administration and developed a proprietary, bio-engineered AAV vector for use in our SPK-FIX program. We selected this vector from among several that we have bio-engineered and evaluated, based on three characteristics: (i) low prevalence of pre-existing neutralizing antibodies to this capsid within the human population; (ii) high levels of liver transduction in preclinical models; and (iii) a favorable bio-distribution profile, which refers to the specific tissues throughout the body to which the vector migrates following infusion. In addition to the bio-engineered vector, we have: (i) developed a more versatile

21

Table of Contents

immunosuppression regimen to suppress the T-cell response; (ii) introduced a different transgene, known as FIX-Padua , encoding a naturally occurring high-activity FIX variant that confers a six- to eight-fold increase in the specific activity of FIX; and (iii) developed a proprietary approach to manufacturing product candidates in our SPK-FIX program.
In December 2014, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of product candidates in our SPK-FIX program for the treatment of hemophilia B. Under the terms of the agreement, we received a $20.0 million upfront payment, earned a $15.0 million milestone payment in December 2015 and are eligible to receive up to an additional $245.0 million in aggregate milestone payments, as well as royalties calculated as a low-teen percentage of net product sales.
Pfizer and we initiated a Phase 1/2, open label dose-escalation clinical trial of this next-generation hemophilia B product candidate in 2015. We intend to enroll two to five subjects in each of three dose cohorts, injecting our product candidate via a single, peripheral, intravenous injection. Under this collaboration, we maintain responsibility for the clinical development of SPK-FIX product candidates through the completion of Phase 1/2 trials. Thereafter, Pfizer has responsibility for further clinical development, regulatory approvals and commercialization.
SPK-FVIII for the treatment of Hemophilia A
In our SPK-FVIII program for the treatment of hemophilia A, we recently nominated a lead product candidate that has demonstrated production of therapeutic levels of Factor VIII in multiple preclinical models at doses that have been safely delivered to humans in hemophilia B studies. Hemophilia A is the most common form of hemophilia with approximately 140,000 patients worldwide. The only therapies currently available for moderate to severe hemophilia A are intravenously administered FVIII protein or its derivatives. We retain global commercialization rights to the SPK-FVIII program.
Neurodegenerative diseases
SPK-TPP1
SPK-TPP1 is our program for the treatment of TPP1 deficiency, a form of Batten disease that causes severe childhood neurodegenerative disorders that result in motor and mental decline, seizures and visual deficits appearing between ages two and four and is fatal by ages ten to twelve in a majority of cases. The autosomal recessive disease is caused by mutations in the TPP1 gene, leading to a deficiency of the soluble lysosomal enzyme tripeptidyl peptidase 1, or TPP1. TPP1 deficiency also is known as CLN2 disease. We believe there are approximately 750 to 1,000 patients with TPP1 deficiency in the United States and the five major European markets with approximately 100 new cases annually. We believe that neurodegenerative diseases are a significantly underserved market that we are particularly well positioned to address with our gene therapy platform.
In a well-established preclinical model of TPP1 deficiency, administration of our lead product candidate to the ependymal cells of the brain ventricular system resulted in delayed onset of clinical symptoms and disease progression, protection from cognitive decline and extension of lifespan relative to untreated controls. Notably, the study produced effective distribution of the TPP1 enzyme throughout the central nervous system, as evidenced by immunohistochemistry and an enzyme activity assay. We initiated IND-enabling studies for the lead product candidate in our SPK-TPP1 program in 2015.
Other neurodegenerative diseases
We are also conducting preclinical studies on a product candidate for the treatment of Huntington's disease, a hereditary genetic disorder that we believe affects over 60,000 patients in the United States and the five major European markets. We have multiple other neurodegenerative disease programs in various stages of development.
Our manufacturing platform
Our manufacturing platform was developed by our scientists over the past decade. This industry-leading platform can produce AAV and lentiviral based vectors, not only for our own product development, but also to provide a basis for co-development and collaboration with other pharmaceutical companies seeking to leverage our capabilities to facilitate the development of new gene therapy based medicines. Vectors produced using our manufacturing platform have been, or are being, used in 12 different clinical trials, including trials conducted in the United States and the European Union by other biopharmaceutical companies and academic and government institutions, and have been safely administered to over 150 human subjects through five different routes of administration: sub-retinal injection, intracranial injection, peripheral intravenous infusion, hepatic artery infusion and intramuscular injection.
Using a chemical method we refer to as transfection, we insert many copies of DNA plasmids encoding the specific therapeutic gene sequence, or transgene, into human embryonic kidney cells that have already been grown to high density. During an incubation period following transfection, each cell produces vectors through biosynthesis using the natural

22

Table of Contents

machinery available within the cell. At the end of the incubation period the newly generated vectors are collected from the cells that have been broken apart or, alternatively, from the cell culture medium.
We have made significant investments in developing optimized manufacturing processes and believe that our processes and methods provide the most comprehensive manufacturing process developed to date for AAV-based vector product candidates, including:
 
sufficient scale to support commercial manufacturing requirements for some of our product candidates, including those for IRDs;

stable manufactured AAV vectors with sufficient longevity that a small number of initial batches will likely provide adequate commercial supply for multiple years;

a proprietary AAV vector manufacturing processes and techniques that produce a highly purified product candidate, as evidenced by the approximately 25- to 30-fold reduction in non-infectious vector related impurities as compared to vectors used in many previous clinical trials;

approximately 30 assays to accurately characterize our process and the AAV vectors we produce; and

a series of high-efficiency purification processes, adapted and customized for multiple different AAV capsids, which allows us to produce higher purity AAV vector solutions, with higher concentrations of active vectors and that are essentially free of empty capsids.
We believe these improvements and our continued investment in our manufacturing platform will enable us to develop best-in-class, next generation gene therapy products.
We are working with FDA to ensure our facility and procedures are cGMP compliant in all aspects and we also are receiving Protocol Assistance and Scientific Advice from EMA. Prior to BLA approval of SPK-RPE65 , we intend to seek cGMP validation of our facility to produce commercial supplies of our product candidates. We are engaged in efforts to expand capacity to meet future manufacturing needs through investment in process development.
While our lead programs utilize AAV vectors, we also have experience in developing and manufacturing lentiviral vectors. Lentiviral vectors may have significant benefits for certain genetic diseases that we are not currently pursuing. Lentiviral vectors provide the ability to integrate the functional gene into a chromosome located in the DNA of the target cell, as well as having an expanded carrying capacity of up to 8,000 DNA base pairs, as compared to the approximately 5,000 DNA base pair capacity of AAV vectors. We also are evaluating potential development programs using lentiviral gene therapies.
Intellectual property
We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business, including by seeking, maintaining and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties. We also rely on trade secrets relating to our proprietary technology platform and on know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary position in the field of gene therapy. Additionally, we intend to rely on regulatory protection afforded through orphan drug designations, data exclusivity and market exclusivity as well as patent term extensions, where available.
Our future commercial success depends, in part, on our ability to: obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business; defend and enforce our patents; preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets; and operate without infringing the valid enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. Our ability to stop third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell or importing our products may depend on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities. With respect to both our owned and licensed intellectual property, we cannot be sure that patents will issue with respect to any of the pending patent applications to which we license rights or with respect to any patent applications that we or our licensors may file in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our licensed patents or any patents that may be issued in the future to us or our licensors will be commercially useful in protecting our product candidates and methods of manufacturing the same. Moreover, we have not sought, and may be unable to obtain, patent protection for certain of our product candidates generally, including SPK-CHM , as well as with respect to certain indications. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our intellectual property” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property.
We have licensed numerous patents and patent applications and possess substantial know-how and trade secrets relating to our product candidates. Our proprietary intellectual property, including patent and non-patent intellectual property, generally is directed to AAV vectors, methods of treatment of clinical indications important for our development programs,

23

Table of Contents

transferring genetic material into cells, inhibiting antibody responses to gene therapies, processes to manufacture and purify our AAV- and lentiviral-based product candidates and other proprietary technologies and processes related to our lead product candidates. We are heavily dependent on the patented or proprietary technologies that we license from third parties. We anticipate that we will require additional licenses to third party intellectual property rights relating to our development programs in the future, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.
Licensed patents and patent applications
As of December 2015, our patent portfolio included approximately 230 U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications licensed from CHOP, UIRF, Penn and NIH. Our patent portfolio also includes patent applications
that we have filed on our own technologies, including technologies related to our hemophilia A program. The patents and patent applications in our patent portfolio cover technology used in our own development programs, as well as technology used in our collaboration with Pfizer. We have granted Pfizer an exclusive worldwide license for the development and commercialization of product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia B under the patents and other rights listed below that relate to our SPK-FIX program.
Manufacturing platform
We exclusively in-license three patent application families from CHOP relating to scalable manufacturing for producing high-purity gene therapy vectors. The first family relates to manufacture of our own product candidates as well as the product candidates and development programs that are the subject of our collaboration with Pfizer, and is pending in the United States, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, Israel, India, Japan and Mexico. We expect that patents issuing from these applications, if any, would expire in 2031, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment. The second and third application families relate to scalable manufacturing and purification of lentiviral vectors. The second application family is pending in the United States, Australia, Canada, Europe, Hong Kong and Japan. We expect that patents issuing from these applications, if any, would expire in 2032, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment. The third application family is pending in the United States, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Europe, India, Israel, Japan, Mexico, Russia, South Africa and South Korea. We expect that patents issuing from these applications, if any, would expire in 2034, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.
We refer to these three patent application families as our manufacturing patent applications.
Modified AAV vectors and gene delivery
We are developing additional technology in a number of different areas to improve or expand upon our current product candidates. This technology is exclusively licensed from CHOP and generally relates to modifying gene therapy vectors, adding a companion therapy or diagnostic or developing other therapeutic genes. The licensed patent rights underlying this technology include:
 
Six U.S. patent applications that relate to alternate, or modified, AAV vectors for gene delivery that we believe have certain technical advantages that are broadly applicable to all of our current, and potentially to our future, clinical programs, including transducing certain target cells, modifications to AAV vectors, modifying AAV vectors to reduce antibody binding, and producing reduced amounts of contaminating AAV particles. We expect that patents issuing from these applications, if any, would expire from 2028 up until 2034, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.

Two pending U.S. patent applications that generally relate to inhibiting immune responses to AAV vector and measuring antibodies that bind to AAV. We expect that patents issuing from these applications, if any, would expire between 2032 and 2034, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.
We believe our manufacturing patent applications and related know-how and trade secrets may provide us with additional intellectual property protection relating to our planned use of this technology.
Ophthalmic indications
In December 2015, we converted a co-exclusive in-license from Penn of certain rights to a U.S. patent co-owned by Penn, Cornell University and the University of Florida that relates to methods of treating patients with LCA due to RPE65 mutations to an exclusive license in the field of use related to the treatment of retinal disorders or diseases caused by a mutation or mutations in the RPE65 gene. This patent is expected to expire in 2022, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment. A related continuing application currently is pending with the USPTO. There are no issued patents or pending patent applications outside of the United States that correspond to this patent.
    

24

Table of Contents

We also in-licensed from CHOP U.S. and Patent Cooperation Treaty, or PCT, patent applications co-owned by CHOP and Penn relating to testing functional vision with a mobility course, which can be used as an assessment tool to assess improvements in vision following treatment of an IRD. We expect that any patents issuing from these applications would expire in 2034, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.
We have exclusively in-licensed a U.S. patent from Penn that relates to a certain plasmid used in the manufacture of SPK-CHM . This patent will expire in 2032 excluding any potential patent term extensions or adjustments. A continuing patent application of this patent is pending.
We believe our manufacturing patent applications and related know-how and trade secrets may provide us with additional intellectual property protection relating to SPK-RPE65 and SPK-CHM .
Hematologic disorders
We exclusively in-licensed certain patents and patent applications from CHOP related to our SPK-FIX program and hemophilia A program. In general, these patents and patent applications relate to AAV-mediated FIX gene therapy treatment of hemophilia B, adjunct therapy to use with gene therapy treatment of hemophilia B, modified AAV vectors and modified forms of FIX. These licensed patent rights include:
 
A U.S. patent that we believe provides us with exclusivity in the United States for treating hemophilia B with a Factor IX gene containing AAV vector. A related patent provides coverage on an AAV vector with a mutated FIX. Both U.S. patents are expected to expire in 2018, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment. Corresponding patents issued in Australia, Europe and Japan are expected to expire in 2018.

A PCT patent application relating to modified AAV vector for delivery of FIX. We expect that a patent issuing from this application, if any, would expire in 2034, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.

A U.S. patent relating to an adjunct therapy to reduce inhibitory antibodies against FIX administered via gene therapy. This patent is expected to expire in 2020, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.

A U.S. patent application relating to certain modifications to a FIX gene that enhances secretion of FIX. We expect that a patent issuing from this application, if any, would expire in 2021, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.

A U.S. patent application relating to modified FIX expression cassettes. We expect any patents issuing from this application will expired in 2036, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment.
We believe our manufacturing patent applications and related know-how and trade secrets may provide us with additional intellectual property protection relating to our SPK-FIX program and hemophilia A program.
We also have exclusively in-licensed from CHOP a U.S. patent that relates to a Factor VIII heavy chain with enhanced secretion, which will expire in 2023, excluding any potential patent term extension or adjustment. There are no issued patents or pending patent applications outside of the United States that correspond to this U.S. patent.
Neurodegenerative disorders
We exclusively in-licensed a portfolio of approximately 96 U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications from UIRF that relate to treatment of a broad array of CNS and neurodegenerative diseases.
Trade secrets
In addition to patents and licenses, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. For example, significant aspects of our AAV and lentiviral vector and manufacturing processes and gene therapies are based upon trade secrets and know-how. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, and obtain and maintain ownership of certain technologies, in part, through confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and commercial partners. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data, trade secrets and know-how including by implementing measures intended to maintain the physical security of our premises and the physical and electronic security of our information technology systems.


25

Table of Contents

Collaboration and license agreements
Pfizer
In December 2014, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of SPK-FIX product candidates in our gene therapy program for the treatment of hemophilia B. Under the agreement, we have granted Pfizer an exclusive worldwide license under specified patent rights and know-how relating to any FIX gene therapy that we develop, manufacture or commercialize prior to December 31, 2024, to develop, manufacture and commercialize such licensed FIX gene therapy products for the diagnosis, prevention, treatment and cure of hemophilia B.
Under the terms of the agreement, we are primarily responsible for conducting research and development activities through completion of Phase 1/2 clinical trials of hemophilia B product candidates. Pfizer and we will share development costs incurred under an agreed product development plan for each product candidate, with our share of development costs under the agreement limited to $10.6 million. Following the completion of Phase 1/2 clinical trials, Pfizer will be primarily responsible for development, manufacture, regulatory approval and commercialization, including all costs associated therewith.
During the period through completion of Phase 1/2 clinical trials, which we refer to as the collaboration period, the hemophilia B program will be governed by a joint steering committee, or JSC, consisting of representatives of Pfizer and us. The JSC will, among other responsibilities, provide operational and strategic oversight to the activities to be performed under the product development plan, will monitor and assess the progress of collaboration activities and serve as a forum for the parties to communicate regarding collaboration issues and resolve disputes. During the collaboration period, if the JSC is unable to reach agreement, we generally have final decision-making authority regarding the conduct of the agreed product development plan and, following the collaboration period, Pfizer generally has final decision-making authority regarding the further development and commercialization of licensed compounds and licensed products.
Under the terms of the agreement, we received a $20.0 million upfront payment. In December 2015, we earned a $15.0 million milestone payment and also are eligible to receive up to an additional $245.0 million in aggregate milestone payments under the agreement, $125.0 million of which relate to potential development, regulatory and commercial milestones for the first product candidate to achieve each milestone and $120.0 million of which relate to potential regulatory milestones for additional product candidates. In addition, we are entitled to receive royalties, calculated as a low-teen percentage of net sales of licensed products. The royalties may be subject to certain reductions, including for a specified portion of royalty payments that Pfizer may become required to pay under any third-party license agreements, subject to a minimum royalty. Under the agreement, we remain solely responsible for the payment of license payments payable by us under specified license agreements.
The agreement will expire on a country-by-country basis upon the latest of: (i) the expiration of the last-to-expire valid claim, as defined in the agreement, in the licensed patent rights covering a licensed product, (ii) the expiration of the last-to-expire regulatory exclusivity granted with respect to a licensed product or (iii) 15 years after the first commercial sale of the last licensed product to be launched, in each case in the applicable country. The last to expire patent right licensed to Pfizer, if it issues as a patent, is currently expected to expire in 2034, excluding any applicable patent term extension or adjustment, although we could obtain rights to additional patents, including through the issuance of pending patent applications, with later expiration dates, which would be subject to Pfizer’s license under the agreement. After expiration, but not termination, of the agreement as to a country, Pfizer’s licenses will become fully paid-up, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable as to licensed products in the applicable country.
Pfizer may terminate the agreement, on a licensed product-by-licensed product and a country-by-country basis, or in its entirety, for any or no reason (i) upon 90 days’ written notice prior to the commencement of commercialization of a licensed product or (ii) upon 180 days’ written notice after the commencement of commercialization of a licensed product. Either party may, subject to a cure period, terminate the agreement in the event of the other party’s uncured material breach. Either party also may terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of specified bankruptcy events. If the agreement is terminated, rights to licensed products that were being developed, manufactured or commercialized at that time generally revert to us.
If the agreement is terminated by Pfizer after the initiation of a pivotal clinical trial and we continue development utilizing intellectual property rights or data developed by Pfizer through its activities under the agreement, we will be required to pay Pfizer a royalty, calculated as a single-digit percentage of net sales of licensed products, with the percentage determined based on the stage of development or commercialization of the product candidate at the time of Pfizer’s termination.

In-license agreements
We have rights to use and exploit multiple issued and pending patents under licenses from other entities. We consider the commercial terms of these licenses, which provide for modest milestone and royalty payments, and their provisions regarding diligence, insurance, indemnification and other similar matters, to be reasonable and customary for our industry.

26

Table of Contents

The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia
In October 2013, we entered into a technology assignment agreement with CHOP. Under this agreement, CHOP assigned to us CHOP’s rights to the preclinical and clinical programs and intellectual property that we are currently advancing as well as know-how, standard operating procedures, trade secrets and proprietary processes related to our manufacturing platform. Furthermore, under this agreement, we obtained commercial rights to the drug master file, batch records and related data associated with the manufacture of AAV and lentiviral vectors using our manufacturing platform.
We also entered into a license agreement with CHOP under which CHOP granted us an exclusive worldwide license in the field of gene therapy, with the right to sublicense, under a broad portfolio of gene therapy and viral vector patent rights and gene therapy know-how related to vector manufacturing technology, the treatment of hemophilia and other gene therapy indications. CHOP also granted us a non-exclusive worldwide license in the field of gene therapy, with the right to sublicense, to other know-how owned or controlled by CHOP, existing as of the effective date of the license agreement and not explicitly covered by the exclusive licenses, that is necessary or useful for making, using, selling or importing any products we may develop that are covered by our exclusive license. Under both license grants, we have the right to research, develop, manufacture and commercialize products covered by the licensed patent rights or the licensed know-how in the field of gene therapy. Under the terms of the license agreement, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable best efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products. We are obligated under the license agreement to make milestone payments upon the treatment of the first subject treated in a U.S. Phase 3, or a foreign equivalent, clinical trial and upon the first commercial sale for the first licensed product in each of four indications. These milestone payments range from $125,000 to $5.0 million, and would, in the aggregate, reach a maximum of $7.1 million if all milestones are achieved. In addition, we are obligated to pay CHOP a low-single-digit royalty on a country-by-country basis on net sales of licensed products covered by a valid licensed patent claim. Following the expiration of our royalty obligations as to a licensed product in a country, we will retain a perpetual, full and unrestricted right to make, use and commercialize the licensed product in such country under the licensed intellectual property rights. CHOP controls the prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights. We have agreed to reimburse CHOP for fees and expenses incurred in connection with the prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights, including those fees and expenses incurred prior to the effective date of the license agreement. Unless sooner terminated, the term of the license agreement continues until the expiration of the last to expire of the licensed patent rights, the latest of which is currently expected to expire in 2034. If we oppose or contest the grant or validity of any licensed patent right, or any claims thereof, CHOP may terminate the license granted to us with respect to such patent right. CHOP may terminate this license upon uncured material breaches by us of the terms of the license or if such action is legally necessary to comply with applicable federal laws or regulations relating to government march-in rights and we may terminate the license at any time upon giving 90 days’ prior written notice to CHOP.
We also have entered into a master research services agreement with CHOP under which CHOP supplies us with viral vectors. Under this master research services agreement, we expect to maintain a sufficient supply of clinical-grade gene therapy vectors produced in CHOP’s cGMP clinical facility to meet both our clinical needs and, at our option, our commercial batches to support the commercial launch of SPK-RPE65 , if approved. The term of the agreement extends until October 14, 2028 as to services relating to the supply of RPE65 vectors and until June 30, 2018 as to other services, and continues beyond such expiration dates as to work orders executed by the parties prior to the applicable expiration date until the completion of such work orders. We amended this agreement in March 2016 to extend the expiration date for services other than the supply of SPK-RPE65 vectors. We may terminate this agreement upon 30 days’ written notice for any reason, and CHOP may terminate this agreement upon 30 days’ written notice upon uncured material breaches by us of the terms of the agreement or if it reasonably determines that continuation of this agreement will have a materially adverse effect on its legal, regulatory or tax status.
We also entered into an additional licensing agreement with CHOP in November 2015. The licensing agreement supplements our existing license agreement with CHOP by granting us a worldwide exclusive license, with the right to sublicense, to use and practice a provisional patent application related to the production of gene therapies on substantially the same terms and conditions as the existing agreement.
University of Pennsylvania
In December 2015, we converted a co-exclusive license agreement to certain patent rights with Penn, Cornell University and the University of Florida relating to a method of treating and retarding the development of blindness to manufacture and commercialize products covered by the licensed patent rights in the field of research, development, manufacture and commercialization for the diagnosis, treatment, amelioration and prevention of human and animal diseases to an exclusive license in the field of use related to the treatment of retinial disorders or diseases caused by a mutation or mutations in the RPE65 gene. Penn can no longer grant an additional license to a third party with same scope of rights that we have received under our amended license agreement with Penn, including a right to commercialize products covered by the licensed patent rights.

27

Table of Contents

Under the terms of the license agreement, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products, and to use such efforts to accomplish specified development and commercial launch objectives in accordance with a specified timeline as well as to expend specified resources in the development and commercialization of licensed products. If our total expenditures on development and commercialization of the licensed products in any 12-month period do not meet or exceed the applicable diligence minimum, then we must pay Penn the amount of the shortfall. Under the terms of the agreement, we are obligated to make commercial milestone payments related to the licensed products, which could, in the aggregate, reach a maximum of $3.8 million per licensed product if all milestones are achieved for such licensed product. In addition, we are obligated to pay Penn a low- to mid-single-digit royalty on a country-by-country basis on net sales of licensed products covered by a valid licensed patent claim. Penn controls the prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights. We made an initial cash payment to Penn to cover 50% of Penn’s previously incurred patent expenses relating to the licensed patent rights, with the exception of one patent for which we agreed to reimburse Penn for all such expenses. With respect to that specific patent, we agreed to reimburse Penn for patent expenses arising during the term of the license. This license will expire upon the expiration or abandonment of all of the patents and patent applications subject to the license, the latest of which is currently expected to expire in 2022. Penn may terminate the license upon uncured material breaches by us of the terms of the license or upon the occurrence of certain events, including specified bankruptcy and insolvency events relating to us, or if we commence an action against Penn or any of the co-owners of the licensed patent rights to declare or render invalid or unenforceable the patent rights. We may terminate the license at any time upon giving 60 days’ prior written notice to Penn.
In December 2014, we entered into a license agreement with Penn, under which Penn granted us an exclusive, worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, to certain patent rights owned by Penn related to certain proviral plasmids that are useful in the manufacture of certain gene therapy products for the treatment of CHM.
Under the terms of the license agreement, we are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products, and to use such efforts to accomplish development and commercial launch objectives as well as to expend specified resources in the development and commercialization of licensed products. If our total expenditures in any 12-month period do not meet or exceed the applicable diligence minimum, then we must pay Penn the amount of the shortfall. Under the terms of the agreement, we issued shares of our common stock to Penn and we are obligated to make milestone payments upon the achievement of certain regulatory milestones relating to the licensed products, which could, in the aggregate, reach a maximum of $5.5 million per licensed product if all milestones are achieved for such licensed product. Upon mutual agreement between Penn and us, we could elect to pay up to 100% of such amounts with shares of our common stock. In addition, we are obligated to pay Penn a mid-single-digit royalty on a country-by-country basis on net sales of licensed products covered by a licensed patent claim so long as the licensed product achieves and retains orphan designation, and if the licensed product does not receive or retain orphan product designation, we are obligated to pay Penn a low-single digit royalty on a country-by-country basis. We are obligated to pay Penn specified percentages of certain non-royalty payments and other consideration we may receive from any sublicense of our rights under the license agreements, with the specified percentage dependent on the timing of the sublicense grant. Penn controls the prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights. We also made an initial cash payment to Penn to cover all of Penn’s previously incurred patent expenses relating to the licensed patent rights. This license will expire upon the expiration or abandonment of all of the patents and patent applications subject to the license, the latest of which, if it issues as a patent, is currently expected to expire in 2032. Penn may terminate the license upon uncured material breaches by us of the terms of the license and upon the occurrence of certain events, including specified bankruptcy and insolvency events relating to us, or if we commence an action against Penn to declare or render invalid or unenforceable the patent rights, and we may terminate the license at any time upon giving 60 days’ prior written notice to Penn.
University of Iowa Research Foundation
In December 2013, we entered into our a license agreement with UIRF, which we amended in January 2016 to expand the list of patent and patent applications to which we have rights. Under the license agreement, as amended, UIRF granted us an exclusive worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, to a portfolio of approximately 96 gene therapy patents and patent applications owned by UIRF or jointly owned by UIRF and Massachusetts General Hospital related to RNA interference and gene therapy technologies, and to the results of a certain research collaboration among UIRF, Howard Hughes Medical Institute and CHOP, to manufacture and commercialize products covered by the licensed patent rights or discovered, developed, manufactured or commercialized through the use of the research collaboration results. Under the terms of the license agreement, we are obligated to use reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products. In connection with the agreement, we issued shares of our common stock and made a cash payment of approximately $157,000 to UIRF, and we are obligated to make milestone payments upon the achievement of certain regulatory milestones relating to the licensed products, which could, in the aggregate, reach a maximum of $1.3 million if all milestones are achieved. In addition, we are obligated to pay UIRF a low-single-digit royalty on a country-by-country basis on net sales of licensed products covered by a valid licensed patent claim. Commencing in 2017, we are obligated to pay an aggregate of $40,000 in annual license maintenance fees to UIRF, which are creditable against specified milestone and royalty payment obligations accruing in the same year. The license

28

Table of Contents

maintenance fees and royalty rates are subject to increase if we, or any person or entity acting on our behalf, bring any action or claim challenging the validity or enforceability of the licensed patent rights. UIRF is responsible for prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights and we have agreed to reimburse UIRF for reasonable expenses incurred in prosecution and maintenance of the licensed patent rights. Upon mutual agreement between UIRF and us, we could elect to pay some or all of our payment obligations under the license with shares of our common stock.
The license agreement and our obligation to pay royalties expire, unless earlier terminated, on a country-by-country and licensed product-by-licensed product basis, upon the expiration of the last to expire valid claim, as defined in the agreement in the licensed patent rights (including patent applications) covering the manufacture, use, sale or importation of such licensed product in such country. Following the expiration of our obligation to pay royalties on a licensed product in a country, we will retain a fully paid-up, non-royalty-bearing, perpetual license to the results of the collaboration relating to such licensed product in such country. UIRF may terminate this license or render it non-exclusive at any time after October 14, 2018 if we have both (i) not put the licensed product into commercial use in any country and (ii) are not demonstrably engaged in a program directed toward achieving commercial use of the product, and if we fail to eliminate such conditions within a specified cure period following notice from UIRF. UIRF may also terminate this license upon uncured material breaches by us of the terms of the license, subject to a specified notice and cure period. The license agreement automatically terminates if we undergo certain bankruptcy or insolvency events. We may terminate the license at any time upon giving 90 days’ prior written notice to UIRF.
Clearside Biomedical
In April 2015, we entered into a research, license and option agreement with Clearside Biomedical, Inc., or Clearside, under which we entered into a research collaboration with Clearside and acquired an option to obtain an exclusive license to Clearside’s microinjector technology to develop and commercialize gene therapy products delivered using the Clearside technology. Under the agreement, the companies will explore the feasibility of using Clearside’s microinjector technology to deliver viral vectors to the choroid and the retina through the suprachoroidal space. In connection with this agreement, we made an upfront payment of $0.5 million for services to be rendered in the development of licensed products. During the year ended December 31, 2015, we recorded $0.5 million as research and development expense related to the upfront payment.
Competition
The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including the gene therapy field, are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, significant competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. We face substantial competition from many different sources, including large and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions, government agencies and public and private research institutions.
We are aware of companies focused on developing gene therapies in various indications, including bluebird bio, Inc., Annapurna Therapeutics, Applied Genetic Technologies Corporation, or AGTC, Asklepios BioPharmaceutical, Inc., Audentes Therapeutics, Inc., Avalanche Biotechnologies, Inc., AveXis, Inc., Abeona Therapeutics Inc., Baxalta Incorporated, Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., GenSight Biologics SA, Horama SAS, Lysogene SAS, MeiraGTx Limited, NightstaRx Ltd., ReGenX Biosciences, LLC, uniQure N.V. and Voyager Therapeutics, Inc. as well as several companies addressing other methods for modifying genes and regulating gene expression. Any advances in gene therapy technology made by a competitor may be used to develop therapies that could compete against any of our product candidates.    
For our particular product candidates, the main competitors include:
 
SPK-RPE65 . While no approved pharmacologic agents exist for patients with RPE65 -mediated IRDs, Second Sight Medical Products, Inc. has received approval from FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities for a retinal prosthesis medical device, which is being marketed to RP patients with limited or no light perception. Another retinal prosthesis medical device from Retina Implant AG has obtained a CE Certificate of Conformity from its notified body, and is similarly indicated for blinded patients. QLT Inc. completed a Phase 1b clinical trial of a vitamin A derivative to treat RP and LCA. In the gene therapy space, certain companies and several academic institutions have conducted or plan to conduct clinical trials involving RPE65 -based product candidates. To date, none of these organizations has completed a trial involving injection of a subject’s second eye or has initiated a Phase 3 trial.

SPK-CHM . We are aware that NightstaRx Ltd. is developing an AAV-based gene therapy for the treatment of choroideremia. NightstaRx Ltd. has obtained orphan product designation in the United States and the European Union for this product candidate for the treatment of choroideremia and is conducting a Phase 1/2 trial.


29

Table of Contents

SPK-FIX . Hemophilia B patients typically are treated by a variety of plasma-derived, recombinant or long-acting products that are produced by a number of companies, including Pfizer. Many other companies are developing gene therapies to treat hemophilia B, including Baxalta Incorporated, Dimension Therapeutics Inc. and uniQure N.V.

SPK-FVIII . The only therapies currently available for moderate to severe hemophilia A are intravenously administered FVIII protein or its derivatives. The main competitors with product candidates under development to treat hemophilia A include Baxalta Incorporated, BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc., Dimension Therapeutics Inc. in collaboration with Bayer HealthCare, uniQure N.V., Sangamo Biosciences, Inc., Telethon Institute for Gene Therapy in collaboration with Biogen Inc., Alnylam Incorporated, Novo Nordisk A/S and Roche Holding AG.

SPK-TPP1 . While there are currently no approved curative therapies for Batten disease, there are a number of companies and academic centers developing enzyme replacement, cell and gene therapies for TPP1 deficiency, including BioMarin Pharmaceuticals Inc., StemCells, Inc. and the Weill Medical College of Cornell University.
Many of our potential competitors, alone or with their strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources than we do, such as larger research and development, clinical, marketing and manufacturing organizations. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of competitors. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing our product candidates against competitors.
Government regulation
In the United States, FDA regulates biologic products including gene therapy products under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, and regulations and guidance implementing these laws. The FDCA, PHSA and their corresponding regulations govern, among other things, the testing, manufacturing, safety, efficacy, labeling, packaging, storage, record keeping, distribution, reporting, advertising and other promotional practices involving biologic products. Applications to FDA are required before conducting human clinical testing of biologic products. Additionally, each clinical trial protocol for a gene therapy product candidate is reviewed by FDA and, in limited instances NIH, through its RAC. FDA approval also must be obtained before marketing of biologic products.
Within FDA, CBER regulates gene therapy products. Within CBER, the review of gene therapy and related products is consolidated in the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies, or OCTGT, and FDA has established the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee, or CTGTAC, to advise CBER on its reviews. CBER works closely with NIH and the RAC, which makes recommendations to NIH on gene therapy issues and engages in a public discussion of scientific, safety, ethical and societal issues related to proposed and ongoing gene therapy protocols. Although FDA has not yet approved any human gene therapy product for sale, it has provided guidance for the development of gene therapy products. This guidance includes a growing body of guidance documents on chemistry, manufacturing and control, or CMC, clinical investigations and other areas of gene therapy development, all of which are intended to facilitate the industry’s development of gene therapy products.
U.S. biologic products development process
The process required by FDA before a biologic product candidate may be marketed in the United States generally involves the following:
 
completion of preclinical laboratory tests and in vivo studies in accordance with FDA’s current Good Laboratory Practice, or GLP, regulations and applicable requirements for the humane use of laboratory animals or other applicable regulations;

submission to FDA of an application for an Investigational New Drug exemption, or IND, which allows human clinical trials to begin unless FDA objects within 30 days;

approval by an independent institutional review board, or IRB, reviewing each clinical site before each clinical trial may be initiated;


30

Table of Contents

performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials according to FDA’s GCP regulations, and any additional requirements for the protection of human research subjects and their health information, to establish the safety and efficacy of the proposed biologic product candidate for its intended use;

preparation and submission to FDA of a BLA for marketing approval that includes substantial evidence of safety, purity and potency from results of nonclinical testing and clinical trials;

satisfactory completion of an FDA inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the biologic product candidate is produced to assess compliance with cGMP and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biologic product candidate’s identity, safety, strength, quality, potency and purity;

potential FDA audit of the nonclinical and clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the BLA; and

payment of user fees and FDA review and approval, or licensure, of the BLA.
Before testing any biologic product candidate in humans, including a gene therapy product candidate, the product candidate must undergo preclinical testing. Preclinical tests, also referred to as nonclinical studies, include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, toxicity and formulation, as well as in vivo studies to assess the potential safety and activity of the product candidate. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including GLPs.
If a gene therapy trial is conducted at, or sponsored by, institutions receiving NIH funding for recombinant DNA research, prior to the submission of an IND to FDA, a protocol and related documents must be submitted to, and the study registered with, the NIH Office of Biotechnology Activities, or OBA, pursuant to the NIH Guidelines for Research Involving Recombinant DNA Molecules, or NIH Guidelines. Compliance with the NIH Guidelines is mandatory for investigators at institutions receiving NIH funds for research involving recombinant DNA. However, many companies and other institutions, not otherwise subject to the NIH Guidelines, voluntarily follow them. NIH is responsible for convening the RAC that discusses protocols that raise novel or particularly important scientific, safety or ethical considerations at one of its quarterly public meetings. The OBA will notify FDA of the RAC’s decision regarding the necessity for full public review of a gene therapy protocol. RAC proceedings and reports are posted to the OBA website and may be accessed by the public.
The clinical trial sponsor must submit the results of the preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information, analytical data, any available clinical data or literature and a proposed clinical protocol, to FDA as part of the IND. Some preclinical testing may continue even after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by FDA, unless FDA places the clinical trial on a clinical hold. In such a case, the IND sponsor and FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns before the clinical trial can begin. With gene therapy protocols, if FDA allows the IND to proceed, but the RAC decides that full public review of the protocol is warranted, FDA will request at the completion of its IND review that sponsors delay initiation of the protocol until after completion of the RAC review process. FDA also may impose clinical holds on a biologic product candidate at any time before or during clinical trials due to safety concerns or non-compliance. If FDA imposes a clinical hold, trials may not recommence without FDA authorization and then only under terms authorized by FDA.
Human clinical trials under an IND
Clinical trials involve the administration of the biologic product candidate to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators which generally are physicians not employed by, or under, the control of the trial sponsor. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, subject selection and exclusion criteria and the parameters to be used to monitor subject safety, including stopping rules that assure a clinical trial will be stopped if certain adverse events should occur. Each protocol and any amendments to the protocol must be submitted to FDA as part of the IND. Clinical trials must be conducted and monitored in accordance with FDA’s regulations comprising the GCP requirements, including the requirement that all research subjects provide informed consent.
Further, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB at or servicing each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted. An IRB is charged with protecting the welfare and rights of trial participants and considers items such as whether the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable in relation to anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the form and content of the informed consent that must be signed by each clinical trial subject, or his or her legal representative, and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. Clinical trials involving recombinant DNA also must be reviewed by an institutional biosafety committee, or IBC, a local institutional committee that reviews and oversees basic and clinical research that utilizes recombinant DNA at that institution. The IBC assesses the safety of the research and identifies any potential risk to public health or the environment.

31

Table of Contents


Human clinical trials typically are conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap or be combined:
 
Phase 1 . The biologic product candidate initially is introduced into healthy human subjects and tested for safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution, excretion and, if possible, to gain an early understanding of its effectiveness. In the case of some product candidates for severe or life-threatening diseases, especially when the product candidate may be too inherently toxic to ethically administer to healthy volunteers, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients.

Phase 2 . The biologic product candidate is evaluated in a limited patient population to identify possible adverse effects and safety risks, to preliminarily evaluate the efficacy of the product candidate for specific targeted diseases and to determine dosage tolerance, optimal dosage and dosing schedule.

Phase 3 . The biologic product candidate is administered to an expanded patient population at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites in adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to generate sufficient data to statistically confirm the potency and safety of the product for approval. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the product candidate and provide an adequate basis for product labeling.
Post-approval clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, may be conducted after initial approval. These clinical trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication, particularly for long-term safety follow-up.
During all phases of clinical development, regulatory agencies require extensive monitoring and auditing of all clinical activities, clinical data and clinical trial investigators. Annual progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials must be submitted to FDA.
Written IND safety reports must be promptly submitted to FDA, NIH and the investigators for: serious and unexpected adverse events; any findings from other trials, in vivo laboratory tests or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human subjects; or any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must submit an IND safety report within 15 calendar days after the sponsor determines that the information qualifies for reporting. The sponsor also must notify FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction within seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information.
FDA or the sponsor or its data safety monitoring board may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the research subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Similarly, an IRB can suspend or terminate approval of a clinical trial at its institution if the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with the IRB’s requirements or if the biologic product candidate has been associated with unexpected serious harm to patients.
Additional regulation for gene therapy clinical trials
In addition to the regulations discussed above, there are a number of additional standards that apply to clinical trials involving the use of gene therapy. FDA has issued various guidance documents regarding gene therapies, which outline additional factors that FDA will consider at each of the above stages of development and relate to, among other things: the proper preclinical assessment of gene therapies; the CMC information that should be included in an IND application; the proper design of tests to measure product potency in support of an IND or BLA application; and measures to observe delayed adverse effects in subjects who have been exposed to investigational gene therapies when the risk of such effects is high. Further, FDA usually recommends that sponsors observe subjects for potential gene therapy-related delayed adverse events for a 15-year period, including a minimum of five years of annual examinations followed by 10 years of annual queries, either in person or by questionnaire.
NIH and FDA have a publicly accessible database, the Genetic Modification Clinical Research Information System, which includes information on gene therapy trials and serves as an electronic tool to facilitate the reporting and analysis of adverse events on these trials.
Compliance with cGMP requirements
Manufacturers of biologics must comply with applicable cGMP regulations, including quality control and quality assurance and maintenance of records and documentation. Manufacturers and others involved in the manufacture and distribution of such products also must register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies. Both domestic and foreign manufacturing establishments must register and provide additional information to FDA upon their initial participation in the manufacturing process. Establishments may be subject to periodic, unannounced inspections by government authorities to ensure compliance with cGMP requirements and other laws. Discovery of problems may result in a government entity

32

Table of Contents

placing restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved BLA, and may extend to requiring withdrawal of the product from the market. FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specification.
Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional preclinical studies and must also develop additional information about the physical characteristics of the biologic product candidate as well as finalize a process for manufacturing the product candidate in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. To help reduce the risk of the introduction of adventitious agents or of causing other adverse events with the use of biologic products, the PHSA emphasizes the importance of manufacturing control for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other requirements, the sponsor must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality, potency and purity of the final biologic product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the biologic product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.
U.S. review and approval processes
The results of the preclinical tests and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s CMC and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to FDA as part of a BLA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications.
For gene therapies, selecting patients with applicable genetic defects is a necessary condition to effective treatment. For the therapies we are currently developing, we believe that diagnoses based on symptoms, in conjunction with existing genetic tests developed and administered by laboratories certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments, or CLIA, are sufficient to select appropriate patients and will be permitted by FDA. For future therapies, however, it may be necessary to use FDA-cleared or FDA-approved diagnostic tests to select patients or to assure the safe and effective use of therapies in appropriate patients. FDA refers to such tests as in vitro companion diagnostic devices. On July 31, 2014, FDA announced the publication of a final guidance document describing the agency’s current thinking about the development and regulation of in vitro companion diagnostic devices. The final guidance articulates a policy position that, when safe and effective use of a therapeutic product depends on a diagnostic device, FDA generally will require approval or clearance of the diagnostic device at the same time that FDA approves the therapeutic product. The final guidance allows for two exceptions to the general rule of concurrent drug/device approval, namely, when the therapeutic product is intended to treat serious and life-threatening conditions for which no alternative exists, and when a serious safety issue arises for an approved therapeutic agent, and no FDA-cleared or FDA-approved companion diagnostic test is yet available. At this point, it is unclear how FDA will apply this policy to our future gene therapy candidates, or even to our current products. Should FDA deem genetic tests used for selecting appropriate patients for our therapies to be in vitro companion diagnostics requiring FDA clearance or approval, we may face significant delays or obstacles in obtaining approval for a BLA.
In addition, under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, a BLA or supplement to a BLA must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the biologic product candidate for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product candidate is safe and effective. FDA may grant deferrals for submission of data or full or partial waivers. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any biologic product candidate for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.
Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, as amended, each BLA must be accompanied by a user fee. FDA adjusts the PDUFA user fees on an annual basis. According to FDA’s fee schedule, effective through September 30, 2016, the user fee for an application requiring clinical data, such as a BLA, is $2,374,200. PDUFA also imposes an annual product fee for biologics ($114,450) and an annual establishment license fee ($585,200) on facilities used to manufacture prescription biologics. Fee waivers or reductions are available in certain circumstances, including a waiver of the application fee for the first application filed by a small business. Additionally, no user fees are assessed on BLAs for product candidates designated as orphan drugs, unless the product candidate also includes a non-orphan indication.
FDA reviews a BLA within 60 days of submission to determine if it is substantially complete before the agency accepts it for filing. FDA may refuse to file any BLA that it deems incomplete or not properly reviewable at the time of submission and may request additional information. In that event, the BLA must be resubmitted with the additional information. The resubmitted application also is subject to review before FDA accepts it for filing. Once the submission is accepted for filing, FDA begins an in-depth, substantive review of the BLA.
FDA reviews the BLA to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product candidate is safe and potent, or effective, for its intended use, has an acceptable purity profile and whether the product candidate is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product candidate’s identity, safety, strength, quality, potency and purity.

33

Table of Contents

FDA may refer applications for novel biologic products or biologic products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions. During the product approval process, FDA also will determine whether a REMS is necessary to assure the safe use of the product candidate. A REMS could include medication guides, physician communication plans and elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. If FDA concludes a REMS is needed, the sponsor of the BLA must submit a proposed REMS; FDA will not approve the BLA without a REMS, if required.
Before approving a BLA, FDA will inspect the facilities at which the product candidate is manufactured. FDA will not approve the product candidate unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product candidate within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA, FDA typically will inspect one or more clinical sites to assure that the clinical trials were conducted in compliance with IND trial requirements and GCP requirements.
On the basis of the BLA and accompanying information, including the results of the inspection of the manufacturing facilities, FDA may issue an approval letter or a complete response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the biologic product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing or information in order for FDA to reconsider the application. If and when those deficiencies have been addressed to FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the BLA, FDA will issue an approval letter.
If a product candidate receives regulatory approval, the approval may be significantly limited to specific diseases and dosages or the indications for use may otherwise be limited. Further, FDA may require that certain contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling. FDA may impose restrictions and conditions on product distribution, prescribing or dispensing in the form of a REMS, or otherwise limit the scope of any approval. In addition, FDA may require post-marketing clinical trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials, designed to further assess a biologic product’s safety and effectiveness, and testing and surveillance programs to monitor the safety of approved products that have been commercialized.
FDA has agreed to specified performance goals in the review of BLAs under the PDUFA. One such goal is to review 90% of standard BLAs in 10 months after FDA accepts the BLA for filing, and 90% of priority BLAs in six months, whereupon a review decision is to be made. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard and priority BLAs and its review goals are subject to change from time to time. The review process and the PDUFA goal date may be extended by three months if the FDA requests or the BLA sponsor otherwise provides additional information or clarification regarding information already provided in the submission within the last three months before the PDUFA goal date.
Orphan drug designation
Under the Orphan Drug Act, FDA may designate a biologic product as an “orphan drug” if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition (generally meaning that it affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more in cases in which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making a biologic product available in the United States for treatment of the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product). Orphan product designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After FDA grants orphan product designation, the identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by FDA. Orphan product designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.
If a product with orphan status receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, meaning that FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug or biologic product for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan exclusivity or if the party holding the exclusivity fails to assure the availability of sufficient quantities of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the disease or condition for which the drug was designated. Competitors, however, may receive approval of different products for the same indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same product but for a different indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan medicinal product status in the European Union has similar, but not identical, benefits.
Expedited development and review programs
FDA is authorized to expedite the review of BLAs in several ways. Under the Fast Track program, the sponsor of a biologic product candidate may request FDA to designate the product for a specific indication as a Fast Track
product concurrent with or after the filing of the IND. Biologic products are eligible for Fast Track designation if they are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening condition and demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the

34

Table of Contents

condition. Fast Track designation applies to the combination of the product candidate and the specific indication for which it is being studied. In addition to other benefits, such as the ability to have greater interactions with FDA, FDA may initiate review of sections of a Fast Track BLA before the application is complete, a process known as rolling review.
Any product submitted to FDA for marketing, including under a Fast Track program, may be eligible for other types of FDA programs intended to expedite development and review, such as breakthrough therapy designation, priority review and accelerated approval.
     
Breakthrough therapy designation . To qualify for the breakthrough therapy program, product candidates must be intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence must indicate that such product candidates may demonstrate substantial improvement on one or more clinically significant endpoints over existing therapies. FDA will seek to ensure the sponsor of a breakthrough therapy product candidate receives: intensive guidance on an efficient drug development program; intensive involvement of senior managers and experienced staff on a proactive, collaborative and cross-disciplinary review; and rolling review.

Priority review . A product candidate is eligible for priority review if it treats a serious condition and, if approved, it would be a significant improvement in the safety or effectiveness of the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious condition compared to marketed products. FDA aims to complete its review of priority review applications within six months as opposed to 10 months for standard review.

Accelerated approval . Drug or biologic products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening illnesses and that provide meaningful therapeutic benefit over existing treatments may receive accelerated approval. Accelerated approval means that a product candidate may be approved on the basis of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials establishing that the product candidate has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict a clinical benefit, or on the basis of an effect on a clinical endpoint other than survival or irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity and prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of approval, FDA may require that a sponsor of a drug or biologic product candidate receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials.
Fast Track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, priority review and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.
Post-approval requirements
Rigorous and extensive FDA regulation of biologic products continues after approval, particularly with respect to cGMP requirements. Manufacturers are required to comply with applicable requirements in the cGMP regulations, including quality control and quality assurance and maintenance of records and documentation. Other post-approval requirements applicable to biologic products include reporting of cGMP deviations that may affect the identity, potency, purity and overall safety of a distributed product, record-keeping requirements, reporting of adverse effects, reporting updated safety and efficacy information and complying with electronic record and signature requirements. After a BLA is approved, the product also may be subject to official lot release. If the product is subject to official release by FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to FDA, together with a release protocol, showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the
lot and the results of all tests performed on the lot. FDA also may perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products before releasing the lots for distribution. In addition, FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency and effectiveness of biologic products.
A sponsor also must comply with FDA’s advertising and promotion requirements, such as those related to direct-to-consumer advertising, the prohibition on promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labeling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the Internet. Discovery of previously unknown problems or the failure to comply with the applicable regulatory requirements may result in restrictions on the marketing of a product or withdrawal of the product from the market as well as possible civil or criminal sanctions. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process or facility generally require prior FDA approval before being implemented and other types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications and additional labeling claims, are also subject to further FDA review and approval.
Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or after approval, may subject an applicant or manufacturer to administrative or judicial civil or criminal actions and adverse publicity. These actions could include refusal to approve pending applications or supplemental applications, withdrawal of an approval, clinical hold, suspension or termination of clinical trial by an IRB, warning or untitled letters, product recalls,

35

Table of Contents

product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines or other monetary penalties, refusals of government contracts, mandated corrective advertising or communications with healthcare providers, debarment, restitution, disgorgement of profits or other civil or criminal penalties.
U.S. patent term restoration and marketing exclusivity
Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA approval of product candidates, some of a sponsor’s U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and FDA regulatory review process. However, patent term restoration cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. The patent term restoration period generally is one-half the time between the effective date of an IND and the submission date of a BLA plus the time between the submission date of a BLA and the approval of that application. Only one patent applicable to an approved biologic product is eligible for the extension and the application for the extension must be submitted prior to the expiration of the patent. The USPTO, in consultation with FDA, reviews and approves the application for any patent term extension or restoration.
Pediatric exclusivity
Pediatric exclusivity is a type of non-patent marketing exclusivity in the United States that, if granted, provides for the attachment of an additional six months of marketing protection to the term of any existing regulatory exclusivity, including the non-patent and orphan exclusivity. This six-month exclusivity may be granted if a BLA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from FDA for such data. The data do not need to show the product to be effective in the pediatric population studied; rather, if the clinical trial is deemed to fairly respond to FDA’s request, the additional protection is granted. If reports of requested pediatric studies are submitted to, and accepted by, FDA within the statutory time limits, whatever statutory or regulatory periods of exclusivity or patent protection that cover the product are extended by six months. This is not a patent term extension, but it effectively extends the regulatory period during which FDA cannot accept or approve a biosimilar application.
Biosimilars and exclusivity
The PPACA created an abbreviated approval pathway for biologic products shown to be similar to, or interchangeable with, an FDA-licensed reference biologic product, referred to as biosimilars. In order for FDA to approve a biosimilar product, it must find that there are no clinically meaningful differences between the reference product and proposed biosimilar product. Interchangeability requires that a product is biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biologic and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic.
A reference biologic is granted 12 years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the reference product. An application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to FDA until four years following approval of the reference product, and it may not be approved until 12 years thereafter. These exclusivity provisions only apply to biosimilars—companies that rely on their own data and file a full BLA may be approved earlier than 12 years. We currently plan to rely on our own data and to file a full BLA for all of our current and future products.
Government regulation outside of the United States
In addition to regulations in the United States, sponsors are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing, among other things, clinical trials and any commercial sales and distribution of biologic products. Because biologically sourced raw materials are subject to unique contamination risks, their use may be restricted in some countries.
Whether or not a sponsor obtains FDA approval for a product, a sponsor must obtain the requisite approvals from regulatory authorities in foreign countries prior to the commencement of clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. Certain countries outside of the United States have a similar process that requires the submission of a clinical trial application, much like the IND, prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In the European Union, for example, a request for a Clinical Trial Authorization, or CTA, must be submitted to the competent regulatory authorities and the competent Ethics Committees in the European Union Member States in which the clinical trial takes place, much like FDA and the IRB, respectively. Once the CTA request is approved in accordance with the European Union and the European Union Member State’s requirements, clinical trial development may proceed.
The requirements and processes governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. In all cases, the clinical trials are conducted in accordance with GCPs and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

36

Table of Contents

Failure to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements may result in, among other things, fines, suspension, variation or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.
European Union regulation and exclusivity
To obtain regulatory approval of an investigational biologic product under European Union regulatory systems, applicants must submit a marketing authorization application, or MAA. The grant of marketing authorization in the European Union for products containing viable human tissues or cells such as gene therapy medicinal products is governed by Regulation 1394/2007/EC on advanced therapy medicinal products, read in combination with Directive 2001/83/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council, commonly known as the Community code on medicinal products. Regulation 1394/2007/EC lays down specific rules concerning the authorization, supervision and pharmacovigilance of gene therapy medicinal products, somatic cell therapy medicinal products and tissue engineered products. Manufacturers of advanced therapy medicinal products must demonstrate the quality, safety and efficacy of their products to EMA which provides an opinion regarding the application for marketing authorization. European Commission grants or refuses marketing authorization in light of the opinion delivered by EMA.
Innovative medicinal products are authorized in the European Union on the basis of a full marketing authorization application (as opposed to an application for marketing authorization that relies on data in the marketing authorization dossier for another, previously approved medicinal product). Applications for marketing authorization for innovative medicinal products must contain the results of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials conducted with the medicinal product for which marketing authorization is sought. Innovative medicinal products for which marketing authorization is granted are entitled to eight years of data exclusivity. During this period, applicants for approval of generics or biosimilars of these innovative products cannot rely on data contained in the marketing authorization dossier submitted for the innovative medicinal product to support their application. Innovative medicinal products for which marketing authorization is granted are also entitled to 10 years of market exclusivity. During these 10 years of market exclusivity, no generic or biosimilar medicinal product may be placed on the European Union market even if a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization can be submitted to the competent regulatory authorities in the European Union Member States. The overall 10-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity and the innovator is able to gain the period of data exclusivity, another company, nevertheless, could also market another competing medicinal product for the same therapeutic indication if such company obtained marketing authorization based on an MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.
Products receiving orphan designation in the European Union can receive 10 years of market exclusivity. During this 10-year period, the competent authorities of the European Union Member States and European Commission may not accept applications or grant marketing authorization for other similar medicinal product for the same orphan indication. There are, however, three exceptions to this principle. Marketing authorization may be granted to a similar medicinal product for the same orphan indication if:
 
The second applicant can establish in its application that its medicinal product, although similar to the orphan medicinal product already authorized, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior;

The holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan medicinal product consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or

The holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan medicinal product cannot supply sufficient quantities of orphan medicinal product.
An orphan product can also obtain an additional two years of market exclusivity in the European Union for the conduct of pediatric trials. The 10-year market exclusivity may be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria for orphan designation; for example, if the product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity.
The criteria for designating an “orphan medicinal product” in the European Union are similar, in principle, to those in the United States. Orphan medicinal products are eligible for financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers. The application for orphan medicinal product designation must be submitted before the application for marketing authorization. Orphan medicinal product designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

37

Table of Contents

Other healthcare laws and regulations
Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and use of pharmaceutical products that are granted marketing approval. Arrangements with third-party payors, existing or potential customers and referral sources are subject to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, and these laws and regulations may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which manufacturers market, sell and distribute the products for which they obtain marketing approval. Such restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include the following:
 
the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or kind, in exchange for, or to induce, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers, on the one hand, and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. The PPACA amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it;

the federal False Claims Act or FCA, which prohibits, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent. Federal Anti-Kickback Statute violations and certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, also may implicate the FCA;

federal criminal laws that prohibit executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies to report annually to CMS information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians, other healthcare providers and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and other healthcare providers and their immediate family members;

HIPAA imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, which governs the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protects the security and privacy of protected health information; and

state and foreign law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, such as anti-kickback and false claims laws which may apply to: items or services reimbursed by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws and regulations may result in penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment. Furthermore, efforts to ensure that business activities and business arrangements comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations can be costly for manufacturers of branded prescription products.
Coverage and reimbursement
Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any products for which we may obtain regulatory approval. In the United States and markets in other countries, sales of any product candidates for which regulatory approval for commercial sale is obtained will depend in part on the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third-party payors. Third-party payors include government authorities, managed care providers, private health insurers and other

38

Table of Contents

organizations. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a drug product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the drug product. Third-party payors may limit coverage to specific drug products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of FDA-approved drugs for a particular indication. Moreover, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved.
Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price and examining the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of medical products and services, in addition to their safety and efficacy. New metrics frequently are used as the basis for reimbursement rates, such as ASP, AMP and Actual Acquisition Cost. In order to obtain coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, it may be necessary to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the products, in addition to the costs required to obtain regulatory approvals. If third-party payors do not consider a product to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover the product after approval as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow a company to sell its products at a profit. Health Technology Assessment, or HTA, which is intended to take account of medical, social, economic and ethical issues when determining the suitability of a medicinal product for reimbursement is increasingly become an element of the pricing and reimbursement decisions of the competent authorities in European Union Member States.
The United States government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost containment programs to limit the growth of government-paid health care costs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products for branded prescription drugs. By way of example, the PPACA contains provisions that may reduce the profitability of drug products, including, for example, increasing the minimum rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program, extending the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care plans, addressing a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected and establishing annual fees based on pharmaceutical companies’ share of sales to federal health care programs. Adoption of government controls and measures, and tightening of restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could limit payments for pharmaceuticals.
Additional regulation
In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, affect our business. These and other laws govern the use, handling and disposal of various biologic, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. Equivalent laws have been adopted in third countries that impose similar obligations.
U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits U.S. corporations and individuals from engaging in certain activities to obtain or retain business abroad or to influence a person working in an official capacity. It is illegal to pay, offer to pay or authorize the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to otherwise influence a person working in an official capacity. The scope of the FCPA includes interactions with certain healthcare professionals in many countries. Equivalent laws have been adopted in other foreign countries that impose similar obligations.
Employees
As of March 4, 2016 , we had 113 full-time employees, including a total of 39 employees with M.D. or Ph.D. degrees. Of our workforce, 52 employees are engaged in research and development, 32 employees are engaged in manufacturing and 29 employees are engaged in finance, legal, commercial, human resources and general management. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
Facilities
We occupy approximately 28,000 square feet of office, laboratory and manufacturing space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, under a lease that expires in 2025, with our option for early termination in 2021. We also occupy approximately 14,000 square feet of office space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania under a sublease that expires in November 2018. In addition, we lease approximately 3,400 square feet of office space in Waltham, Massachusetts, which expires in September 2016. In

39

Table of Contents

February 2016, we entered into a lease for approximately 6,500 square feet of additional office space in Philadelphia for corporate and commercial purposes that expires in 2021.
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware on March 13, 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at 3737 Market Street Suite 1300 Philadelphia, PA, and our telephone number is (888) 772-7560.
Our corporate website address is www.sparktx.com. Our website is an inactive textual reference and nothing on our website is incorporated by reference in this Annual report. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, are available free of charge on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains an internet site that contains our public filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and other information regarding our company, at www.sec.gov. These reports and other information concerning our company may also be accessed at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330. The contents of these websites are not incorporated into this Annual Report. Further, our references to the URLs for these websites are intended to be inactive textual reference only.
Legal proceedings
We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.


40

Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors
The following risk factors and other information included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we presently deem less significant may also impair our business operations. Please see page 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of some of the forward-looking statements that are qualified by these risk factors. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks related to our financial position
We have incurred net losses since inception. We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future and may never achieve or maintain profitability.
Since inception, we have incurred net losses. Our net losses were $24.3 million and $47.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , we had an accumulated deficit of $128.7 million . We have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our preferred stock, our IPO, which closed on February 4, 2015, and a follow-on offering, which closed on December 21, 2015. We received net proceeds from the IPO and follow-on offering of $268.3 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by us. We have devoted substantially all of our efforts to research and development, including clinical and preclinical development of our product candidates, as well as to building out our team. We expect that it could be several years, if ever, before we have a commercialized product candidate. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if, and as, we:
prepare our BLA and marketing authorization application, or MAA, for SPK-RPE65 and seek marketing approvals for any of our other product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;
continue our clinical development of our product candidates, including our Phase 1/2 clinical trials for SPK-CHM and SPK-FIX ;
initiate additional preclinical studies and clinical triails for our other product candidates;
seek to identify additional product candidates;
validate a commercial-scale current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, manufacturing facility;
further develop our gene therapy platform;
expand our medical affairs capabilities;
establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval;
maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio; and
acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies.
To become and remain profitable, we must develop and eventually commercialize product candidates with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing preclinical testing and clinical trials of our product candidates, obtaining marketing approval for these product candidates, manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we may obtain marketing approval and satisfying any post-marketing requirements. We may never succeed in any or all of these activities and, even if we do, we may never generate revenues that are significant or large enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of our company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our research and development efforts, expand our business or continue our operations. A decline in the value of our company also could cause our stockholders to lose all or part of their investment.
We have never generated revenue from product sales and may never be profitable.
Our ability to generate revenue from product sales and achieve profitability depends on our ability, alone or with collaborative partners, to successfully complete the development of, and obtain the regulatory approvals necessary to commercialize, our product candidates. We do not anticipate generating revenues from product sales for the next several years, if ever. Our ability to generate future revenues from product sales depends heavily on our, or our collaborators’, success in:

41

Table of Contents

completing research and preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates and identifying new gene therapy product candidates;
seeking and obtaining regulatory and marketing approvals for product candidates for which we complete clinical trials;
launching and commercializing product candidates for which we obtain regulatory and marketing approval by establishing a sales force, marketing and distribution infrastructure or, alternatively, collaborating with a commercialization partner;
qualifying for adequate coverage and reimbursement by government and third-party payors for our product candidates;
maintaining and enhancing a sustainable, scalable, reproducible and transferable manufacturing process for our vectors and product candidates;
establishing and maintaining supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties that can provide adequate, in both amount and quality, products and services to support clinical development and the market demand for our product candidates, if approved;
obtaining market acceptance of our product candidates as a viable treatment option;
addressing any competing technological and market developments;
implementing additional internal systems and infrastructure, as needed;
negotiating favorable terms in any collaboration, licensing or other arrangements into which we may enter and performing our obligations in such collaborations;
maintaining, protecting and expanding our portfolio of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets and know-how;
avoiding and defending against third-party interference or infringement claims; and
attracting, hiring and retaining qualified personnel.
Even if one or more of the product candidates that we develop is approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with commercializing any approved product candidate. Our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we are required by FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities to perform clinical and other studies in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of any approved products, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations.
Our limited operating history may make it difficult for stockholders to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.
We were founded in March 2013. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, acquiring our technology, identifying potential product candidates and undertaking preclinical studies and clinical trials of our most advanced product candidates and establishing collaborations. We have not yet demonstrated the ability to obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial-scale product or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization. Consequently, any predictions stockholders make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.
In addition, as a new business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition from a company with a research focus to a company that is also capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.
We may need to raise additional funding, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate certain of our product development efforts or other operations.
We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the research and development of, initiate further clinical trials of and seek marketing approval for, our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant expenses related to product sales, medical affairs, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Furthermore, we expect to continue to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate certain of our research and development programs.
Our operations have consumed significant amounts of cash since inception. As of December 31, 2015 , our cash and cash equivalents were $293.5 million . Our research and development expenses increased from $16.4 million for the year ended

42

Table of Contents

December 31, 2014 to $46.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2015. We estimate that our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2015 will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into 2019.
Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:
the costs of preparing and filing a BLA with FDA and an MMA with EMA for SPK-RPE65 ;
the cost and our ability to establish commercial infrastructure and manufacturing capabilities required to support the launch of SPK-RPE65 ;
whether additional clinical testing is required to secure regulatory approvals for all intended or desired indications of SPK-RPE65;
the scope, progress, results and costs of drug discovery, recruitment, laboratory testing, preclinical development and clinical trials for our other product candidates;
the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;
the costs of future activities, including product sales, medical affairs, marketing, manufacturing and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;
revenue, if any, received from commercial sale of our products, including amounts reimbursed by government and third party payors should any of our product candidates receive marketing approval;
the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;
our current collaboration agreements remaining in effect and our achievement of milestones under those agreements;
our ability to establish and maintain additional collaborations on favorable terms, if at all; and
the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies.
Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our product revenues, if any, and any commercial milestones or royalty payments under our collaboration agreements, will be derived from or based on sales of products that may not be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. To the extent that additional capital is raised through the sale of equity or equity-linked securities, the issuance of those securities could result in substantial dilution for our current stockholders and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect the rights of our current stockholders. Furthermore, the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our common stock to decline and existing stockholders may not agree with our financing plans or the terms of such financings. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
Risks related to the development of our product candidates
Our gene therapy product candidates are based on a novel technology, which makes it difficult to predict the time and cost of development and of subsequently obtaining regulatory approval. At the moment, no gene therapy product has been approved for a genetic disease in the United States and only one such product has been approved in the European Union.
We have concentrated our research and development efforts on our gene therapy platform, and our future success depends on our successful development of viable gene therapy product candidates. There can be no assurance that we will not experience problems or delays in developing new product candidates and that such problems or delays will not cause unanticipated costs, or that any such development problems can be solved. Although we intend to leverage our experience with SPK-RPE65 , we may be unable to reduce development timelines and costs for our other IRD gene therapy development programs. We also may experience unanticipated problems or delays in expanding our manufacturing capacity, which may prevent us from completing our clinical trials, meeting the obligations of our collaborations or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all. For example, we, a collaborator or another group may uncover a previously unknown risk associated with AAV, and this may prolong the period of observation required for obtaining regulatory approval or may necessitate additional clinical testing.
In addition, the clinical trial requirements of FDA, European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and other regulatory authorities and the criteria these regulators use to determine the safety and efficacy of a product candidate vary substantially according to the type, complexity, novelty and intended use and market of such product candidates. The regulatory approval process for novel product candidates such as ours can be more expensive and take longer than for other, better known or more extensively

43

Table of Contents

studied product candidates. Only one gene therapy product for a genetic disease, uniQure N.V.’s Glybera, has received marketing authorization from the European Commission. It is difficult to determine how long it will take or how much it will cost to obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates in either the United States or the European Union or how long it will take to commercialize our product candidates. Approvals by the European Commission may not be indicative of what FDA may require for approval.
Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have changed frequently and may continue to change in the future. FDA has established the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies within the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER, to consolidate the review of gene therapy and related products, and has established the Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee to advise CBER in its review. Gene therapy clinical trials conducted at institutions that receive funding for recombinant DNA research from U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, also potentially are subject to review by the NIH office of Biotechnology Activities' Recombinant DNA Advisory Committee, or RAC; however, NIH, recently announced that the RAC will soon only publicly review clinical trials if the trials cannot be evaluated by standard oversight bodies and pose unusual risks. Although FDA decides whether individual gene therapy protocols may proceed, the RAC public review process, if undertaken, can delay the initiation of a clinical trial, even if FDA has reviewed the trial design and details and approved its initiation. Conversely, FDA can put an Investigational New Drug exemption, or IND, on a clinical hold even if the RAC has provided a favorable review or an exemption from in-depth, public review. If we were to engage an NIH-funded institution, such as CHOP, to conduct a clinical trial, that institution’s institutional biosafety committee as well as its institutional review board, or IRB, would need to review the proposed clinical trial to assess the safety of the trial. In addition, adverse developments in clinical trials of gene therapy products conducted by others may cause FDA or other oversight bodies to change the requirements for approval of any of our product candidates. Similarly, EMA may issue new guidelines concerning the development and marketing authorization for gene therapy medicinal products and require that we comply with these new guidelines.
These regulatory review committees and advisory groups and the new guidelines they promulgate may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of these product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory and advisory groups, and comply with applicable guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of certain of our product candidates. These additional processes may result in a review and approval process that is longer than we otherwise would have expected. Delay or failure to obtain, or unexpected costs in obtaining, the regulatory approval necessary to bring a potential product to market could decrease our ability to generate sufficient product revenue, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects would be materially and adversely affected.

The results from our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial for SPK-RPE65 may not support as broad a marketing approval as we seek, and FDA and EMA may require us to conduct additional clinical trials or evaluate subjects for an additional follow-up period.
While we believe SPK-RPE65 should be applicable for the treatment of patients with any IRD mediated by RPE65 mutations, the results from our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial for SPK-RPE65 , which included only subjects diagnosed with LCA due to RPE65 mutations, may not support as broad a marketing approval as we seek. Even if we obtain regulatory approval for SPK-RPE65 , we might obtain marketing approval only to treat patients diagnosed with LCA due to RPE65 mutations, based on the inclusion criteria of the Phase 3 trial and the absence of data for patients diagnosed with RPE65 -mediated IRDs other than LCA. If SPK-RPE65 is not approved for RPE65 -mediated IRDs other than LCA, we may be required by FDA and EMA to conduct additional clinical trials to support approval of SPK-RPE65 for patients with patients diagnosed with RP due to RPE65 mutations or other RPE65 -mediated IRDs. This could result in our experiencing substantial delays in obtaining, or never obtaining, marketing approval for SPK-RPE65 to treat patients diagnosed with RP due to RPE65 mutations or other RPE65 -mediated IRDs. The inability to market SPK-RPE65 to treat patients with these other clinical classifications would have a material adverse effect on our projected revenues from SPK-RPE65 and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Because we are developing product candidates for the treatment of diseases in which there is little clinical experience and, in some cases, using new endpoints or methodologies, there is increased risk that FDA or other regulatory authorities may not consider the endpoints of our clinical trials, including our Phase 3 clinical trial for SPK-RPE65 , to provide clinically meaningful results.
There are no pharmacologic therapies approved to treat IRDs caused by autosomal recessive mutations to the RPE65 gene or mutations to the CHM gene. In addition, there has been limited clinical trial experience for the development of pharmaceuticals to treat IRDs. Certain aspects of IRDs render efficacy endpoints historically used for vision clinical trials less

44

Table of Contents

applicable as clinical endpoints. As a result, the design and conduct of clinical trials for these disorders is subject to increased risk.
FDA described, in general terms, the criteria by which it will judge the validity of the primary efficacy endpoint we chose for our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of SPK-RPE65 . FDA has communicated that guidance through comments on our request for a Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, which was submitted in 2009, and during subsequent regulatory meetings. FDA stated that the primary endpoint should be clinically meaningful, reflecting a tangible benefit to patients. Further, FDA stated that, preferably, the benefit would improve quality of life, a standard that can be difficult to validate. We voluntarily withdrew our SPA submission at FDA’s request to allow FDA more time for a comprehensive assessment of the Phase 3 trial design. A subsequent Advisory Committee in June 2011 addressed a number of these elements. EMA’s only comment on the validity of the primary endpoint for our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial was to use only the binocular testing condition. There can be no assurances that FDA or EMA will not have additional questions or comments with respect to our data analyses or any of the endpoints of our Phase 3 trial or that we will adequately address any questions or comments that they may have.
We developed a mobility test of functional vision that measures subjects’ ability to navigate a specially designed course at incrementally reduced lighting conditions. The subjects follow black arrows on white tiles on the floor around the course, while avoiding common obstacles such as waste baskets. This mobility test is designed to measure improvements in peripheral vision and improvements in night blindness. These are two predominant visual deficits in patients with RPE65 -mediated IRDs. The mobility test for our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of SPK-RPE65 used seven decreasing increments of light designed to correspond to light conditions encountered during daily activities and in common environments, such as the interior of a shopping mall, the inside of a stairwell and an outdoor parking lot at night. We defined our primary efficacy endpoint as the ability to navigate the course accurately within a given timeframe, at one or more lighting levels lower than the level at which a subject previously had been able to complete the course.
At an FDA advisory committee meeting on gene therapy products for the treatment of retinal disorders convened by CBER in June 2011, we presented a summary of our clinical data to date, as well as our then-proposed Phase 3 trial design. In May 2012, reviewers from FDA, CBER and several ophthalmologists from FDA provided feedback on our proposed mobility test stating that improvement in the ability to navigate at a lower lighting condition may represent an improvement in visual function. FDA requested that we justify a change score on the endpoint that would reliably confer clinical benefit and power our trial accordingly. In the protocol for the Phase 3 trial submitted to FDA, we described in detail our primary endpoint based on a change score of positive one or more light levels. FDA allowed our clinical trial to proceed using that endpoint, even though FDA has authority to place a clinical trial on hold if the protocol for an investigation is “clearly deficient” in design to meet its stated objectives. Through continuing dialogue pursuant to the breakthrough therapy designation of SPK-RPE65 , we modified the designation of pupillary light reflex to be an exploratory endpoint and the analysis of the mobility test change score for an assigned first eye became a secondary endpoint, resulting in three secondary endpoints: full-field light sensitivity threshold testing, the assigned first eye mobility test change score and visual acuity.
Even though we achieved statistical significance in the pre-specified primary mobility test endpoint and the first two secondary efficacy endpoints, FDA has discretion to reserve judgment on whether the endpoints and the change scores seen in our trial sufficiently demonstrate clinical meaningfulness, including the weight FDA places on the secondary endpoint visual acuity, which was not met to a degree of statistical significance, until FDA reviews our BLA. FDA also weighs the benefits of a product against its risks and FDA may view the efficacy results in the context of safety as not being supportive of regulatory approval. Other regulatory authorities in the European Union and other countries may make similar comments with respect to these endpoints.
Additionally, for the Phase 3 trial, we enrolled subjects as young as four years of age (compared to subjects as young as eight years of age in our earlier Phase 1 trials). Even though both arms of the Phase 3 trial were balanced as to age, there is a risk that regulators may question whether subjects at this age could demonstrate improvement in the mobility test as a result of their cognitive development, and not due to SPK-RPE65 . The mobility test is not designed to detect the extent to which improvement is a result of cognitive development versus the impact of SPK-RPE65 , therefore, potentially calling into question efficacy results for younger-age subjects. Further, while certain of our secondary endpoints, such as measuring visual acuity, traditionally have been used in clinical settings, due to the unique deficits faced by subjects with IRDs, these traditional tests may not adequately assess patients’ ability to independently carry out activities of daily living. As a result of any of the above, FDA may decide that our results are not clinically meaningful which could delay or prevent approval of SPK-RPE65 , and could result in FDA or other regulatory authorities requiring us to conduct additional clinical trials.
In addition, the treatment of certain IRDs, such as CHM, may require assessment of clinical endpoints that reflect a stabilization, as opposed to an improvement, of functional vision. Assessing these endpoints may require longer periods of observation and may delay the completion of any trials we may undertake.


45

Table of Contents

Success in preclinical studies or early clinical trials may not be indicative of results obtained in later trials.
Results from preclinical studies or previous clinical trials are not necessarily predictive of future clinical trial results, and interim results of a clinical trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. Our product candidates may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy in clinical development despite demonstrating positive results in preclinical studies or having successfully advanced through initial clinical trials. For example, after multiple successful preclinical studies using gene therapy to treat hemophilia B, several hemophilia B product candidates, including product candidates we previously evaluated, have produced sub-optimal durability in Phase 1 trials.
We have limited safety and no clinical efficacy data for the use of SPK-CHM or SPK-FIX in humans. In addition, we have no clinical data demonstrating either the safety or efficacy of our current SPK-FVIII or SPK-TPP1 product candidates in humans. There can be no assurance that the success we achieved in the preclinical studies for any of our product candidates ultimately will result in success in our planned clinical trials. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve the same or similar success in our preclinical studies and clinical trials of our other product candidates.
There is a high failure rate for drugs and biologic products proceeding through clinical trials. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in preclinical testing and earlier-stage clinical trials. Data obtained from preclinical and clinical activities are subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. In addition, we may experience regulatory delays or rejections as a result of many factors, including due to changes in regulatory policy during the period of our product candidate development. Any such delays could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our clinical trials, which could delay or prevent us from proceeding with clinical trials of our product candidates.
Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical trials of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on our ability to recruit patients to participate as well as completion of required follow-up periods. For example, hemophilia trials often take longer to enroll than trials for other indications due to the availability of existing treatments. We have experienced slow enrollment in some of our prior hemophilia trials, and we may experience similar delays in any of our current or future clinical trials. In addition, the small number of patients with Batten disease and efforts by competitors to conduct clinical trials for their product candidates in the same indication may hamper our ability to enroll a sufficient number of patients in any future clinical trials of SPK-TPP1 . If patients are unwilling to participate in our gene therapy studies because of negative publicity from adverse events related to the biotechnology or gene therapy fields, competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, clinical trials in products employing our vectors or our platform or for other reasons, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting studies and obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates may be delayed. These delays could result in increased costs, delays in advancing our product candidates, delays in testing the effectiveness of our product candidates or termination of the clinical trials altogether.
We may not be able to identify, recruit and enroll a sufficient number of patients, or those with required or desired characteristics, to complete our clinical trials in a timely manner. Patient enrollment and trial completion is affected by factors including:
size of the patient population and process for identifying subjects;
design of the trial protocol;
eligibility and exclusion criteria;
perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;
perceived risks and benefits of gene therapy-based approaches to treatment of diseases;
availability of competing therapies and clinical trials;
severity of the disease under investigation;
availability of genetic testing for potential patients;
proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective subjects;
ability to obtain and maintain subject consent;
risk that enrolled subjects will drop out before completion of the trial;
patient referral practices of physicians; and
ability to monitor subjects adequately during and after treatment.

46

Table of Contents

Our current product candidates are being developed to treat rare conditions. We plan to seek initial marketing approvals in the United States and the European Union. We may not be able to initiate or continue clinical trials if we cannot enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in the clinical trials required by FDA or EMA or other regulatory authorities. Our ability to successfully initiate, enroll and complete a clinical trial in any foreign country is subject to numerous risks unique to conducting business in foreign countries, including:
difficulty in establishing or managing relationships with CROs and physicians;
different standards for the conduct of clinical trials;
absence in some countries of established groups with sufficient regulatory expertise for review of gene therapy protocols;
our inability to locate qualified local consultants, physicians and partners; and
the potential burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, medical standards and regulatory requirements, including the regulation of pharmaceutical and biotechnology products and treatment.
If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct our clinical trials as planned, we may need to delay, limit or terminate ongoing or planned clinical trials, any of which would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We may encounter substantial delays in our clinical trials or we may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of applicable regulatory authorities.
Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of our product candidates, we must conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of the product candidates. Clinical testing is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain as to outcome. We cannot guarantee that any clinical trials will be conducted as planned or completed on schedule, if at all. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. Events that may prevent successful or timely completion of clinical development include:
delays in reaching a consensus with regulatory authorities on trial design;
delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites;
delays in opening clinical trial sites or obtaining required Institutional Review Board, or IRB, or independent Ethics Committee approval at each clinical trial site;
delays in recruiting suitable subjects to participate in our clinical trials;
imposition of a clinical hold by regulatory authorities as a result of a serious adverse event or after an inspection of our clinical trial operations or trial sites;
failure by us, any CROs we engage or any other third parties to adhere to clinical trial requirements;
failure to perform in accordance with FDA good clinical practices, or GCP, or applicable regulatory guidelines in the European Union and other countries;
delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of our product candidates to the clinical sites, including delays by third parties with whom we have contracted to perform certain of those functions;
delays in having subjects complete participation in a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;
clinical trial sites or subjects dropping out of a trial;
selection of clinical endpoints that require prolonged periods of clinical observation or analysis of the resulting data;
occurrence of serious adverse events associated with the product candidate that are viewed to outweigh its potential benefits;
occurrence of serious adverse events in trials of the same class of agents conducted by other sponsors; or
changes in regulatory requirements and guidance that require amending or submitting new clinical protocols.
Any inability to successfully complete preclinical and clinical development could result in additional costs to us or impair our ability to generate revenues from product sales, regulatory and commercialization milestones and royalties. In addition, if we make manufacturing or formulation changes to our product candidates, we may need to conduct additional studies to bridge our modified product candidates to earlier versions. Clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before

47

Table of Contents

we do, which could impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Additionally, if the results of our clinical trials are inconclusive or if there are safety concerns or serious adverse events associated with our product candidates, we may:
be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates, if at all;
obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;
obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings;
be subject to changes in the way the product is administered;
be required to perform additional clinical trials to support approval or be subject to additional post-marketing testing requirements;
have regulatory authorities withdraw, or suspend, their approval of the product or impose restrictions on its distribution in the form of a modified risk evaluation and mitigation strategy;
be subject to the addition of labeling statements, such as warnings or contraindications;
be sued; or
experience damage to our reputation.
Our product candidates and the process for administering our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial potential or result in significant negative consequences following any potential marketing approval.
There have been several significant adverse side effects in gene therapy treatments in the past, including reported cases of leukemia and death seen in other trials using other vectors. While new recombinant vectors have been developed to reduce these side effects, gene therapy is still a relatively new approach to disease treatment and additional adverse side effects could develop. There also is the potential risk of delayed adverse events following exposure to gene therapy products due to persistent biologic activity of the genetic material or other components of products used to carry the genetic material.
Possible adverse side effects that could occur with treatment with gene therapy products include an immunologic reaction early after administration which, while not necessarily adverse to the patient’s health, could substantially limit the effectiveness of the treatment. In previous clinical trials involving AAV vectors for gene therapy, some subjects experienced the development of a T-cell response, whereby after the vector is within the target cell, the cellular immune response system triggers the removal of transduced cells by activated T-cells. If our vectors demonstrate a similar effect we may decide or be required to halt or delay further clinical development of our product candidates.
In addition to any potential side effects caused by the product candidate, the administration process or related procedures also can cause adverse side effects. If any such adverse events occur, our clinical trials could be suspended or terminated. For example, FDA placed our second open-label Phase 1 clinical trial, which we refer to as our 102 trial, on a clinical hold temporarily when we voluntarily halted enrollment and reported a serious adverse event arising from a steroid injection given following administration of SPK-RPE65 to manage post-operative inflammation related to the standard vitrectomy procedure subjects undergo prior to administration of SPK-RPE65 . We subsequently adjusted the protocol regarding the use of local steroids and FDA released the clinical hold, allowing the trial to proceed.
If in the future we are unable to demonstrate that such adverse events were caused by the administration process or related procedures, FDA, the European Commission, EMA or other regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of, or deny approval of, our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Even if we are able to demonstrate that all future serious adverse events are not product-related, such occurrences could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial. Moreover, if we elect, or are required, to delay, suspend or terminate any clinical trial of any of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of such product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues from any of these product candidates may be delayed or eliminated. Any of these occurrences may harm our ability to develop other product candidates, and may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

48

Table of Contents

Additionally, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, FDA could require us to adopt a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to ensure that the benefits outweigh its risks, which may include, among other things, a medication guide outlining the risks of the product for distribution to patients and a communication plan to health care practitioners. Furthermore, if we or others later identify undesirable side effects caused by our product candidate, several potentially significant negative consequences could result, including:
regulatory authorities may suspend or withdraw approvals of such product candidate;
regulatory authorities may require additional warnings on the label;
we may be required to change the way a product candidate is administered or conduct additional clinical trials;
we could be sued and held liable for harm caused to patients; and
our reputation may suffer.
Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of our product candidates and could significantly harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be unable to obtain additional orphan drug designations or orphan drug exclusivity for any product. If our competitors are able to obtain orphan drug exclusivity for products that constitute the same drug and treat the same indications as our product candidates, we may not be able to have competing products approved by the applicable regulatory authority for a significant period of time.
Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and the European Union, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act of 1983, FDA may designate a product candidate as an orphan drug if it is intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as having a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the drug will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the European Union, EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of products that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition affecting not more than 5 in 10,000 persons in the European Union. Additionally, orphan designation is granted for products intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in the European Union would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the drug or biologic product.
SPK-RPE65 has been granted orphan drug designation by FDA and the European Commission for the treatment of both LCA and RP due to RPE65 mutations. SPK-CHM has been granted orphan drug designation by FDA and the European Commission for the treatment of choroideremia. If we request orphan drug designation for our other current or future product candidates, there can be no assurances that FDA or the European Commission will grant any of our product candidates such designation. Additionally, the designation of any of our product candidates as an orphan product does not guarantee that any regulatory agency will accelerate regulatory review of, or ultimately approve, that product candidate, nor does it limit the ability of any regulatory agency to grant orphan drug designation to product candidates of other companies that treat the same indications as our product candidates prior to our product candidates receiving exclusive marketing approval. For example, we are aware that NightstaRx Ltd. also has been granted orphan product designation by the European Commission and FDA for its product candidate for the treatment of choroideremia that is in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial.
Generally, if a product candidate with an orphan drug designation receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes FDA or the European Commission from approving another marketing application for a product that constitutes the same drug treating the same indication for that marketing exclusivity period, except in limited circumstances. If another sponsor receives such approval before we do (regardless of our orphan drug designation), we will be precluded from receiving marketing approval for our product for the applicable exclusivity period. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and 10 years in the European Union. The exclusivity period in the United States can be extended by six months if the BLA sponsor submits pediatric data that fairly respond to a written request from FDA for such data. The exclusivity period in the European Union can be reduced to six years if a product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the product is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan drug exclusivity may be revoked if any regulatory agency determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.
Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for a product candidate, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product candidate from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. In the United States, even after an orphan drug is approved, FDA may subsequently approve another drug for the same condition if FDA concludes that the latter drug is not the same drug or is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to

49

Table of Contents

patient care. In the European Union, marketing authorization may be granted to a similar medicinal product for the same orphan indication if:
The second applicant can establish in its application that its medicinal product, although similar to the orphan medicinal product already authorized, is safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior;
The holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan medicinal product consents to a second orphan medicinal product application; or
The holder of the marketing authorization for the original orphan medicinal product cannot supply sufficient quantities of orphan medicinal product.
Breakthrough therapy designation by FDA may not lead to a faster development, regulatory review or approval process, and it does not increase the likelihood that any of our product candidates will receive marketing approval in the United States.
We have received breakthrough therapy designation for SPK-RPE65 for nyctalopia in patients with LCA due to RPE65 mutations, as confirmed by genetic testing, and may, in the future, apply for breakthrough therapy designation for other product candidates in the United States. A breakthrough therapy product candidate is defined as a product candidate that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that such product candidate may demonstrate substantial improvement on one or more clinically significant endpoints over existing therapies. FDA will seek to ensure the sponsor of a breakthrough therapy product candidate receives: (i) intensive guidance on an efficient drug development program; (ii) intensive involvement of senior managers and experienced staff on a proactive, collaborative and cross-disciplinary review; and (iii) a rolling review process whereby FDA may consider reviewing portions of a BLA before the sponsor submits the complete application. Product candidates designated as breakthrough therapies by FDA may be eligible for priority review if supported by clinical data.
Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, FDA may disagree. In any event, the receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to products considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and, in any event, does not assure ultimate approval by FDA. In addition, even though SPK-RPE65 has been designated as a breakthrough therapy product candidate, FDA may later decide that it no longer meets the conditions for designation or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.
Even if we complete the necessary clinical trials, we cannot predict when, or if, we will obtain regulatory approval to commercialize a product candidate and the approval may be for a more narrow indication than we seek.
We cannot commercialize a product candidate until the appropriate regulatory authorities have reviewed and approved the product candidate. Even if our product candidates meet their safety and efficacy endpoints in clinical trials, the regulatory authorities may not complete their review processes in a timely manner, or we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval. Additional delays may result if an FDA Advisory Committee or other regulatory authority recommends non-approval or restrictions on approval. In addition, we may experience delays or rejections based upon additional government regulation from future legislation or administrative action, or changes in regulatory authority policy during the period of product development, clinical trials and the review process.
Regulatory authorities also may approve a product candidate for more limited indications than requested (such as approving SPK-RPE65 for the treatment of patients diagnosed with LCA due to RPE65 mutations but not for the treatment of patients with RP due to RPE65 mutations or other RPE65 -mediated IRDs) or they may impose significant limitations in the form of narrow indications, warnings or a REMS. These regulatory authorities may require precautions or contra-indications with respect to conditions of use or they may grant approval subject to the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials. In addition, regulatory authorities may not approve the labeling claims that are necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of our product candidates. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates and materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Further, the regulatory authorities may require concurrent approval or the CE mark of a companion diagnostic device. For the product candidates we currently are developing, we believe that diagnoses based on symptoms, in conjunction with existing genetic tests developed and administered by laboratories certified under the Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments, or CLIA, are sufficient to diagnose patients and will be permitted by FDA. For future product candidates, however, it may be necessary to use FDA-cleared or FDA-approved diagnostic tests to diagnose patients or to assure the safe and effective use of product candidates in trial subjects. FDA refers to such tests as in vitro companion diagnostic devices. On July 31, 2014, FDA announced the publication of a final guidance document describing the agency’s current thinking about the development and regulation of in vitro companion diagnostic devices. The final guidance articulates a policy position that, when safe and effective use of a therapeutic product depends on a diagnostic device, FDA generally will require approval or clearance of the

50

Table of Contents

diagnostic device at the same time that FDA approves the therapeutic product. The final guidance allows for two exceptions to the general rule of concurrent drug/device approval, namely, when the therapeutic product is intended to treat serious and life-threatening conditions for which no alternative exists, and when a serious safety issue arises for an approved therapeutic agent, and no FDA-cleared or FDA-approved companion diagnostic test is yet available. At this point, it is unclear how FDA will apply this policy to our current or future gene therapy product candidates. Should FDA deem genetic tests used for diagnosing patients for our therapies to be in vitro companion diagnostics requiring FDA clearance or approval, we may face significant delays or obstacles in obtaining approval of a BLA for our product candidates. In the European Union, the European Commission has proposed substantial revisions to the current regulations governing in vitro diagnostic medical devices. If adopted in their current form, these revisions may impose additional obligations on us that may impact the development and authorization of our product candidates in the EU.
Even if we obtain regulatory approval for a product candidate, our products will remain subject to regulatory oversight.
Even if we obtain any regulatory approval for our product candidates, they will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements for manufacturing, labeling, packaging, storage, advertising, promotion, sampling, record-keeping and submission of safety and other post-market information. Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates also may be subject to a REMS, limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to monitor the quality, safety and efficacy of the product. For example, the holder of an approved BLA is obligated to monitor and report adverse events and any failure of a product to meet the specifications in the BLA. FDA guidance advises that patients treated with some types of gene therapy undergo follow-up observations for potential adverse events for as long as 15 years, and each of our clinical trials for SPK-RPE65, SPK-CHM and SPK-FIX includes a 15-year long-term follow-up phase. The holder of an approved BLA also must submit new or supplemental applications and obtain FDA approval for certain changes to the approved product, product labeling or manufacturing process. Advertising and promotional materials must comply with FDA rules and are subject to FDA review, in addition to other potentially applicable federal and state laws.
In addition, product manufacturers and their facilities are subject to payment of user fees and continual review and periodic inspections by FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, requirements and adherence to commitments made in the BLA or foreign marketing application. If we, or a regulatory authority, discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured or disagrees with the promotion, marketing or labeling of that product, a regulatory authority may impose restrictions relative to that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing.
If we fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements following approval of any of our product candidates, a regulatory authority may:
issue a warning letter asserting that we are in violation of the law;
seek an injunction or impose administrative, civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;
suspend or withdraw regulatory approval;
suspend any ongoing clinical trials;
refuse to approve a pending BLA or comparable foreign marketing application (or any supplements thereto) submitted by us or our strategic partners;
restrict the marketing or manufacturing of the product;
seize or detain the product or otherwise require the withdrawal of the product from the market;
refuse to permit the import or export of products; or
refuse to allow us to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts.
Any government investigation of alleged violations of law could require us to expend significant time and resources in response and could generate negative publicity. The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our product candidates and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, FDA’s policies, and those of equivalent foreign regulatory agencies, may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new

51

Table of Contents

requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We face significant competition in an environment of rapid technological change and the possibility that our competitors may achieve regulatory approval before us or develop therapies that are more advanced or effective than ours, which may adversely affect our financial condition and our ability to successfully market or commercialize our product candidates.
The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, including the gene therapy field, are characterized by rapidly changing technologies, significant competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. We face substantial competition from many different sources, including large and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions, government agencies and public and private research institutions.
We are aware of companies focused on developing gene therapies in various indications, including bluebird bio, Inc., Annapurna Therapeutics, Applied Genetic Technologies Corporation, Asklepios BioPharmaceutical Inc., Audentes Therapeutics, Inc., Avalanche Biotechnologies, Inc., AveXis, Inc., Abeona Therapeutics Inc., Baxalta Incorporated, Dimension Therapeutics, Inc., GenSight Biologics S.A., Horama SAS, Lysogene SAS, MeiraGTx Limited, NightstaRx Ltd., REGENEXBIO Inc., uniQure N.V. and Voyager Therapeutics, Inc., as well as several companies addressing other methods for modifying genes and regulating gene expression. Any advances in gene therapy technology made by a competitor may be used to develop therapies that could compete against any of our product candidates.
For our particular programs, the main competitors include:
SPK-RPE65 . While no approved pharmacologic agents exist for patients with RPE65 -mediated IRDs, Second Sight Medical Products, Inc. has received approval from FDA and other foreign regulatory authorities for a retinal prosthesis medical device, which is being marketed to RP patients with limited or no light perception. Another retinal prosthesis medical device from Retina Implant AG has obtained a CE Certificate of Conformity from its notified body, and is similarly indicated for blinded RP patients. QLT Inc. completed a Phase 1b clinical trial of a vitamin A derivative to treat RP and LCA. In the gene therapy space, certain companies and several academic institutions have conducted or plan to conduct clinical trials involving RPE65 -based product candidates. To date, none of these organizations has completed a trial involving injection of a subject’s second eye or has initiated a Phase 3 trial.
SPK-CHM . We are aware that NightstaRx Ltd. is developing an AAV-based gene therapy for the treatment of choroideremia. NightstaRx Ltd. has been granted orphan product designation by the European Commission and FDA for this product candidate for the treatment of choroideremia and is conducting a Phase 1/2 trial.
SPK-FIX . Hemophilia B patients typically are treated by a variety of plasma-derived, recombinant or long-acting products that are produced by a number of companies, including Pfizer. Many other companies are developing gene therapies to treat hemophilia B, including Baxalta Incorporated, Dimension Therapeutics, Inc. and uniQure N.V.
SPK-FVIII . The only therapies currently available for moderate to severe hemophilia A are intravenously administered FVIII protein or its derivatives. The main competitors with product candidates under development to treat hemophilia A include Baxalta Incorporated, BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc., Dimension Therapeutics Inc. in collaboration with Bayer HealthCare, uniQure N.V., Sangamo Biosciences, Inc., Telethon Institute for Gene Therapy in collaboration with Biogen Inc., Alnylam Incorporated, Novo Nordisk A/S and Roche Holding AG.
SPK-TPP1 . While there are currently no approved curative therapies for Batten disease, there are a number of companies and academic centers developing enzyme replacement, cell and gene therapies for TPP1 deficiency, including BioMarin Pharmaceuticals Inc., StemCells, Inc. and the Weill Medical College of Cornell University.
Many of our potential competitors, alone or with their strategic partners, have substantially greater financial, technical and other resources, such as larger research and development, clinical, marketing and manufacturing organizations. Mergers and acquisitions in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of competitors. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly or earlier than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market. Additionally, technologies developed by our competitors may render our potential product candidates uneconomical or obsolete, and we may not be successful in marketing our product candidates against competitors.
In addition, as a result of the expiration or successful challenge of our patent rights, we could face more litigation with respect to the validity and/or scope of patents relating to our competitors’ products. The availability of our competitors’ products could limit the demand, and the price we are able to charge, for any products that we may develop and commercialize.

52

Table of Contents

Even if we obtain and maintain approval for our product candidates from FDA, we may never obtain approval for our product candidates outside of the United States, which would limit our market opportunities and adversely affect our business.
Approval of a product candidate in the United States by FDA does not ensure approval of such product candidate by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries or by FDA. Sales of our product candidates outside of the United States will be subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing clinical trials and marketing approval. Even if FDA grants marketing approval for a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries also must approve the manufacturing and marketing of the product candidates in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and more onerous than, those in the United States, including additional preclinical studies or clinical trials. In many countries outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that country. In some cases, the price that we intend to charge for our products, if approved, is also subject to approval. We intend to submit a marketing authorization application to EMA for approval of our product candidates in the European Union, but obtaining such approval from the European Commission following the opinion of EMA is a lengthy and expensive process. Even if a product candidate is approved, FDA or the European Commission, as the case may be, may limit the indications for which the product may be marketed, require extensive warnings on the product labeling or require expensive and time-consuming additional clinical trials or reporting as conditions of approval. Regulatory authorities in countries outside of the United States and the European Union also have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those countries. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our product candidates in certain countries.
Further, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries. Also, regulatory approval for any of our product candidates may be withdrawn. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects will be adversely affected.
Risks related to third parties
We have in the past, and in the future may, enter into collaborations with third parties to develop product candidates. If these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.
We have entered into licensing and collaboration agreements with third parties, including our collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of SPK-FIX product candidates and may enter into additional collaborations in the future. We have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development or commercialization of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our and our collaborators’ abilities to successfully perform the functions assigned to each of us in these arrangements. In addition, our collaborators have the ability to abandon research or development projects and terminate applicable agreements. Moreover, an unsuccessful outcome in any clinical trial for which our collaborator is responsible could be harmful to the public perception and prospects of our gene therapy platform.
Our global collaboration agreement with Pfizer, into which we entered in December 2014, relates to the development and commercialization of product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia B. Under this collaboration, we maintain responsibility for clinical development through the completion of Phase 1/2 trials. Thereafter, Pfizer has responsibility for further clinical development, seeking regulatory approvals and commercialization.
We may potentially enter into additional collaborations with third parties in the future. Our relationships with collaborators, including Pfizer, and any future collaborations we enter into in the future, may pose several risks, including the following:
collaborators have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;
collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;
we may not achieve any milestones, or receive any milestone payments, under our collaborations, including milestones and/or payments that we expect to achieve or receive;
the clinical trials conducted as part of these collaborations may not be successful;
collaborators may not pursue development and commercialization of any product candidates that achieve regulatory approval or may elect not to continue or renew development or commercialization programs based on clinical trial results, changes in the collaborators’ strategic focus or available funding or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;

53

Table of Contents

collaborators may delay clinical trials, provide insufficient funding for clinical trials, stop a clinical trial or abandon a product candidate, repeat or conduct new clinical trials or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;
we may not have access to, or may be restricted from disclosing, certain information regarding product candidates being developed or commercialized under a collaboration and, consequently, may have limited ability to inform our stockholders about the status of such product candidates;
collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed or can be commercialized under terms that are more economically attractive than ours;
product candidates developed in collaboration with us may be viewed by our collaborators as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the commercialization of our product candidates;
a collaborator with marketing and distribution rights to one or more of our product candidates that achieve regulatory approval may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of any such product candidate;
disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development of any product candidates, may cause delays or termination of the research, development or commercialization of such product candidates, may lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to such product candidates or may result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;
collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;
disputes may arise with respect to the ownership of intellectual property developed pursuant to our collaborations;
collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability; and
collaborations may be terminated for the convenience of the collaborator and, if terminated, we could be required to raise additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.
If our collaborations do not result in the successful development and commercialization of products, or if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may not receive any future research funding or milestone or royalty payments under the collaboration. If we do not receive the funding we expect under these agreements, our development of product candidates could be delayed and we may need additional resources to develop our product candidates. In addition, if one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and the perception of us in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected. All of the risks relating to product development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this “Risk Factors” section apply to the activities of our collaborators.
We may in the future decide to collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates. These relationships, or those like them, may require us to incur non-recurring and other charges, increase our near- and long-term expenditures, issue securities that dilute our existing stockholders or disrupt our management and business. In addition, we could face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators and the negotiation process is time-consuming and complex. Our ability to reach a definitive collaboration agreement will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of several factors. If we license rights to product candidates, we may not be able to realize the benefit of such transactions if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture.
We may not be successful in finding strategic collaborators for continuing development of certain of our product candidates or successfully commercializing or competing in the market for certain indications.
We may seek to develop strategic partnerships for developing certain of our product candidates, due to capital costs required to develop the product candidates or manufacturing constraints. We may not be successful in our efforts to establish such a strategic partnership or other alternative arrangements for our product candidates because our research and development pipeline may be insufficient, our product candidates may be deemed to be at too early of a stage of development for collaborative effort or third parties may not view our product candidates as having the requisite potential to demonstrate safety and efficacy. In addition, we may be restricted under existing collaboration agreements from entering into future agreements

54

Table of Contents

with potential collaborators. For example, under our collaboration with Pfizer, we are subject to certain restrictions on our ability to directly or indirectly engage in certain activities relating to competing Factor IX gene therapy products. We cannot be certain that, following a strategic transaction or license, we will achieve an economic benefit that justifies such transaction.
If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program, delay its potential commercialization, reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional expertise and additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we fail to enter into collaborations and do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development and commercialization activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be materially and adversely affected.
Risks related to manufacturing
Gene therapies are novel, complex and difficult to manufacture. We could experience production problems that result in delays in our development or commercialization programs or otherwise adversely affect our business.
We recently completed construction of our own manufacturing facility, and we may encounter difficulties in validating and operating this new facility. The manufacturing process we use to produce our product candidates is complex, novel and has not been validated for commercial use. Several factors could cause production interruptions, including equipment malfunctions, facility contamination, raw material shortages or contamination, natural disasters, disruption in utility services, human error or disruptions in the operations of our suppliers.
Our product candidates require processing steps that are more complex than those required for most chemical pharmaceuticals. Moreover, unlike chemical pharmaceuticals, the physical and chemical properties of a biologic such as ours generally cannot be fully characterized. As a result, assays of the finished product may not be sufficient to ensure that the product will perform in the intended manner. Accordingly, we employ multiple steps to control our manufacturing process to assure that the product candidate is made strictly and consistently in compliance with the process. Problems with the manufacturing process, even minor deviations from the normal process, could result in product defects or manufacturing failures that result in lot failures, product recalls, product liability claims or insufficient inventory. We may encounter problems achieving adequate quantities and quality of clinical-grade materials that meet FDA, EMA or other applicable standards or specifications with consistent and acceptable production yields and costs.
In addition, FDA, EMA and other foreign regulatory authorities may require us to submit samples of any lot of any approved product together with the protocols showing the results of applicable tests at any time. Under some circumstances, FDA, EMA or other foreign regulatory authorities may require that we not distribute a lot until the agency authorizes its release. Slight deviations in the manufacturing process, including those affecting quality attributes and stability, may result in unacceptable changes in the product that could result in lot failures or product recalls. We have experienced lot failures in the past and there is no assurance we will not experience such failures in the future. Lot failures or product recalls could cause us to delay product launches or clinical trials, which could be costly to us and otherwise harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
We also may encounter problems hiring and retaining the experienced specialist scientific, quality control and manufacturing personnel needed to operate our manufacturing process, which could result in delays in our production or difficulties in maintaining compliance with applicable regulatory requirements.
Any problems in our manufacturing process or facilities could make us a less attractive collaborator for potential partners, including larger pharmaceutical companies and academic research institutions, which could limit our access to additional attractive development programs. Problems in our manufacturing process or facilities also could restrict our ability to meet market demand for our products.
Delays in obtaining regulatory approval of our manufacturing process and facility or disruptions in our manufacturing process may delay or disrupt our commercialization efforts. To date, no cGMP gene therapy manufacturing facility in the United States has received approval from FDA for the manufacture of an approved gene therapy product.
Before we can begin to commercially manufacture our product candidates in our own facility, we must obtain regulatory approval from FDA for our manufacturing process and facility. A manufacturing authorization must also be obtained from the appropriate European Union regulatory authorities. To date, no cGMP gene therapy manufacturing facility in the United States has received approval from FDA for the manufacture of an approved gene therapy product and, therefore, the timeframe required for us to obtain such approval is uncertain. In addition, we must pass a pre-approval inspection of our manufacturing facility by FDA before any of our product candidates can obtain marketing approval. In order to obtain approval, we will need to ensure that all of our processes, methods and equipment are compliant with cGMP, and perform extensive audits of vendors, contract laboratories and suppliers. If any of our vendors, contract laboratories or suppliers is found to be out of compliance

55

Table of Contents

with cGMP, we may experience delays or disruptions in manufacturing while we work with these third parties to remedy the violation or while we work to identify suitable replacement vendors. The cGMP requirements govern quality control of the manufacturing process and documentation policies and procedures. In complying with cGMP, we will be obligated to expend time, money and effort in production, record keeping and quality control to assure that the product meets applicable specifications and other requirements. If we fail to comply with these requirements, we would be subject to possible regulatory action and may not be permitted to sell any products that we may develop.
We expect to rely on CHOP and other third parties to conduct aspects of our product manufacturing, and these third parties may not perform satisfactorily.
We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely to a significant degree, on CHOP for the production of our clinical trial materials and, therefore, we can control only certain aspects of their activities. We currently have a manufacturing agreement with CHOP, which we recently amended this agreement to provide for continued production of our current and future early stage clinical trials for our other product candidates. Under certain circumstances, CHOP is entitled to terminate its engagement with us. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, it could delay our product development activities. Our reliance on CHOP for certain manufacturing activities will reduce our control over these activities but will not relieve us of our responsibility to ensure compliance with all required regulations. If CHOP does not successfully carry out its contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or manufacture our product candidates in accordance with regulatory requirements, or if there are disagreements between us and CHOP, we will not be able to complete, or may be delayed in completing, the preclinical studies required to support future IND submissions and the clinical trials required for approval of our product candidates. In such instances, we may need to locate an appropriate replacement third-party relationship, which may not be readily available or on acceptable terms, which would cause additional delay or increased expense prior to the approval of our product candidates and would thereby have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition to CHOP, we rely on additional third parties to manufacture ingredients of our product candidates and to perform quality testing, and reliance on these third parties entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufactured the product candidates ourselves, including:
reduced control for certain aspects of manufacturing activities;
termination or nonrenewal of manufacturing and service agreements with third parties in a manner or at a time that is costly or damaging to us; and
disruptions to the operations of our third-party manufacturers and service providers caused by conditions unrelated to our business or operations, including the bankruptcy of the manufacturer or service provider.
Any of these events could lead to clinical trial delays or failure to obtain regulatory approval, or impact our ability to successfully commercialize future product candidates. Some of these events could be the basis for FDA action, including injunction, recall, seizure or total or partial suspension of product manufacture.
Failure to comply with ongoing regulatory requirements could cause us to suspend production or put in place costly or time-consuming remedial measures.
The regulatory authorities may, at any time following approval of a product for sale, audit the manufacturing facilities for such product. If any such inspection or audit identifies a failure to comply with applicable regulations, or if a violation of product specifications or applicable regulations occurs independent of such an inspection or audit, the relevant regulatory authority may require remedial measures that may be costly or time-consuming to implement and that may include the temporary or permanent suspension of a clinical trial or commercial sales or the temporary or permanent closure of a manufacturing facility. Any such remedial measures imposed upon CHOP or us could materially harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If CHOP or we fail to comply with applicable cGMP regulations, FDA and foreign regulatory authorities can impose regulatory sanctions including, among other things, refusal to approve a pending application for a new product candidate or suspension or revocation of a pre-existing approval. Such an occurrence may cause our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects to be materially harmed.
Additionally, if supply from CHOP or from our facility is interrupted, there could be a significant disruption in commercial supply of our products. We do not currently have a backup manufacturer of our product candidate supply for clinical trials or commercial sale. An alternative manufacturer would need to be qualified, through a supplement to its regulatory filing, which could result in further delay. The regulatory authorities also may require additional trials if a new manufacturer is relied upon for commercial production. Switching manufacturers may involve substantial costs and could result in a delay in our desired clinical and commercial timelines.
Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

56

Table of Contents

Because we currently rely on CHOP and other third parties to manufacture certain of our product candidates and to perform quality testing, and because we collaborate with various organizations and academic institutions for the advancement of our gene therapy platform, we must, at times, share our proprietary technology and confidential information, including trade secrets, with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information. Despite the contractual provisions employed when working with third parties, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by our competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, a competitor’s discovery of our proprietary technology and confidential information or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our competitive position and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of these agreements, independent development or publication of information including our trade secrets by third parties. A competitor’s discovery of our trade secrets would impair our competitive position and have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Any contamination in our manufacturing process, shortages of raw materials or failure of any of our key suppliers to deliver necessary components could result in delays in our clinical development or marketing schedules.
Given the nature of biologics manufacturing, there is a risk of contamination. Any contamination could materially adversely affect our ability to produce product candidates on schedule and could, therefore, harm our results of operations and cause reputational damage.
Some of the raw materials required in our manufacturing process are derived from biologic sources. Such raw materials are difficult to procure and may be subject to contamination or recall. A material shortage, contamination, recall or restriction on the use of biologically derived substances in the manufacture of our product candidates could adversely impact or disrupt the commercial manufacturing or the production of clinical material, which could materially and adversely affect our development timelines and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Interruptions in the supply of product or inventory loss may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
Our product candidates are manufactured using technically complex processes requiring specialized facilities, highly specific raw materials and other production constraints. The complexity of these processes, as well as strict government standards for the manufacture and storage of our products, subjects us to production risks. While product batches released for use in clinical trials or for commercialization undergo sample testing, some defects may only be identified following product release. In addition, process deviations or unanticipated effects of approved process changes may result in these intermediate products not complying with stability requirements or specifications. Our product candidates must be stored and transported at temperatures within a certain range. If these environmental conditions deviate, our product candidates’ remaining shelf-lives could be impaired or their efficacy and safety could be adversely affected, making them no longer suitable for use.
The occurrence, or suspected occurrence, of production and distribution difficulties can lead to lost inventories and, in some cases, product recalls, with consequential reputational damage and the risk of product liability. The investigation and remediation of any identified problems can cause production delays, substantial expense, lost sales and delays of new product launches. Any interruption in the supply of finished products or the loss thereof could hinder our ability to timely distribute our products and satisfy customer demand. Any unforeseen failure in the storage of the product or loss in supply could delay our clinical trials and, if our product candidates are approved, result in a loss of our market share and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risks related to the commercialization of our product candidates
If we are unable to establish sales, medical affairs and marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to market and sell our product candidates, we may be unable to generate any product revenue.
We currently have no sales and marketing organization. To successfully commercialize any products that may result from our development programs, we will need to develop these capabilities, either on our own or with others. The establishment and development of our own commercial team or the establishment of a contract sales force to market any products we may develop will be expensive and time-consuming and could delay any product launch. Moreover, we cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully develop this capability. We have entered into a collaboration with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of SPK-FI X product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia B pursuant to which Pfizer would commercialize such product candidates, and we would be eligible to receive specified milestone payments and royalties, for any product developed under the agreement. We may enter into collaborations regarding other of our product candidates with

57

Table of Contents

other entities to utilize their established marketing and distribution capabilities, but we may be unable to enter into such agreements on favorable terms, if at all. If any current or future collaborators do not commit sufficient resources to commercialize our products, or we are unable to develop the necessary capabilities on our own, we will be unable to generate sufficient product revenue to sustain our business. We compete with many companies that currently have extensive, experienced and well-funded medical affairs, marketing and sales operations to recruit, hire, train and retain marketing and sales personnel. We also face competition in our search for third parties to assist us with the sales and marketing efforts of our product candidates. Without an internal team or the support of a third party to perform marketing and sales functions, we may be unable to compete successfully against these more established companies.
As part of our plan to market SPK-RPE65 through a limited number of centers that specialize in treating IRDs, we will need to train additional vitreoretinal surgeons to perform the procedure necessary to administer SPK-RPE65 to patients safely and effectively via sub-retinal injection. This procedure requires significant skill and training. If we are unable to recruit or train sufficient retinal surgeons to perform the procedure properly, the availability of SPK-RPE65 could be substantially diminished, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our product candidates may require significant resources and may never be successful. Such efforts may require more resources than are typically required due to the complexity and uniqueness of our potential products. If any of our product candidates is approved but fails to achieve market acceptance among physicians, patients or third-party payors, we will not be able to generate significant revenues from such product, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If the market opportunities for our product candidates are smaller than we believe they are, our product revenues may be adversely affected and our business may suffer.
We focus our research and product development on treatments for severe genetic and orphan diseases. Our understanding of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidates, are based on estimates. These estimates may prove to be incorrect and new studies may reduce the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The number of patients in the United States, the European Union and elsewhere may turn out to be lower than expected, may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our products or patients may become increasingly difficult to identify and access, all of which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Further, there are several factors that could contribute to making the actual number of patients who receive our potential products less than the potentially addressable market. These include the lack of widespread availability of, and limited reimbursement for, new therapies in many underdeveloped markets. Further, the severity of the progression of a disease up to the time of treatment, especially in certain degenerative conditions such as IRDs caused by mutations in the RPE65 gene, will likely diminish the therapeutic benefit conferred by a gene therapy due to irreversible cell death. Lastly, certain patients’ immune systems might prohibit the successful delivery of certain gene therapy products to the target tissue, thereby limiting the treatment outcomes.
The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for our products, if approved, could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate product revenue.
We expect the cost of a single administration of gene therapy products, such as those we are developing, to be substantial, when and if they achieve regulatory approval. We expect that coverage and reimbursement by government and private payors will be essential for most patients to be able to afford these treatments. Accordingly, sales of our product candidates will depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or will be reimbursed by government authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon several factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a product is:
a covered benefit under its health plan;
safe, effective and medically necessary;
appropriate for the specific patient;
cost-effective; and
neither experimental nor investigational.
Obtaining coverage and reimbursement for a product from third-party payors is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to the payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data. We may not be able to

58

Table of Contents

provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to coverage and reimbursement. If coverage and reimbursement are not available, or are available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be adequate to realize a sufficient return on our investment.
There is significant uncertainty related to third-party coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, third-party payors, including government payors such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, play an important role in determining the extent to which new drugs and biologics will be covered and reimbursed. The Medicare and Medicaid programs increasingly are used as models for how private payors and government payors develop their coverage and reimbursement policies. Currently, no gene therapy product has been approved for coverage and reimbursement by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the agency responsible for administering the Medicare program. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to coverage and reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these types of products. Moreover, reimbursement agencies in the European Union may be more conservative than CMS. For example, several cancer drugs have been approved for reimbursement in the United States and have not been approved for reimbursement in certain European Union Member States. It is difficult to predict what third-party payors will decide with respect to the coverage and reimbursement for our product candidates.
Outside the United States, international operations generally are subject to extensive government price controls and other market regulations, and increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in the European Union, Canada and other countries may put pricing pressure on us. For example, one gene therapy product was approved in the European Union in 2012 but is yet to be widely used. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable product revenues.
Moreover, increasing efforts by government and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. Payors increasingly are considering new metrics as the basis for reimbursement rates, such as average sales price, or ASP, average manufacturer price, or AMP, and Actual Acquisition Cost. The existing data for reimbursement based on some of these metrics is relatively limited, although certain states have begun to survey acquisition cost data for the purpose of setting Medicaid reimbursement rates, and CMS has begun making pharmacy National Average Drug Acquisition Cost and National Average Retail Price data publicly available on at least a monthly basis. Therefore, it may be difficult to project the impact of these evolving reimbursement metrics on the willingness of payors to cover candidate products that we or our partners are able to commercialize. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products such as ours.
The commercial success of any of our product candidates will depend upon its degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community.
Ethical, social and legal concerns about gene therapy could result in additional regulations restricting or prohibiting our products. Even with the requisite approvals from FDA in the United States, EMA in the European Union and other regulatory authorities internationally, the commercial success of our product candidates will depend, in part, on the acceptance of physicians, patients and health care payors of gene therapy products in general, and our product candidates in particular, as medically necessary, cost-effective and safe. Any product that we commercialize may not gain acceptance by physicians, patients, health care payors and others in the medical community. If these products do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenue and may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of gene therapy products and, in particular, our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on several factors, including:
the efficacy and safety of such product candidates as demonstrated in clinical trials;
the potential and perceived advantages of product candidates over alternative treatments;
the cost of treatment relative to alternative treatments;
the clinical indications for which the product candidate is approved by FDA or the European Commission;
patient awareness of, and willingness to seek, genotyping;

59

Table of Contents

the willingness of physicians to prescribe new therapies;
the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies;
the prevalence and severity of any side effects;
product labeling or product insert requirements of FDA, EMA or other regulatory authorities, including any limitations or warnings contained in a product’s approved labeling;
relative convenience and ease of administration;
the strength of marketing and distribution support;
the timing of market introduction of competitive products;
publicity concerning our products or competing products and treatments; and
sufficient third-party payor coverage and reimbursement.
Even if a potential product displays a favorable efficacy and safety profile in preclinical studies and clinical trials, market acceptance of the product will not be fully known until after it is launched.
Our gene therapy approach utilizes vectors derived from viruses, which may be perceived as unsafe or may result in unforeseen adverse events. Negative public opinion and increased regulatory scrutiny of gene therapy may damage public perception of the safety of our product candidates and adversely affect our ability to conduct our business or obtain regulatory approvals for our product candidates.
Gene therapy remains a novel technology, with no gene therapy product approved for a genetic disease to date in the United States and only one gene therapy product for a genetic disease approved to date in the European Union. Public perception may be influenced by claims that gene therapy is unsafe, and gene therapy may not gain the acceptance of the public or the medical community. In particular, our success will depend upon physicians who specialize in the treatment of genetic diseases targeted by our product candidates, prescribing treatments that involve the use of our product candidates in lieu of, or in addition to, existing treatments with which they are familiar and for which greater clinical data may be available. More restrictive government regulations or negative public opinion would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects and may delay or impair the development and commercialization of our product candidates or demand for any products we may develop. For example, earlier gene therapy trials led to several well-publicized adverse events, including cases of leukemia and death seen in other trials using other vectors. Serious adverse events in our clinical trials, or other clinical trials involving gene therapy products or our competitors’ products, even if not ultimately attributable to the relevant product candidates, and the resulting publicity, could result in increased government regulation, unfavorable public perception, potential regulatory delays in the testing or approval of our product candidates, stricter labeling requirements for those product candidates that are approved and a decrease in demand for any such product candidates.
If we obtain approval to commercialize our product candidates outside of the United States, in particular in the European Union, a variety of risks associated with international operations could materially adversely affect our business.
We expect that we will be subject to additional risks in commercializing our product candidates outside the United States, including:
different regulatory requirements for approval of drugs and biologics in foreign countries;
reduced protection for intellectual property rights;
unexpected changes in tariffs, trade barriers and regulatory requirements;
economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular foreign economies and markets;
compliance with tax, employment, immigration and labor laws for employees living or traveling abroad;
foreign currency fluctuations, which could result in increased operating expenses and reduced revenues, and other obligations incident to doing business in another country;
workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;
production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and
business interruptions resulting from geopolitical actions, including war and terrorism or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

60

Table of Contents

Risks related to our business operations
We may not be successful in our efforts to identify or discover additional product candidates and may fail to capitalize on programs or product candidates that may be a greater commercial opportunity or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.
The success of our business depends upon our ability to identify, develop and commercialize product candidates based on our gene therapy platform. Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. Although certain of our product candidates are currently in clinical or preclinical development, we may fail to identify other potential product candidates for clinical development for several reasons. For example, our research may be unsuccessful in identifying potential product candidates or our potential product candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects, may be commercially impracticable to manufacture or may have other characteristics that may make the products unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval.
Additionally, because we have limited resources, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with certain programs or product candidates or for indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our spending on current and future research and development programs may not yield any commercially viable products. If we do not accurately evaluate the commercial potential for a particular product candidate, we may relinquish valuable rights to that product candidate through strategic collaboration, licensing or other arrangements in cases in which it would have been more advantageous for us to retain sole development and commercialization rights to such product candidate. Alternatively, we may allocate internal resources to a product candidate in a therapeutic area in which it would have been more advantageous to enter into a partnering arrangement.
If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts with respect to a particular product candidate or fail to develop a potentially successful product candidate, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our future success depends on our ability to retain key employees, consultants and advisors and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
We are highly dependent on members of our executive team, the loss of whose services may adversely impact the achievement of our objectives. While we have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers, any of them could leave our employment at any time, as all of our employees are “at will” employees. We do not have “key person” insurance on any of our employees. The loss of the services of one or more of our current employees might impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives.
Recruiting and retaining other qualified employees, consultants and advisors for our business, including scientific and technical personnel, also will be critical to our success. There currently is a shortage of skilled individuals with substantial gene therapy experience, which is likely to continue. As a result, competition for skilled personnel, including in gene therapy research and vector manufacturing, is intense and the turnover rate can be high. We may not be able to attract and retain personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies and academic institutions for individuals with similar skill sets. In addition, failure to succeed in preclinical or clinical trials or applications for marketing approval may make it more challenging to recruit and retain qualified personnel. The inability to recruit, or loss of services of certain executives, key employees, consultants or advisors, may impede the progress of our research, development and commercialization objectives and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we are unable to manage expected growth in the scale and complexity of our operations, our performance may suffer.
If we are successful in executing our business strategy, we will need to expand our managerial, operational, financial and other systems and resources to manage our operations, continue our research and development activities and, in the longer term, build a commercial infrastructure to support commercialization of any of our product candidates that are approved for sale. Future growth would impose significant added responsibilities on members of management. It is likely that our management, finance, development personnel, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to support this future growth. Our need to effectively manage our operations, growth and product candidates requires that we continue to develop more robust business processes and improve our systems and procedures in each of these areas and to attract and retain sufficient numbers of talented employees. We may be unable to successfully implement these tasks on a larger scale and, accordingly, may not achieve our research, development and growth goals.
Our employees, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.
We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, principal investigators, consultants and commercial partners. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional failures to comply with FDA regulations or the regulations applicable in the European Union and other jurisdictions, provide accurate information to FDA, the European

61

Table of Contents

Commission and other regulatory authorities, comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Such misconduct also could involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or interactions with FDA or other regulatory authorities, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from government investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.
Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
In the United States, there have been, and continue to be, several legislative initiatives to contain healthcare costs. For example, in March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or PPACA, was passed, which substantially changes the way health care is financed by both the government and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The PPACA, among other things: (i) addresses a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected; (ii) increases the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extends the rebate program to individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; (iii) establishes annual fees and taxes on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs; (iv) expands the availability of lower pricing under the 340B drug pricing program by adding new entities to the program; and (v) establishes a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D. Additionally, in the United States, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009 created an abbreviated approval pathway for biologic products that are demonstrated to be “highly similar” or “biosimilar or interchangeable” with an FDA-approved biologic product. This new pathway could allow competitors to reference data from biologic products already approved after 12 years from the time of approval. This could expose us to potential competition by lower-cost biosimilars even if we commercialize a product candidate faster than our competitors.
Additional changes that may affect our business include those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes, rules regarding prescription drug benefits under the health insurance exchanges and fraud and abuse and enforcement. Continued implementation of the PPACA and the passage of additional laws and regulations may result in the expansion of new programs such as Medicare payment for performance initiatives, and may impact existing government healthcare programs, such as by improving the physician quality reporting system and feedback program.
For each state that does not choose to expand its Medicaid program, there likely will be fewer insured patients overall, which could impact the sales, business and financial condition of manufacturers of branded prescription drugs. Where patients receive insurance coverage under any of the new options made available through the PPACA, the possibility exists that manufacturers may be required to pay Medicaid rebates on that resulting drug utilization, a decision that could impact manufacturer revenues. The U.S. federal government also has announced delays in the implementation of key provisions of the PPACA. The implications of these delays for our and our partners’ business and financial condition, if any, are not yet clear.
We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our product candidates or additional pricing pressures.
We may be subject, directly or indirectly, to federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, false claims laws and health information privacy and security laws. If we are unable to comply, or have not fully complied, with such laws, we could face substantial penalties.
If we obtain FDA approval for any of our product candidates and begin commercializing those products in the United States, our operations will be directly, or indirectly through our prescribers, customers and purchasers, subject to various federal and state fraud and abuse laws and regulations, including, without limitation, the federal Health Care Program Anti-Kickback Statute, the federal civil and criminal False Claims Act and Physician Payments Sunshine Act and regulations. These laws will impact, among other things, our proposed sales, marketing and educational programs. In addition, we may be subject to patient privacy laws by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. The laws that will affect our operations include, but are not limited to:

62

Table of Contents

the federal Health Care Program Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, in return for the purchase, recommendation, leasing or furnishing of an item or service reimbursable under a federal healthcare program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand, and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. The PPACA amends the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it;
federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalty laws which prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment or approval from Medicare, Medicaid or other government payors that are false or fraudulent. The PPACA provides and recent government cases against pharmaceutical and medical device manufacturers support the view that Federal Anti-Kickback Statute violations and certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, may implicate the False Claims Act;
the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit a person from knowingly and willfully executing a scheme or from making false or fraudulent statements to defraud any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private);
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, and as amended again by the final HIPAA omnibus rule, Modifications to the HIPAA Privacy, Security, Enforcement, and Breach Notification Rules Under HITECH and the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act; Other Modifications to HIPAA, published in January 2013, which imposes certain requirements relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization by entities subject to the rule, such as health plans, health care clearinghouses and health care providers;
federal transparency laws, including the federal Physician Payment Sunshine Act, that require disclosure of payments and other transfers of value provided to physicians and teaching hospitals, and ownership and investment interests held by physicians and other healthcare providers and their immediate family members and applicable group purchasing organizations; and
state law equivalents of each of the above federal laws, state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts in certain circumstances, such as specific disease states.
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from participation in government health care programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, imprisonment and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.
The provision of benefits or advantages to physicians to induce or encourage the prescription, recommendation, endorsement, purchase, supply, order or use of medicinal products is prohibited in the European Union. The provision of benefits or advantages to physicians is also governed by the national anti-bribery laws of European Union Member States, such as the UK Bribery Act 2010. Infringement of these laws could result in substantial fines and imprisonment.
Payments made to physicians in certain European Union Member States must be publically disclosed. Moreover, agreements with physicians often must be the subject of prior notification and approval by the physician’s employer, his or her competent professional organization and/or the regulatory authorities of the individual European Union Member States. These requirements are provided in the national laws, industry codes or professional codes of conduct, applicable in the European Union Member States. Failure to comply with these requirements could result in reputational risk, public reprimands, administrative penalties, fines or imprisonment.
The collection and use of personal health data in the European Union, presently governed by the provisions of the Data Protection Directive will be replaced with the General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR, which is currently going through the adoption process. The GDPR will impose several requirements relating to the consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, the information provided to the individuals, the security and confidentiality of the personal data, data breach notification and using third party processors in connection with the processing of the personal data. The GDPR will also

63

Table of Contents

impose strict rules on the transfer of personal data out of the European Union to the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the applicable national data protection laws of the European Union Member States may result in fines and other administrative penalties. The GDPR will introduce substantial fines for breaches of the data protection rules. It is expected to be formally adopted in 2016 and to become enforceable in 2018. Once it is enforceable, the GDPR may increase our responsibility and liability in relation to personal data that we process. To comply with the new data protection rules imposed by the GDPR we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance. This may be onerous and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and could limit commercialization of any product candidates that we may develop.
We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in clinical trials and may face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:
decreased demand for any product candidates that we may develop;
loss of revenue;
substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;
significant time and costs to defend the related litigation;
withdrawal of clinical trial participants;
the inability to commercialize any product candidates that we may develop; and
injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention.
Although we maintain product liability insurance coverage, this insurance may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We anticipate that we will need to increase our insurance coverage each time we commence a clinical trial and if we successfully commercialize any product candidate. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.
If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.
We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the generation, handling, use, storage, treatment, manufacture, transportation and disposal of, and exposure to, hazardous materials and wastes, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biologic and radioactive materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.
Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance for certain costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials or other work related injuries, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biologic, hazardous or radioactive materials.
In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which have tended to become more stringent over time. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions or liabilities, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. The most recent global financial crisis caused extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the most recent global financial crisis, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for our product candidates and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. This is particularly true in the European Union, which is undergoing a continued severe economic crisis. A weak or declining economy could strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause delays in payments for our services by third-party payors or our collaborators. Any of the foregoing could harm our business

64

Table of Contents

and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.
Third parties on which we rely and we may be adversely affected by natural disasters and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.
Natural disasters could severely disrupt our operations or the operations of CHOP’s manufacturing facilities and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. If a natural disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as CHOP’s manufacturing facilities, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. The disaster recovery and business continuity plans we have in place currently are limited and may not prove adequate in the event of a serious disaster or similar event. Both CHOP’s manufacturing facility and our manufacturing facility, as well as substantially all of our current supply of product candidates, are located in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and we do not have any existing back-up facilities in place or plans for such back-up facilities. We may incur substantial expenses as a result of the limited nature of our disaster recovery and business continuity plans, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our internal computer systems, or those of our collaborators or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our product development programs.
Our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future collaborators and other contractors or consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and our business operations, whether due to a loss of our trade secrets or other proprietary information or other similar disruptions. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability, our competitive position could be harmed and the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed.
Risks related to our intellectual property
Our rights to develop and commercialize our product candidates are subject, in part, to the terms and conditions of licenses granted to us by others.
We are heavily reliant upon licenses to certain patent rights and proprietary technology from third parties that are important or necessary to the development of our technology and products, including technology related to our manufacturing process and our gene therapy product candidates. These and other licenses may not provide exclusive rights to use such intellectual property and technology in all relevant fields of use and in all territories in which we may wish to develop or commercialize our technology and products in the future. As a result, we may not be able to prevent competitors from developing and commercializing competitive products in territories included in all of our licenses.
Licenses to additional third-party technology that may be required for our development programs may not be available in the future or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
In some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. For example, pursuant to each of our intellectual property licenses with CHOP, Penn and the University of Iowa Research Foundation, or UIRF, our licensors retain control of such activities. Therefore, we cannot be certain that these patents and applications will be prosecuted, maintained and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. If our licensors fail to maintain such patents, or lose rights to those patents or patent applications, the rights we have licensed may be reduced or eliminated and our right to develop and commercialize any of our products that are the subject of such licensed rights could be adversely affected. In addition to the foregoing, the risks associated with patent rights that we license from third parties will also apply to patent rights we may own in the future.

65

Table of Contents

Furthermore, the research resulting in certain of our licensed patent rights and technology was funded by the U.S. government. As a result, the government may have certain rights, or march-in rights, to such patent rights and technology. When new technologies are developed with government funding, the government generally obtains certain rights in any resulting patents, including a non-exclusive license authorizing the government to use the invention for non-commercial purposes. These rights may permit the government to disclose our confidential information to third parties and to exercise march-in rights to use or allow third parties to use our licensed technology. The government can exercise its march-in rights if it determines that action is necessary because we fail to achieve practical application of the government-funded technology, because action is necessary to alleviate health or safety needs, to meet requirements of federal regulations or to give preference to U.S. industry. In addition, our rights in such inventions may be subject to certain requirements to manufacture products embodying such inventions in the United States. Any exercise by the government of such rights could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent protection for our products and technology, or if the scope of the patent protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize products and technology similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our products and technology may be adversely affected.
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary product candidates and manufacturing technology. Our licensors have sought and we intend to seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to many of our novel technologies and product candidates that are important to our business.
The patent prosecution process is expensive, time-consuming and complex, and we may not be able to file, prosecute, maintain, enforce or license all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. In addition, certain patents in the field of gene therapy that may have otherwise potentially provided patent protection for certain of our product candidates have expired or will soon expire. In some cases, the work of certain academic researchers in the gene therapy field has entered the public domain, which we believe precludes our ability to obtain patent protection for certain inventions relating to such work. As a result, we have not sought, and may be unable to seek, patent protection for SPK-CHM to treat choroideremia or for SPK-RPE65 to treat RPE65 -mediated IRDs other than LCA. Consequently, we will not be able to assert any such patents to prevent others from using our technology for, and developing and marketing competing products to treat, these indications. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection.
We are a party to intellectual property license agreements with CHOP, Penn and UIRF, each of which is important to our business, as well as license agreements with Clearside, and we expect to enter into additional license agreements in the future. Our existing license agreements impose, and we expect that future license agreements will impose, various diligence, development and commercialization timelines, milestone payments, royalties and other obligations on us. See “Business—Collaboration and license agreements.” If we fail to comply with our obligations under these agreements, or we are subject to a bankruptcy, the licensor may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we would not be able to market products covered by the license.
The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has, in recent years, been the subject of much litigation. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or product candidates or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and product candidates. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection.
We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to our product candidates. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we were the first to make the inventions claimed in any owned or any licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions.
Even if the patent applications we license or may own in the future do issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors or other third parties from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors or other third parties may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner.

66

Table of Contents

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and product candidates. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our intellectual property may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.
Our intellectual property licenses with third parties may be subject to disagreements over contract interpretation, which could narrow the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology or increase our financial or other obligations to our licensors.
The agreements under which we currently license intellectual property or technology from third parties are complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
If we fail to comply with our obligations in the agreements under which we license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.
We have entered into license agreements with third parties and may need to obtain additional licenses from others to advance our research or allow commercialization of our product candidates. It is possible that we may be unable to obtain additional licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we may be required to expend significant time and resources to redesign our product candidates or the methods for manufacturing them or to develop or license replacement technology, all of which may not be feasible on a technical or commercial basis. If we are unable to do so, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected product candidates, which could harm our business significantly. We cannot provide any assurances that third-party patents do not exist which might be enforced against our current manufacturing methods, product candidates or future methods or products, resulting in either an injunction prohibiting our manufacture or sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties and/or other forms of compensation to third parties.
In each of our existing license agreements, and we expect in our future agreements, patent prosecution of our licensed technology is controlled solely by the licensor, and we are required to reimburse the licensor for their costs of patent prosecution. If our licensors fail to obtain and maintain patent or other protection for the proprietary intellectual property we license from them, we could lose our rights to the intellectual property or our exclusivity with respect to those rights, and our competitors could market competing products using the intellectual property. Further, in each of our license agreements we are responsible for bringing any actions against any third party for infringing on the patents we have licensed. Certain of our license agreements also require us to meet development thresholds to maintain the license, including establishing a set timeline for developing and commercializing products and minimum yearly diligence obligations in developing and commercializing the product. Disputes may arise regarding intellectual property subject to a licensing agreement, including:
the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;
the extent to which our technology and processes infringe on intellectual property of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;
the sublicensing of patent and other rights under our collaborative development relationships;
our diligence obligations under the license agreement and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;
the inventorship or ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our licensors and us and our partners; and
the priority of invention of patented technology.
If disputes over intellectual property that we have licensed prevent or impair our ability to maintain our current licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected product candidates.
We may not be successful in obtaining necessary rights to our product candidates through acquisitions and in-licenses.

67

Table of Contents

We currently have rights to the intellectual property, through licenses from third parties, to develop our product candidates. Because our programs may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business likely will depend, in part, on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, processes or other intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify as necessary for our product candidates. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment.
We sometimes collaborate with non-profit and academic institutions to accelerate our preclinical research or development under written agreements with these institutions. Typically, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution’s rights in technology resulting from the collaboration. Regardless of such option, we may be unable to negotiate a license within the specified timeframe or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to other parties, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program.
If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the relevant program or product candidate and our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could suffer.
Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by government patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other government fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and various government patent agencies outside of the United States over the lifetime of our licensed patents and/or applications and any patent rights we may own in the future. We rely on our outside counsel or our licensing partners to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The USPTO and various non-U.S. government patent agencies require compliance with several procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply and we are also dependent on our licensors to take the necessary action to comply with these requirements with respect to our licensed intellectual property. In many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. There are situations, however, in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, potential competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance could have a material adverse effect on our business.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States could be less extensive than those in the United States. Although our license agreements with CHOP, Penn and UIRF grant us worldwide rights, certain of our in-licensed U.S. patent rights lack corresponding foreign patents or patent applications. For example, we license a U.S. patent from Penn that covers methods of treating patients with LCA due to RPE65 mutations. No patents or patent applications outside the United States corresponding to this patent were ever pursued. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

68

Table of Contents

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biotechnology products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.
Issued patents covering our product candidates could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court. We may not be able to protect our trade secrets in court.
If one of our licensing partners or we initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, written description or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld information material to patentability from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. Third parties also may raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review, inter partes review and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. Such proceedings could result in the revocation or cancellation of or amendment to our patents in such a way that they no longer cover our product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which the patent examiner and we or our licensing partners were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity or unenforceability, we could lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on one or more of our product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business.
In addition to the protection afforded by patents, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality agreements to protect proprietary know-how that is not patentable or that we elect not to patent, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our product candidate discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information or technology that is not covered by patents. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect and some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors. We cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary technology and processes. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors.
Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.
Our commercial success depends upon our ability and the ability of our collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights and intellectual property of third parties. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive and complex litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. We may in the future become party to, or be threatened with, adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our product candidates and technology, including interference proceedings, post grant review and inter partes review before the USPTO. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future, regardless of their merit. We are aware of certain third party patents relating to gene delivery to ocular cells and certain vector manufacturing methods that may relate to, and potentially could be asserted to encompass, our SPK-RPE65 , SPK-CHM, SPK-FIX, SPK-FVIII, and SPK-TPP1 programs. There is a risk that third parties may choose to engage in litigation with us to enforce or to otherwise assert their patent rights against us. Even if we believe such claims are without merit, a court of competent jurisdiction could hold that these third-party patents are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to commercialize product candidates in our SPK-RPE65 , SPK-CHM , SPK-FIX, SPK-FVIII, and SPK-TPP1 programs or any of our product candidates or technologies covered by the asserted third-party patents. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high

69

Table of Contents

one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. If we are found to infringe a third party’s valid and enforceable intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing, manufacturing and marketing our product candidates and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease developing, manufacturing and commercializing the infringing technology or product candidates. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent or other intellectual property right. A finding of infringement could prevent us from manufacturing and commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Intellectual property litigation could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.
Competitors may infringe our patents or the patents of our licensing partners, or we may be required to defend against claims of infringement. To counter infringement or unauthorized use claims or to defend against claims of infringement can be expensive and time consuming. Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.
We may be subject to claims asserting that our employees, consultants or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employers or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.
Many of our employees, consultants or advisors are currently, or were previously, employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these individuals or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.
In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.
Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.
Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of patent applications and the enforcement or defense of issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes several significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and also may affect patent litigation. These also include provisions that switched the United States from a “first-to-invent” system to a “first-to-file” system, allow third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and set forth additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by the USPTO administered post grant proceedings. Under a first-to-file system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention

70

Table of Contents

regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
The patent positions of companies engaged in the development and commercialization of biologics and pharmaceuticals are particularly uncertain. Two cases involving diagnostic method claims and “gene patents” have recently been decided by the Supreme Court of the United States, or Supreme Court. On March 20, 2012, the Supreme Court issued a decision in Mayo Collaborative Services v. Prometheus Laboratories, Inc., or Prometheus, a case involving patent claims directed to a process of measuring a metabolic product in a patient to optimize a drug dosage for the patient. According to the Supreme Court, the addition of well-understood, routine or conventional activity such as “administering” or “determining” steps was not enough to transform an otherwise patent-ineligible natural phenomenon into patent-eligible subject matter. On July 3, 2012, the USPTO issued a guidance memo to patent examiners indicating that process claims directed to a law of nature, a natural phenomenon or a naturally occurring relation or correlation that do not include additional elements or steps that integrate the natural principle into the claimed invention such that the natural principle is practically applied and the claim amounts to significantly more than the natural principle itself should be rejected as directed to not patent-eligible subject matter. On June 13, 2013, the Supreme Court issued its decision in Association for Molecular Pathology v. Myriad Genetics, Inc., or Myriad, a case involving patent claims held by Myriad Genetics, Inc. relating to the breast cancer susceptibility genes BRCA1 and BRCA2. Myriad held that an isolated segment of naturally occurring DNA, such as the DNA constituting the BRCA1 and BRCA2 genes, is not patent eligible subject matter, but that complementary DNA, which is an artificial construct that may be created from RNA transcripts of genes, may be patent eligible.
On March 4, 2014, the USPTO issued a guidance memorandum to patent examiners entitled "2014 Procedure For Subject Matter Eligibility Analysis Of Claims Reciting Or Involving Laws Of Nature/Natural Principles, Natural Phenomena, And/Or Natural Products." On December 6, 2014, a memorandum entitled "2014 Interim Guidance on Subject Matter Eligibility" was published. On July 30, 2015, an update pertaining to patent subject matter eligibility was published by the USPTO. These guidelines instruct USPTO examiners on the ramifications of the Prometheus and Myriad rulings and apply the Myriad ruling to natural products and principles including all naturally occurring nucleic acids. Patents for certain of our product candidates contain claims related to specific DNA sequences that are naturally occurring and, therefore, could be the subject of future challenges made by third parties. In addition, the recent USPTO guidance could make it impossible for us to pursue similar patent claims in patent applications we may prosecute in the future.
There can be no assurance that our efforts to seek patent protection for our technology and products will not be negatively impacted by the decisions described above, rulings in other cases or changes in guidance or procedures issued by the USPTO. We cannot fully predict what impact the Supreme Court’s decisions in Prometheus and Myriad may have on the ability of life science companies to obtain or enforce patents relating to their products and technologies in the future. These decisions, the guidance issued by the USPTO and rulings in other cases or changes in USPTO guidance or procedures could have a material adverse effect on our existing patent portfolio and our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property in the future.
Moreover, although the Supreme Court has held in Myriad that isolated segments of naturally occurring DNA are not patent-eligible subject matter, certain third parties could allege that activities that we may undertake infringe other gene-related patent claims, and we may deem it necessary to defend ourselves against these claims by asserting non-infringement and/or invalidity positions, or paying to obtain a license to these claims. In any of the foregoing or in other situations involving third-party intellectual property rights, if we are unsuccessful in defending against claims of patent infringement, we could be forced to pay damages or be subjected to an injunction that would prevent us from utilizing the patented subject matter. Such outcomes could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.
If we do not obtain patent term extension and data exclusivity for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.
Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of any FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents may be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. However, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to exercise due diligence during the testing phase or regulatory review process, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of

71

Table of Contents

patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, then we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our business may be adversely affected.
We have allowed trademark applications with the USPTO for the mark “SPARK” and the Spark logo, however, a valid statement of use must be filed for such applications to issue as registered trademarks. Whether allowed or registered, our trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names, which we need to build name recognition among potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. At times, competitors may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected. Our efforts to enforce or protect our proprietary rights related to trademarks, trade secrets, domain names, copyrights or other intellectual property may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could adversely impact our financial condition or results of operations.
Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.
The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:
others may be able to make gene therapy products that are similar to our product candidates but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we license or may own in the future;
we, or our license partners or current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patent or pending patent application that we license or may own in the future;
we, or our license partners or current or future collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;
others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our owned or licensed intellectual property rights;
it is possible that our pending licensed patent applications or those that we may own in the future will not lead to issued patents;
issued patents that we hold rights to may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;
our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;
we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;
the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business; and
we may choose not to file a patent for certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such intellectual property.
Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Risks related to ownership of our common stock
Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders maintain the ability to exert substantial control over matters submitted to stockholders for approval.
As of March 4, 2016 , our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately 38.4% of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to act together, they would be able to exert substantial control over all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they act together, would control the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of voting power could delay or

72

Table of Contents

prevent an acquisition of our company on terms that other stockholders may desire or result in management of our company that our public stockholders disagree with.
A significant number of our total outstanding shares may be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is performing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. All lock-up agreements entered into in connection with our following-on offering expire on March 14, 2016. Our outstanding shares of common stock may be freely sold in the public market at any time to the extent permitted by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or to the extent such shares have already been registered under the Securities Act and are held by non-affiliates of ours. Moreover, as of March 4, 2016 , holders of a substantial number of shares of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. In January 2015, we filed a registration statement registering all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. As of March 4, 2016 , we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 4,001,578 shares of our common stock, of which options to purchase 738,539 were vested. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations and black-out periods applicable to affiliates.

In addition, certain of our employees, executive officers, directors and affiliated stockholders, including Sofinnova Venture Partners VIII, L.P., have entered or may enter into Rule 10b5-1 plans providing for sales of shares of our common stock from time to time. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the employee, director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the employee, officer, director or affiliated stockholder. A Rule 10b5-1 plan may be amended or terminated in some circumstances. Our employees, executive officers, directors and affiliated stockholders also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.
If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock relies, in part, on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. If no additional analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our stock could decrease. In addition, although we have obtained analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for our stockholders.
Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general, and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular, has experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, our stockholders may not be able to sell their shares of common stock at or above the price they paid for their shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:
results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;
the success of competitive products or technologies;
commencement or termination of collaborations;
regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;
developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;
the recruitment or departure of key personnel;
the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;
the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates;
actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;
variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;
changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

73

Table of Contents

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;
general economic, industry and market conditions; and
the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.
If our quarterly operating results fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Furthermore, any quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.
In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, securities class-action litigation often has been instituted against that company. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs to defend such claims and divert management’s attention and resources, which could seriously harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained.
Our shares of common stock began trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on January 30, 2015. Given the limited trading history of our common stock, there is a risk that an active trading market for our shares may not continue to develop or be sustained. If an active market for our common stock does not continue to develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for our stockholders to sell shares without depressing the market price for the shares, or at all.
We have broad discretion in the use of our cash and cash equivalents and may not use them effectively.
Our management has broad discretion in the application of our cash and cash equivalents and could spend these funds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock . The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates . Pending their use, we may invest our cash and cash equivalents in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
We are an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, as defined in the JOBS Act. We will remain an EGC until the earlier of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (ii) December 31, 2020; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission or SEC, which means the first day of the year following the first year in which the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30. For so long as we remain an EGC, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:
not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;
reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and
exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In particular, we have not included all of the executive compensation information that would be required if we were not an EGC. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on certain or all of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an EGC may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an EGC to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

74

Table of Contents

We incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management is now required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.
As a public company we incur, and particularly after we are no longer an EGC, we will incur further, significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and NASDAQ have imposed various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations have increased our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an EGC, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.
Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our corporate charter and our bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of us that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:
establish a classified board of directors such that not all members of the board are elected at one time;
allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;
limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board;
establish advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors;
require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit actions by our stockholders by written consent;
limit who may call stockholder meetings;
authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a shareholder rights plan, or so-called “poison pill,” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors; and
require the approval of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal certain provisions of our charter or bylaws.
Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be stockholders’ sole source of gain.

75

Table of Contents

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be stockholders’ sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments .
None.

Item 2. Properties

We occupy approximately 28,000 square feet of office, laboratory and manufacturing space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, under a lease that expires in 2025, with our option for early termination in 2021. We also occupy approximately 14,000 square feet of office space in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania under a sublease that expires in November 2018. In addition, we occupy approximately 3,400 square feet of office space in Waltham, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in September 2016. In February 2016, we entered into a lease for approximately 6,500 square feet of additional office space in Philadelphia for corporate and commercial purposes that expires in 2021.


Item 3. Legal Proceedings

We are not currently subject to any material legal proceedings.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures .
Not applicable.


76

Table of Contents

PART II.


Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer's Purchase of Equity Securities

Our common stock has been publicly traded on NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "ONCE" since January 30, 2015. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our common stock. The following table shows the high and low sale prices per share of our common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market for the periods indicated:

 
 
High
 
Low
2015
 
 
 
 
First Quarter (beginning January 30, 2015)
 
$
79.50

 
$
40.16

Second Quarter
 
78.48

 
47.01

Third Quarter
 
71.75

 
36.96

Fourth Quarter
 
61.91

 
39.62

2016
 
 
 
 
First Quarter (through March 4, 2016)
 
$
44.71

 
$
21.20


On March 4, 2016 , the last reported sale price for our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market was $34.53 per share.

Holders
As of March 4, 2016 , there were approximately 19 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include beneficial owners whose shares are held by nominees in the street name.
Dividends
We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our inception. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Information about our equity compensation plans
Information required by Item 5 of Form 10-K regarding our equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
    
We did not sell any shares of our common stock or our preferred stock, or grant any stock options or restricted stock awards, during the year ended December 31, 2015 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and that have not otherwise been described in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.
Purchase of equity securities
We did not purchase any of our registered equity securities during the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Use of proceeds from registered securities
On February 4, 2015, we closed our initial public offering of 8,050,000 shares of our common stock, including 1,050,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the exercise by the underwriters of an option to purchase additional shares, at a public offering price of $23.00 per share for an aggregate offering of approximately $185.2 million. The offer and sale of all of the shares in the offering were registered under the Securities Act pursuant to registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-201318), which was declared effective by the SEC on January 29, 2015, and registration statement on Form S-1 MEF (File No. 333-201764) filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Credit Suisse

77

Table of Contents

Securities (USA) LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. Cowen and Company, LLC acted as lead manager and Sanford C. Bernstein & Co., LLC acted as co-manager. The offering commenced on January 29, 2015 and did not terminate until the sale of all of the shares offered.
 
We received aggregate net proceeds from the offering of $168.9 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other estimated offering expenses payable by us. None of the underwriting discounts and commissions or other offering expenses were incurred or paid to directors or officers of ours or their associates or to persons owning 10% or more of our common stock or to any affiliates of ours.

There has been no material change in our planned use of the net proceeds from the offering as described in our final prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2015, the entire amount of the net proceeds is included as cash and cash equivalents.


78

Table of Contents


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected financial data should be read together with our financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have derived the statements of operations data for the period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and the balance sheet data at December 31, 2014 and 2015, from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

 
Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013
 
Year ended December 31, 2014
 
Year ended December 31, 2015
 
(in thousands, except per unit/share data)
Statement of operations data:
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$

 
$
634

 
$
22,064

Operating expenses:


 

 

Research and development
4,897

 
16,351

 
46,030

Acquired in-process research and development
50,000

 
750

 
—    

General and administrative
2,381

 
7,863

 
23,352

Total operating expenses
57,278

 
24,964

 
69,382

Loss from operations
(57,278
)
 
(24,330
)
 
(47,318
)
Interest income

 
5

 
192

Net loss
(57,278
)
 
(24,325
)
 
(47,126
)
Preferred stock dividends

 
(707
)
 
(635
)
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
$
(57,278
)
 
$
(25,032
)
 
$
(47,761
)
Basic and diluted net loss per common unit/share (1)
$
(8.44
)
(2)
$
(4.64
)
 
$
(2.10
)
Weighted average basic and diluted common units/shares outstanding (1)
6,788,396

(2)
5,397,599

 
22,710,105


(1)
See Note 3(j) to our audited financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate (a) basic and diluted net loss per common unit/share and weighted average basic and diluted common units/shares outstanding used to calculate the per common unit/share amounts
(2)
Basic and diluted net loss per common unit and weighted average basic and diluted common units outstanding for the period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 do not give effect to the one-for-five reverse stock split that became effective on January 16, 2015 as only units of Spark LLC were outstanding during 2013 and the reverse split was not applicable to the units.

 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2015
 
 
(in thousands)
Balance sheet data:
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 
$
74,567

 
$
293,531

Working capital
 
$
61,509

 
$
289,492

Total assets
 
$
90,446

 
$
329,773

Total preferred stock (3)
 
$
82,437

 
$

Total stockholders' equity
 
$
55,206

 
$
290,538

    
(3)
The balance of total preferred stock is included in total stockholders' equity.
 

79

Table of Contents


Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial statements and related notes appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth under Item 1A “Risk Factors” and under "Forward-Looking Statements" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. See “Forward-looking statements.”
Overview
We are a leader in the field of gene therapy, seeking to transform the lives of patients suffering from debilitating genetic diseases by developing one-time, life-altering treatments. The goal of gene therapy is to overcome the effects of a malfunctioning, disease-causing gene. Our product candidates have the potential to provide long-lasting effects, dramatically and positively changing the lives of patients with conditions where no, or only palliative, therapies exist. Our initial focus is on treating orphan diseases, and we recently reported statistically significant results in a pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial of our first product candidate targeting rare genetic blinding conditions, which has received both breakthrough therapy and orphan product designation. Based on these positive results, we intend to submit a Biologics License Application, or BLA, for this product candidate with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, in the second half of 2016 as the first step in executing our global regulatory and commercialization strategy.
We also have built a pipeline of product candidates targeting multiple rare blinding conditions, hematologic disorders and neurodegenerative diseases. Our pipeline includes: a product candidate targeting another rare genetic blinding condition currently in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial; product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia with a hemophilia B product candidate currently in a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in collaboration with Pfizer Inc., or Pfizer, and a preclinical product candidate for hemophilia A; a product candidate for the treatment of TPP1 deficiency, a form of Batten disease, for which we commenced Investigational New Drug application, or IND, enabling studies in 2015; and other ophthalmic, hematologic and neurodegenerative disease programs.
Our most advanced product candidate, SPK-RPE65 (voretigene neparvovec), is intended to treat genetic blinding conditions called inherited retinal diseases, or IRDs, caused by non sex-linked, or autosomal recessive, mutations in the RPE65 gene. Patients suffering from RPE65 -mediated IRDs are affected by a range of severe visual impairments, notably night blindness, or nyctolopia, that make independent activities of daily living challenging and ultimately lead to blindness. For example, affected children often depend on visual aids to carry out classroom activities while adults with these diseases may face diminished employment opportunities and may be stripped of some of the rewards of parenting, such as watching a child play his or her favorite sport. We estimate that there are approximately 3,500 individuals with RPE65 -mediated IRDs in the United States and the five major European markets.
We are pursuing other follow-on product candidates targeting other IRDs, including SPK-CHM for the treatment of choroideremia, or CHM. CHM is an IRD linked to the X-chromosome, which manifests in affected males in childhood as night blindness and a reduction of visual field, followed by progressive constriction of visual fields. For CHM patients, it is often in middle age, when people typically are at or near their greatest income-earning potential, that visual impairment begins to limit independent activities of daily living leading to a severe decrease in vision. CHM ultimately results in blindness. We have completed enrollment of subjects in the second cohort of our dose escalating Phase 1/2 trial for SPK-CHM . To date, SPK-CHM has been well tolerated and we have not observed any product candidate-related serious adverse events in this trial. We have received orphan product designation for SPK-CHM for the treatment of CHM in both the United States and the European Union.
In December 2014, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of SPK-FIX product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia B. Under the terms of the agreement, we received a $20.0 million upfront payment in 2014, earned a $15 million milestone payment in December 2015 and are eligible to receive up to an additional $245.0 million in aggregate milestone payments, as well as royalties calculated as a low-teen percentage of net product sales. Pfizer and we initiated a Phase 1/2 clinical trial of our lead SPK-FIX product candidate in 2015.
In our SPK-FVIII program for the treatment of hemophilia A, we recently nominated a lead product candidate that has demonstrated production of therapeutic levels of Factor VIII in multiple preclinical models at doses that have been safely delivered to humans in hemophilia B studies. We retain global commercialization rights to the SPK-FVIII program.
We are developing a lead neurodegenerative disease product candidate in our SPK-TPP1 program that has demonstrated compelling preclinical proof-of-concept data for the treatment of TPP1 deficiency, a form of Batten disease, a fatal neurological

80

Table of Contents

disorder involving mutations of the TPP1 gene, also known as the CLN2 gene, that begins in early childhood. We initiated IND-enabling studies for our lead SPK-TPP1 product candidate in 2015.
We believe that we have a significant competitive advantage in the field of gene therapy as a result of the collective experience of our scientific and management team and the advanced stage of development of our product candidates. Our scientists and scientific advisors have accumulated over 150 years of collective experience in the field of gene therapy, contributing key insights and significant developments that have coincided with a resurgence of interest in gene-based medicines. Our proprietary manufacturing processes produce consistent yields of highly pure and stable gene therapies, including both adeno-associated virus, or AAV, and lentiviral vectors. Our vectors are disarmed viruses that carry genetic material into target cells, where they deliver a functional gene that allows production of a normal protein.
We were formed as AAVenue Therapeutics, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, on March 13, 2013. On October 14, 2013, we acquired or exclusively in-licensed the commercial and development rights to certain clinical and preclinical programs and intellectual property from The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, or CHOP, and University of Iowa Research Foundation, or UIRF, and in-licensed additional intellectual property from the University of Pennsylvania, or Penn. On October 15, 2013, we changed our name to Spark Therapeutics, LLC. On May 2, 2014, we converted from a Delaware limited liability company into a Delaware corporation, pursuant to which we changed our name to Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
We have never been profitable and have incurred net losses since inception. We have an accumulated deficit of $128.7 million as of December 31, 2015 . Substantially all of our net losses resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative expenses associated with our operations. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 , we incurred $16.4 million and $46.0 million of research and development expenses, respectively, and $7.9 million and $23.4 million of general and administrative expenses, respectively.
We expect to incur losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect these losses to increase as we continue our development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, hire additional personnel and initiate commercialization of any approved products. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when, or if, we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of any commercial products, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable, or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations.
Through December 31, 2015 , we have received aggregate net proceeds from sales of our equity securities, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses payable by us, of $350.7 million. On February 4, 2015, we closed our initial public offering, or IPO, whereby we sold 8,050,000 shares of common stock, inclusive of 1,050,000 shares of common stock sold by us pursuant to the full exercise of an overallotment option granted to the underwriters in connection with the offering, at a price to the public of $23.00 per share. Our shares began trading on January 30, 2015. The aggregate net proceeds received by us from the IPO were $168.9 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us. Upon the closing of the IPO, all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, including accrued dividends, converted into 10,200,500 shares of common stock.
On December 28, 2015, we closed a follow-on offering whereby we sold 2,266,995 shares of common stock at a price to the public of $47.00 per share. The aggregate net proceeds received by us from the follow-on offering were $99.4 million, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us.
Financial operations overview
Revenue
To date, we have not generated any revenues from product sales. Our revenues have been derived from collaboration agreements.
In March 2014, we entered into a development and manufacturing agreement with Genable Technologies Ltd, or Genable, in which we will be the exclusive manufacturer and provide development advice and expertise in the ongoing development of Genable’s lead therapeutic product candidate, RhoNova, to treat rhodopsin-linked autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa, or RP, or RHO-adRP. RHO-adRP is an IRD that is a genetic subtype of RP that results in severe vision loss and often blindness. Under the agreement, we granted Genable a license to certain AAV vector manufacturing patents and as consideration for the license grant and certain development consulting services we have agreed to provide Genable, we are eligible to earn development milestone payments and mid-single-digit royalties on any future product sales of RhoNova. We also entered into a manufacturing agreement with Genable under which we will receive payment for the manufacture and supply of RhoNova. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 , we recognized $20,000 and $0.9 million, respectively, of revenue from Genable. In March 2016, we acquired Genable, See Note 13 in our Notes to Financial Statements for more information.

81

Table of Contents

In April 2014, we entered into discussions with a pharmaceutical company concerning a potential manufacturing technology agreement. We received a one-time, nonrefundable payment of $1.0 million for engaging in due diligence. We concluded discussions on a potential arrangement with the pharmaceutical company in the first quarter of 2015 and, as a result, we recognized the nonrefundable payment of $1.0 million as revenue in the year ended December 31, 2015.
In December 2014, we entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer for the development and commercialization of product candidates in our SPK-FIX program for the treatment of hemophilia B. Under this collaboration, we maintain responsibility for the clinical development of SPK-FIX product candidates through the completion of Phase 1/2 trials. Thereafter, Pfizer has responsibility for further clinical development, regulatory approvals and commercialization. In connection with entering into this agreement, we received a $20.0 million upfront payment. In December 2015, we earned a $15.0 million milestone payment. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, we recognized $0.6 million and $20.2 million, respectively, of revenue, as of December 31, 2015 , there was $5.2 million and $9.0 million of current and long-term deferred revenue, respectively, included on our balance sheet related to this payment.
Our ability to generate product revenue and become profitable depends upon our ability to successfully commercialize products.
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses consist primarily of internal and external costs incurred for the development of our product candidates, which include:
employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, travel and other compensation expenses, including stock-based compensation;
expenses incurred under our agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical sites that will conduct our preclinical studies and clinical trials and the cost of clinical consultants;
costs associated with regulatory filings;
costs of laboratory supplies and the acquiring, developing and manufacturing of preclinical and clinical study materials; and
costs of facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities, insurance and other operating costs for the portion of our facilities related to research and development.
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Expenses for certain development activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided by our vendors and our clinical sites.
We plan to increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue development of our product candidates. Our current and planned research and development activities include the following:
completion of non-IND studies required to support the SPK-RPE65 program, including a natural history study;
expanding our medical affairs group;
certain pre-launch activities for SPK-RPE65 ;
proposed regulatory submissions for SPK-RPE65 ;
the Phase 1/2 clinical trial for SPK-CHM ;
clinical trials to evaluate the safety and efficacy of SPK-FIX product candidates, which are in development in collaboration with Pfizer;
research and development for additional product candidates addressing other IRDs;
research and development for our preclinical programs for hemophilia A, TPP1 deficiency and other liver and neurodegenerative diseases; and
continued acquisition and manufacture of clinical trial materials in support of our clinical trials.
The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain and subject to numerous risks including, but not limited to: 
the scope, rate of progress and expense of our research and development activities;
clinical trial results;

82

Table of Contents

the scope, terms and timing of regulatory approvals;
the expense of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights;
the cost, timing and our ability to manufacture sufficient clinical and commercial supplies for any product candidates and products that we may develop; and
the risks disclosed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A change in the outcome of any of these variables could mean a significant change in the expenses and timing associated with the development of any product candidate.
General and administrative expenses
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs for personnel, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses, for our employees in executive, operational, finance, legal and human resource functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility-related costs, professional fees for directors, accounting and legal services, consultants and expenses associated with obtaining and maintaining patents.
We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research and development and the potential commercialization of our product candidates. We also anticipate continued increases in expenses related to costs associated with being a public company, including audit, legal, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance as a public company, director and officer insurance premiums and investor relations costs. Additionally, prior to the potential regulatory approval of our first product candidate, we anticipate an increase in payroll and related expenses as a result of our preparation for commercial operations, especially as it relates to sales and marketing.
Income taxes
From inception through May 1, 2014, we were a limited liability company for federal and state tax purposes and, therefore, all items of income or loss through May 1, 2014 flowed through to the members of the limited liability company. Effective May 2, 2014, we converted from a limited liability company to a C corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, prior to the conversion to the C corporation, we did not record deferred tax assets or liabilities or have any net operating loss carryforwards. At December 31, 2014 and 2015, we concluded that a full valuation allowance is necessary for our deferred tax assets.
Critical accounting policies and significant judgments and estimates
Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reporting amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates and judgments, including those related to accrued expenses and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe the following accounting policies to be the most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.
Revenue recognition
Our recognized revenues to date are primarily from our Pfizer agreement. We account for revenue arrangements that contain multiple deliverables in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Elements, which addresses the determination of whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting. A delivered item within an arrangement is considered a separate unit of accounting only if both of the following criteria are met: 
the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and
if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in control of the vendor.
Under FASB ASC Topic 605-25, if both of the criteria above are not met, then separate accounting for the individual deliverables is not appropriate. Revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables constituting a single unit of

83

Table of Contents

accounting is recognized generally over the greater of the term of the arrangement or the expected period of performance, either on a straight-line basis or on a modified proportional performance method.
Non-refundable license fees are recognized as revenue when we have a contractual right to receive such payments, the contract price is fixed or determinable, the collection of the receivable is reasonably assured and we have no future performance obligations under the license agreement.
We will account for milestones related to research and development activities under collaboration agreements in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-28, milestone method of revenue recognition. FASB ASC Topic 605-28 allows for the recognition of consideration which is contingent on the achievement of a substantive milestone, in its entirety, in the period the milestone is achieved. A milestone is considered to be substantive if all of the following criteria are met: the milestone is commensurate with either (1) the performance required to achieve the milestone or (2) the enhancement of the value of the delivered items resulting from the performance required to achieve the milestone; the milestone relates solely to past performance; and the milestone payment is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the agreement.
Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheet. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue in the next twelve months following the balance sheet date are classified as current liabilities.
Research and development costs and expenses
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We recognize costs for certain development activities based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using information and data provided to us by our vendors and our clinical sites. We determine accrual estimates based on estimates of the services received and efforts expended that take into account discussion with applicable personnel and service providers as to the progress or state of completion of trials. Our clinical trial accrued and prepaid assets are dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from CROs and other third-party vendors. Although we do not expect our estimates to differ materially from amounts we actually incur, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low for any particular period. When contracts for outside research or testing require advance payment, they are recorded on the balance sheet as prepaid items and expensed when the service is provided or reaches a specific milestone outlined in the contract.
Stock-based compensation
We issue stock-based awards to employees and non-employees, generally in the form of stock options. We account for our stock-based awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, or ASC 718. ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and modifications to existing stock options, to be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. We account for stock-based awards to non-employees in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, which requires the fair value of the award to be remeasured at fair value as the award vests.
Our stock-based awards are subject to either service or performance-based vesting conditions. Compensation expense related to awards to employees and directors with service-based vesting conditions is recognized on a straight-line basis based on the grant date fair value over the associated service period of the award, which generally is the vesting term. Compensation expense related to awards to non-employees with service-based vesting conditions is recognized on the then-current fair value at each financial reporting date prior to the measurement date over the associated service period of the award, which generally is the vesting term, using the accelerated attribution method. Compensation expense related to awards to non-employees with performance-based vesting conditions is recognized based on the then-current fair value at each financial reporting date prior to the measurement date over the requisite service period using the accelerated attribution method to the extent achievement of the performance condition is probable.
Described below is the methodology we have utilized in measuring stock-based compensation expense. Following the consummation of our IPO, stock option values have been determined based on the quoted market price for our common stock.
We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value our stock options. Use of this valuation methodology requires management to apply judgment and make estimates, including:
the volatility of our common stock;
the expected term of our stock options;
the risk-free rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our stock options;
the expected dividend yield; and

84

Table of Contents

the fair value of our common stock on date of grant.
As a privately held company prior to January 2015 with a limited operating history, we used comparable public companies to estimate our expected stock price volatility. We selected companies from the biopharmaceutical industry with similar characteristics to ours including technology, enterprise value, risk profile, position within the industry and with historical price information sufficient to meet the expected life of our stock-based awards. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using comparable companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available. The expected term is based on the simplified method provided by SEC guidance. We use the simplified method as prescribed by the SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107, Stock-based Payment, to calculate the expected term of stock option grants to employees, as we do not have sufficient history to provide a reasonable basis upon which to make an estimate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve with a remaining term equal to the expected life assumed at grant. We utilize a dividend yield of zero, based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and have no current intention to pay cash dividends. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future.
We historically have granted restricted stock and stock options at exercise prices not less than the fair value of our common stock. As there was no public market for our common stock prior to January 2015, the estimated fair value of our common stock had been determined contemporaneously by our board of directors utilizing independent third-party valuations prepared in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, also known as the Practice Aid for financial reporting purposes.
We performed contemporaneous valuations of our common stock concurrently with the achievement of significant milestones or with major financing events as of October 14, 2013, April 15, 2014, May 23, 2014, October 30, 2014 and December 1, 2014. In conducting these valuation analyses, we considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry sector and the prices at which we sold shares of preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to our common stock at the time of each grant and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event.
JOBS Act
As an “emerging growth company”, or EGC, under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, we have elected to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards and, as a result, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-EGCs.
Subject to certain conditions, as an EGC, we intend to rely on certain exemptions under the JOBS Act, including without limitation (i) from the requirement to provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and (ii) from any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements, known as the auditor discussion and analysis. We will remain an EGC until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1 billion or more; (ii) December 31, 2020; (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years; and (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.












85

Table of Contents

Results of operations
Comparison of the period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2014
 
Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013
 
Year ended  December 31, 2014
 
(in thousands)
Revenues
$

 
$
634

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
Research and development
4,897

 
16,351

Acquired in-process research and development
50,000

 
750

General and administrative
2,381

 
7,863

Total operating expenses
57,278

 
24,964

Loss from operations
(57,278
)
 
(24,330
)
Interest income

 
5

Net loss
$
(57,278
)
 
$
(24,325
)
Revenues
We did not recognize any revenue in 2013. In the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $0.6 million of revenue, primarily associated with our Pfizer agreement.
Research and development expenses
Our research and development expenses for the period March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 were $4.9 million and for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $16.4 million . The $11.5 million increase was due to a $7.4 million increase in internal research and development expenses, due primarily to significantly increased headcount, and a $4.0 million increase in external research and development expenses, primarily for clinical trials for SPK-RPE65 and SPK-CHM and a predecessor product candidate under our SPK-FIX program, as well as preclinical studies for our SPK-CHM and SPK-FIX programs and research and development of other product candidates.
The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by product candidate or program for the period from inception to December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2014:
 
Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013
 
Year ended  December 31, 2014
 
(in thousands)
External research and development expenses:
 
 
 
SPK-RPE65
$
4,038

 
$
4,404

SPK-CHM
230

 
915

SPK-FIX
255

 
2,263

Other product candidates
115

 
1,090

Total external research and development expenses
4,638

 
8,672

Total internal research and development expenses
259

 
7,679

Total research and development expenses
$
4,897

 
$
16,351

We do not allocate personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, costs associated with broad technology platform improvements or other indirect costs, to specific programs, as they are deployed across multiple projects under development and, as such, are separately classified as internal research and development expenses in the table above.
Acquired in-process research and development expense
Our acquired in-process research and development expense for the period March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 was $50.0 million. This amount represents the fair value of equity securities, which have since converted into 5.0 million

86

Table of Contents

shares of our common stock, issued to CHOP and UIRF in consideration for our acquisition and in-license of certain rights and property. Our acquired in-process research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.8 million. This amount represents the fair value of the vested shares of common stock issued to Penn which are subject to certain milestone-based vesting conditions, in consideration for our acquisition of certain rights and property. We recognized these amounts as acquired-in-process research and development because additional research and development efforts and marketing approval are required in order to commercialize the licensed technology.
General and administrative expenses
Our general and administrative expenses for the period March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 were $2.4 million and for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $7.9 million . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation, legal and patent costs and other professional fees. The $5.5 million increase primarily was due to increased headcount in 2014.
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2015
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Revenues
$
634

 
$
22,064

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
Research and development
16,351

 
46,030

Acquired in-process research and development
750

 

General and administrative
7,863

 
23,352

Total operating expenses
24,964

 
69,382

Loss from operations
(24,330
)
 
(47,318
)
Interest income
5

 
192

Net loss
$
(24,325
)
 
$
(47,126
)
Revenues
In the year ended December 31, 2014 we recognized $0.6 million of revenue primarily associated with our Pfizer agreement. In the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized $22.1 million in revenue, of which $20.2 million was associated with our Pfizer agreement, and included a $15.0 million milestone payment. The other revenue we recognized was $1.0 million of a non-refundable payment after we concluded discussions on a potential agreement with a pharmaceutical company and $0.9 million in revenue associated with our Genable agreement.
Research and development expenses
Our research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $16.4 million and for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $46.0 million . The $29.6 million increase was due to a $24.3 million increase in internal research and development expenses, due primarily to significantly increased headcount, and an increase of $5.3 million in external research and development expenses, primarily from an increase of $2.1 million in expenses related to clinical trials for SPK-RPE65 , SPK-CHM and SPK-FIX, and an increase of $3.2 million for other product candidates to support our advancing and expanding pipeline.

87

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses by product candidate or program for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015:
 
Year ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2015
 
(in thousands)
External research and development expenses:
 
 
 
SPK-RPE65
$
4,404

 
$
5,096

SPK-CHM
915

 
2,162

SPK-FIX
2,263

 
2,513

Other product candidates
1,090

 
4,286

Total external research and development expenses
8,672

 
14,057

Total internal research and development expenses
7,679

 
31,973

Total research and development expenses
$
16,351

 
$
46,030

We do not allocate personnel-related costs, including stock-based compensation, costs associated with broad technology platform improvements or other indirect costs, to specific programs, as they are deployed across multiple projects under development and, as such, are separately classified as internal research and development expenses in the table above.
Acquired in-process research and development expense
Our acquired in-process research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $0.8 million. This amount represents the fair value of the vested shares of common stock issued to Penn which are subject to certain milestone-based vesting conditions, in consideration for our acquisition of certain rights and property. We recognized this amount as acquired-in-process research and development because additional research and development efforts and marketing approval are required in order to commercialize the licensed technology. Our acquired in-process research and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was zero.
General and administrative expenses
Our general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 were $7.9 million and for the year ended December 31, 2015 were $23.4 million . General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation, legal and patent costs and other professional fees. The $15.5 million increase primarily was due to increased legal, insurance, professional fees and other operating costs as a result of becoming a public company and increased headcount, including stock-based compensation.
Liquidity and capital resources
The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash and cash equivalents for each period set forth below:
 
Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013
 
Year ended December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2015
 
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by (used in):
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities
$
(5,139
)
 
$
10,386

 
$
(47,478
)
Investing activities

 
(11,697
)
 
(4,522
)
Financing activities
5,139

 
75,878

 
270,964

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
$

 
$
74,567

 
$
218,964

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
The net cash used in operating activities was $5.1 million from inception through December 31, 2013, and consisted of a net loss of $57.3 million, adjusted for non-cash items including the acquired-in-process research and development of $50.0 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.6 million and an increase of $1.5 million in accrued expenses.
The net cash provided by operating activities was $10.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, and consisted of a net loss of $24.3 million adjusted for non-cash items, including the acquired-in-process research and development of $0.8 million, depreciation expense of $0.2 million, stock-based compensation expense of $3.0 million, non-cash rent expense of

88

Table of Contents

$0.6 million and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $30.2 million. The significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include an increase in deferred rent of $7.9 million related to our tenant improvement allowance, an increase in deferred revenue of $20.8 million, of which $19.4 million is related to our Pfizer agreement, $0.4 million is related to our Genable agreement and $1.0 million is related to the non-refundable payment received for engaging in due diligence with a potential manufacturing technology partner and an increase of $2.3 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, offset by a $0.8 million increase in prepaid expenses and other assets.
The net cash used in operating activities was $47.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, and consisted of a net loss of $47.1 million adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation expense of $1.7 million, stock-based compensation expense of $13.6 million, non-cash rent expense of $0.2 million and a net increase in operating assets and liabilities of $15.8 million. The significant items in the change in operating assets and liabilities include a decrease in deferred revenue of $6.6 million, of which $5.2 million is related to our Pfizer agreement, $1.0 million is related to the non-refundable payment received for engaging in due diligence with a potential manufacturing technology partner and $0.4 million is related to our Genable agreement, and an increase of $6.7 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase of $17.5 million in prepaid expenses and other assets primarily due to the $15.0 million milestone receivable earned from Pfizer in December 2015.
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $11.7 million consisting of costs related to the purchase of property and equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $4.5 million, consisting of costs related to the purchase of property and equipment.
Net cash provided by financing activities
Net cash provided by financing activities from inception through December 31, 2013 was $5.1 million, consisting of the sale to CHOP of Series A preferred units for $10.0 million, less the $4.9 million receivable due from CHOP at December 31, 2013.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $75.9 million, consisting of the collection of the $4.9 million receivable from CHOP and the $72.4 million of proceeds from the issuance of Series B preferred stock, offset by transaction costs of $1.4 million relating to our IPO in February 2015.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $271.0 million, consisting of $270.4 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock in our IPO that closed in February 2015 and our follow-on offering that closed in December 2015, net of expenses paid and $1.1 million from the exercise of stock options during the year. This was partially offset by our repurchase of stock for tax withholding obligations on restricted stock that vested during 2015.
Funding requirements
We expect our expenses to increase compared to prior periods in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue research and development, continue and initiate clinical trials and seek regulatory approvals for our product candidates. In anticipation of regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant pre-commercialization expenses.
The expected use of our cash and cash equivalents of $293.5 million as of December 31, 2015 represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the progress of our development programs, the status of, and results from, clinical trials, the potential need to conduct additional clinical trials to obtain approval of our product candidates for all intended indications, as well as any technology acquisitions or additional collaborations into which we may enter with third parties for our product candidates and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management retains broad discretion over the allocation of our existing cash and cash equivalents.
Based on our planned use of our cash and cash equivalents, we estimate that such funds will be sufficient to enable us to complete the submission of a BLA and prepare for commercialization of SPK-RPE65 , complete our Phase 1/2 trial for SPK-CHM , substantially complete our planned Phase 1/2 trial for our lead SPK-FIX product candidate in collaboration with Pfizer, advance certain of our other pipeline product candidates and fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements into 2019. The foregoing estimate does not contemplate the receipt of any milestone payments under our collaboration with Pfizer. Moreover, we have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.


89

Table of Contents

Contractual obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2015:
  
 
Payments due by period (in thousands)
  
 
Total
 

 
Less
than
1 year
 

 
1-3 years
 

 
3-5 years
 

 
More
than
5 years
 

Operating leases(1)
 
$
18,118

 
$
1,998

 
$
3,903

 
$
3,425

 
$
8,792

Total(2)
 
$
18,118

 
$
1,998

 
$
3,903

 
$
3,425

 
$
8,792

(1)
Operating lease obligations reflect our obligation to make payments in connection with leases for our corporate headquarters and our office in Waltham, Massachusetts.
(2)
This table does not include: (a) any milestone payments which may become payable to third parties under license agreements as the timing and likelihood of such payments are not known with certainty; (b) any royalty payments to third parties as the amounts, timing and likelihood of such payments are not known with certainty; and (c) contracts that are entered into in the ordinary course of business which are not material in the aggregate in any period presented above.
Off-balance sheet arrangements
We did not have, during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules.

 Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position.  This update is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax assets and liabilities or retrospectively to all periods presented. We elected to early-adopt this update on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this update had no effect on the our results of operations.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases.” ASU 2016-02 requires that lease arrangements longer than 12 months result in an entity recognizing an asset and liability. The updated guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. We have not evaluated the impact of the updated guidance on our financial statements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are exposed to market risk related to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2015 , we had cash and cash equivalents of $293.5 million , consisting of investments in cash and money market accounts. We have policies requiring us to invest in the securities of high-quality issuers, limit our exposure to any individual issuer and ensure adequate liquidity. Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, particularly because our investments are in short-term securities. Due to the short-term duration of our investment portfolio and the low risk profile of our investments, an immediate 100 basis point change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Our financial statements, together with the report of our independent registered public accounting firm, appear on pages F-1 through F-20 of this Annual Report of Form 10-K.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accouting and Financial Disclosure

None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015 . The term “disclosure controls and procedures,” as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015 , our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level.


90

Table of Contents

Management's annual report on internal control over financial reporting
Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with general accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for "emerging growth companies".
Changes in internal control over financial reporting
No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2015 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B.    Other Information

On March 10, 2016 we entered into a first amendment to our master research services agreement with CHOP.  Pursuant to such amendment,  the termination date for services to be provided by CHOP for services other than those relating to the supply of RPE65 vectors was extended from July 1, 2015 to June 30, 2018.  See Part I, “Item 1. Business-Collaboration and license agreements-In-license agreements-The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Goverance.

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the information that will be contained in our Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.
Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the information that will be contained in Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the information that will be contained in our Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the information that will be contained in our Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
The information required by this Item is incorporated by reference from the information that will be contained in our Proxy Statement for our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which we intend to file with the SEC within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year to which this Annual Report on Form 10-K relates pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K.


91

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

The financial statements listed in the Index to the Financial Statements beginning on F-1 are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

No financial statement schedules have been filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K because they are not applicable, not required or because the information is otherwise included in our financial statements or notes thereto.

The exhibits filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately following our financial statements. The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.






92

Table of Contents


Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
 
Index to financial statements
 
 
 
Audited financial statements
Page
 
 
 
 

F-1

Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spark Therapeutics, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly Spark Therapeutics, LLC) (the Company) as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, members’/stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from March 13, 2013 (inception) through December 31, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Spark Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from March 13, 2013 (inception) through December 31, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ KPMG LLP
 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 14, 2016

F-2

Table of Contents

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Balance sheets


December 31,
2014

December 31,
2015
Assets



Current assets:



Cash and cash equivalents
$
74,566,963


$
293,530,590

Other receivables
244,393


16,944,568

Prepaid expenses and other current assets
2,551,912


1,132,626

Total current assets
77,363,268


311,607,784

Property and equipment, net
12,674,372


16,999,445

Other assets
408,211


1,165,285

Total assets
$
90,445,851


$
329,772,514

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity



Current liabilities:



Accounts payable
$
2,676,697


$
9,687,594

Accrued expenses
3,163,154


6,529,263

Current portion of deferred rent

 
715,959

Current portion of deferred revenue
10,014,377


5,182,835

Total current liabilities
15,854,228


22,115,651

Long-term deferred rent
8,618,489


8,084,509

Long-term deferred revenue
10,767,414


9,034,559

Total liabilities
35,240,131


39,234,719

Stockholders’ equity:



Preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized, 5,000,000 shares; no shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively



Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized, issued and outstanding, 5,000,000 shares at December 31, 2014; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2015
10,000,000



Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized, issued and outstanding, 45,186,334 shares at December 31, 2014; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, at December 31, 2015
72,437,203



Common stock, $0.001 par value. Authorized, 150,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding, 6,290,317 shares at December 31, 2014; 27,082,493 shares issued and 27,073,287 outstanding at December 31, 2015
6,290


27,083

Additional paid-in capital
54,364,833


419,791,732

Treasury stock, at cost 9,206 shares at December 31, 2015

 
(552,636
)
Accumulated deficit
(81,602,606
)

(128,728,384
)
Total stockholders’ equity
55,205,720


290,537,795

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
$
90,445,851


$
329,772,514


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-3

F-4

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Statements of operations


 
Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31,
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
Revenues
$

 
$
633,932

 
$
22,063,674

Operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Research and development
4,897,152

 
16,351,005

 
46,029,314

Acquired in-process research and development
50,000,000

 
750,000

 

General and administrative
2,380,645

 
7,863,256

 
23,352,171

Total operating expenses
57,277,797

 
24,964,261

 
69,381,485

Loss from operations
(57,277,797
)
 
(24,330,329
)
 
(47,317,811
)
Interest income

 
5,520

 
192,033

Net loss
(57,277,797
)
 
(24,324,809
)
 
(47,125,778
)
Preferred stock dividends

 
(707,342
)
 
(634,794
)
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
$
(57,277,797
)
 
$
(25,032,151
)
 
$
(47,760,572
)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share
$
(8.44
)
 
$
(4.64
)
 
$
(2.10
)
Weighted average basic and diluted common shares outstanding
6,788,396

 
5,397,599

 
22,710,105


See accompanying notes to the financial statements.

F-4


Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Statement of members'/stockholders’ equity
Period from March 31, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31,2014
 
Series A
convertible preferred
 
Common
 
Series A convertible preferred stock
 
Series B convertible preferred stock
 
Common Stock
 
Additional paid-in capital
 
Accumulated deficit
 
Total
 
Units
 
Amount
 
Units
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
Issuance of common units in connection with license and technology agreements

 
$

 
25,000,000

 
$
50,000,000

 

 
$

 

 
$

 

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
50,000,000

Issuance of Series A convertible preferred units
5,000,000

 
10,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
10,000,000

Issuance of restricted common units

 

 
5,870,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common membership units compensation expense

 

 

 
646,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
646,585

Net loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
(57,277,797
)
 
(57,277,797
)
Balance, December 31, 2013
5,000,000

 
10,000,000

 
30,870,000

 
50,646,585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(57,277,797
)
 
3,368,788

Issuance of restricted units, net of forfeitures

 

 
1,040,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion from LLC to C corporation
(5,000,000
)
 
(10,000,000
)
 
(31,910,667
)
 
(50,646,585
)
 
5,000,000

 
10,000,000

 

 

 
6,090,317

 
6,090

 
50,640,495

 

 

Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of transaction cost of $312,795

 

 

 

 

 

 
45,186,334

 
72,437,203

 

 

 

 

 
72,437,203

Issuance of common stock in connection with license agreement

 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
200,000

 
200

 
749,800

 

 
750,000

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
2,974,538

 

 
2,974,538

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(24,324,809
)
 
(24,324,809
)
Balance, December 31, 2014

 
$

 

 
$

 
5,000,000

 
$
10,000,000

 
45,186,334

 
$
72,437,203

 
6,290,317

 
$
6,290

 
$
54,364,833

 
$
(81,602,606
)
 
55,205,720

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5



Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Statement of members'/stockholders’ equity

  For the year ended December 31, 2015

 
Series A
convertible preferred stock
 
Series B
convertible preferred stock
 
Common stock in treasury
 
Common stock
 
Additional
paid-in
capital
 
Accumulated
deficit
 
Total
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2014
5,000,000

 
$
10,000,000

 
45,186,334

 
$
72,437,203

 
 
 
 
 
6,290,317

 
$
6,290

 
$
54,364,833

 
$
(81,602,606
)
 
$
55,205,720

Conversion of Series A preferred stock and dividends to common stock upon initial public offering
(5,000,000
)
 
(10,000,000
)
 

 

 

 

 
1,016,219

 
1,016

 
9,998,984

 

 

Conversion of Series B preferred stock and dividends to common stock upon initial public offering

 

 
(45,186,334
)
 
(72,437,203
)
 

 

 
9,183,831

 
9,184

 
72,428,019

 

 

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 
10,316,995

 
10,317

 
268,311,626

 

 
268,321,943

Issuance of common stock for services

 

 

 

 

 

 
3,556

 
4

 
193,905

 

 
193,909

Issuance of restricted stock

 

 

 

 

 

 
49,750

 
50

 
(50
)
 

 

Purchase of common stock in treasury

 

 

 

 
9,206

 
(552,636
)
 

 

 

 

 
(552,636
)
Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 
221,825

 
222

 
1,115,821

 

 
1,116,043

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
13,378,594

 

 
13,378,594

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
(47,125,778
)
 
(47,125,778
)
Balance, December 31, 2015

 
$

 

 
$

 
9,206


(552,636
)
 
27,082,493

 
$
27,083

 
$
419,791,732

 
$
(128,728,384
)
 
$
290,537,795


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6


Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Statements of cash flows

 
Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31,
 
For the Year ended December 31,
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(57,277,797
)
 
$
(24,324,809
)
 
$
(47,125,778
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Noncash rent expense

 
617,114

 
181,979

Depreciation and amortization expense

 
169,790

 
1,732,983

Acquired in-process research and development
50,000,000

 
750,000

 

Stock-based compensation expense
646,585

 
2,974,538

 
13,572,503

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Prepaid expenses and other assets

 
(670,309
)
 
(1,627,602
)
Other receivables

 
(144,393
)
 
(16,700,175
)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
1,492,497

 
2,331,282

 
9,052,260

Deferred rent

 
7,901,375

 

Deferred revenue

 
20,781,791

 
(6,564,397
)
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
(5,138,715
)
 
10,386,379

 
(47,478,227
)
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of property and equipment

 
(11,696,962
)
 
(4,521,769
)
Net cash used in investing activities

 
(11,696,962
)
 
(4,521,769
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of Series A convertible preferred units
5,138,715

 
4,861,285

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net

 
72,437,203

 

Financing costs

 
(1,420,942
)
 

Repurchase of common stock

 

 
(552,636
)
Proceeds from exercise of options

 

 
1,116,043

Proceeds from public offerings of common stock, net

 

 
270,400,216

Net cash provided by financing activities
5,138,715

 
75,877,546

 
270,963,623

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 
74,566,963

 
218,963,627

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 
74,566,963

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
$

 
$
74,566,963

 
$
293,530,590

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred financing costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses
$

 
$
868,872

 
$
657,331

Property and equipment purchases included in accounts payable and accrued expenses
$

 
$
1,147,200

 
$
2,683,487


See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-7

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements


(1) Background
Spark Therapeutics, Inc. was formed on March 13, 2013 in the state of Delaware as AAVenue Therapeutics, LLC and amended its Certificate of Formation in October 2013 to change its name to Spark Therapeutics LLC. In May 2014, the Company converted from a limited liability company (LLC) to a C corporation, Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (the Company). The Company is a gene therapy company, seeking to transform the lives of patients suffering from debilitating genetic diseases by developing one-time, life-altering treatments. The Company operates in one segment and has its principal offices in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
(a) Initial Public Offering (IPO)
On February 4, 2015 , the Company closed its IPO, having sold 8,050,000 shares of common stock at an IPO price of $23.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $185.2 million . The Company received net proceeds from the IPO of $168.9 million , after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses. As part of the IPO, all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock, including shares of preferred stock issued as accrued dividends, were converted into an aggregate of 10,200,050 shares of common stock.
On December 28, 2015, the Company completed its follow-on public offering, having sold 2,266,995 shares of common stock at a offering price of $47.00 per shares, for aggregate gross proceeds of $106.5 million . The Company received net proceeds from the public offering of $99.4 million , after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other offering expenses.

(2) Development-stage risks
The Company has incurred losses and negative cash flows from operations since inception and had an accumulated deficit of $128.7 million at December 31, 2015 . The Company anticipates incurring additional losses until such time, if ever, that it can generate significant sales of its product candidates in development. Additional financing may be needed by the Company to fund its operations and to commercially develop its product candidates.
The Company’s future operations are highly dependent on a combination of factors, including: (i) the success of its research and development; (ii) regulatory approval and market acceptance of the Company’s proposed future products; (iii) the timely and successful completion of additional financing; and (iv) the development of competitive therapies by other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies.

(3) Summary of significant accounting policies
(a) Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from such estimates.

(b) Fair value of financial instruments
Management believes that the carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash equivalents, other receivables and accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of those instruments.

(c) Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments that have maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 consisted primarily of money market funds.

(d) Property and equipment
Property and equipment consists of computer and laboratory equipment, software, office equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements and is recorded at cost. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed to operations as incurred. Upon disposal, retirement or sale, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are

F-8

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations. Property and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company uses a life of three years for computer equipment and software, five years for laboratory and office equipment and seven years for furniture. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the asset .
The Company reviews long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability is measured by comparison of the book values of the assets to estimated undiscounted future cash flows that the assets are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairment charges have been recorded since inception.

(e) Research and development and in-process research and development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist of internal and external expenses. Internal expenses include employee compensation and overhead. External expenses include development, clinical trials, statistical analysis and report writing and regulatory compliance costs incurred with clinical research organizations and other third-party vendors. At the end of the reporting period, the Company compares payments made to third-party service providers to the estimated progress toward completion of the research or development objectives. Such estimates are subject to change as additional information becomes available. Depending on the timing of payments to the service providers and the progress that the Company estimates has been made as a result of the service provided, the Company may record net prepaid or accrued expense relating to these costs. When the Company is reimbursed by a collaboration partner for work performed, the costs incurred are recorded as research and development expenses and the related reimbursement is recorded as a reduction to research and development expenses.
Upfront and milestone payments made to third parties who perform research and development services on the Company’s behalf are expensed as services are rendered. Costs incurred in obtaining technology licenses are charged to research and development expense as acquired in-process research and development if the technology licensed has not reached technological feasibility and has no alternative future use.

(f) Income taxes
From inception through May 1, 2014, the Company was a Delaware LLC for federal and state tax purposes and, therefore, all items of income or loss through May 1, 2014 flowed through to the members of the LLC. Effective May 2, 2014, the Company converted from an LLC to a C corporation for federal and state income tax purposes. Accordingly, prior to the conversion to a C corporation, the Company did not record deferred tax assets or liabilities or have any net operating loss carryforwards. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of its assets and liabilities and the expected benefits of net operating loss carryforwards. The impact of changes in tax rates and laws on deferred taxes, if any, is applied during the years in which temporary differences are expected to be settled and is reflected in the financial statements in the period of enactment. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, if, based on weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some, or all, of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At December 31, 2015, the Company has concluded that a full valuation allowance is necessary for its deferred tax assets.

(g) Revenue recognition
The Company has generated revenue solely through license and collaborative agreements. The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 605-25, Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Elements , which addresses the determination of whether an arrangement involving multiple deliverables contains more than one unit of accounting. A delivered item within an arrangement is considered a separate unit of accounting only if both of the following criteria are met:
the delivered item has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; and
if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item, delivery or performance of the undelivered item is considered probable and substantially in control of the vendor.
Under FASB ASC Topic 605-25, if both of the criteria above are not met, then separate accounting for the individual deliverables is not appropriate. Revenue recognition for arrangements with multiple deliverables constituting a single unit of

F-9

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

accounting is recognized generally over the greater of the term of the arrangement or the expected period of performance, either on a straight-line basis or on a modified proportional performance method.
Milestones related to research and development activities are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 605-28, milestone method of revenue recognition. FASB ASC Topic 605-28 allows for the recognition of consideration, which is contingent on the achievement of a substantive milestone in its entirety, in the period the milestone is achieved. A milestone is considered to be substantive if all of the following criteria are met:
the milestone is commensurate with either: (1) the performance required to achieve the milestone or (2) the enhancement of the value of the delivered items resulting from the performance required to achieve the milestone;
the milestone relates solely to past performance; and
the milestone payment is reasonable relative to all of the deliverables and payment terms within the agreement.
Nonrefundable license fees are recognized as revenue upon delivery provided there are no undelivered elements in the arrangement. For licenses with no stand-alone value, revenues are recognized on a straight-line basis over the related performance period.
Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue on the Company’s balance sheet. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue in the next 12 months following the balance sheet date are classified as current liabilities.
To date, the Company has not generated any revenues from the commercial sale of products.

(h) Stock-based compensation and fair value of stock
The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). ASC 718 requires all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options and restricted stock units and modifications to existing stock options, to be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of options granted.
The Company’s stock-based awards are subject to either service or performance-based vesting conditions. Compensation expense related to awards to employees and directors with service-based vesting conditions is recognized on a straight-line basis based on the grant date fair value over the associated service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. Compensation expense related to awards to non-employees with service-based vesting conditions is recognized based on the then-current fair value at each financial reporting date prior to the measurement date over the associated service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term, using the accelerated attribution method. Compensation expense related to awards to employees with performance-based vesting conditions is recognized based on the grant date fair value over the requisite service period using the accelerated attribution method to the extent achievement of the performance condition is probable.
The Company expenses restricted stock unit awards to employees based on the fair value of the award on a straight-line basis over the associated service period of the award. Awards of restricted stock units to non-employees are adjusted through share-based compensation expense at each reporting period end to reflect the current fair value of such awards and expensed over the vesting period.
The Company estimates the fair value of its option awards to employees and directors using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of and subjective assumptions, including (i) the expected stock price volatility, (ii) the calculation of the expected term of the award, (iii) the risk-free interest rate, and (iv) expected dividends. Due to the lack of company specific historical and implied volatility data of its common stock, the Company has based its estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. When selecting these public companies on which it has based its expected stock price volatility, the Company selected companies with comparable characteristics to it, including enterprise value, risk profiles, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company computes historical volatility data using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the stock-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available. The Company has estimated the expected term of its employee stock options using the “simplified” method, whereby, the expected term equals the arithmetic average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option due to its lack of sufficient historical data. The risk-free interest rates for periods within the expected term of the option are based on the U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity date commensurate with the expected term of the associated award. The Company has never paid, and does not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

F-10

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

The Company also is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from its estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent that actual forfeitures differ from the Company’s estimates, the differences are recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period the estimates were revised. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in the financial statements is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest.
Consistent with the guidance in FASB ASC Topic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, the fair value of each non-employee stock option and restricted stock award is estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with assumptions generally consistent with those used for employee stock options, with the exception of expected term, which is over the contractual life.

(i) Recapitalization
On January 16, 2015, the Company effected a reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock at a ratio of one share for every five shares previously held. All common stock share and common stock per share data included in these financial statements reflect the reverse stock split.

(j) Net loss per common share
Basic and diluted net loss per common share is determined by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. For all periods presented, the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, unvested restricted shares and common stock options have been excluded from the calculation because their effect would be anti-dilutive. Therefore, the weighted average shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted loss per share are the same.
The following potentially dilutive securities have been excluded from the computations of diluted weighted average units/shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2015 as they would be anti-dilutive:
 
Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31,
 
December 31,
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
Convertible preferred units
5,000,000

 

 

Unvested restricted common units
5,370,000

 

 

Convertible preferred shares

 
10,037,255

 

Unvested restricted common shares

 
578,994

 
373,655

Options issued and outstanding

 
2,264,497

 
3,071,372

Amounts in the table above reflect the common stock equivalents of the noted instruments.

(k) Deferred rent
Rent expense, including rent holidays and scheduled rent increases, is recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease commencing on the date the Company takes possession of the leased property, which was May 1, 2014 for the Company’s corporate headquarters. Tenant improvement allowances from the lessor are included in the accompanying balance sheet as deferred rent and are amortized as a reduction of rent expense over the term of the lease from the possession date. Deferred rent as of December 31, 2015 represents the net excess of rent expense over the actual cash paid for rent and the tenant improvement allowances received.

(l) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, “Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position.  This update is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those fiscal years, and may be applied either prospectively to all deferred tax assets and liabilities or retrospectively to all periods

F-11

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

presented. The Company elected to early-adopt this update on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this update had no effect on the Company's results of operations.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases.” ASU 2016-02 requires that lease arrangements longer than 12 months result in an entity recognizing an asset and liability. The updated guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018, and early adoption is permitted. The Company has not evaluated the impact of the updated guidance on the Company's financial statements.
(4) Fair value of financial instruments
The Company follows FASB accounting guidance on fair value measurements for financial assets and liabilities measured on a recurring basis. The guidance requires fair value measurements to maximize the use of “observable inputs.” The three-level hierarchy of inputs to measure fair value are as follows:  
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity)
The Company has classified assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as follows:
 
Fair value measurements at reporting
date using
 
Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
 
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
At December 31, 2014:
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds (included in cash and cash equivalents)
$
74,025,841

 

 

At December 31, 2015:
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Money market funds (included in cash and cash equivalents)
$
293,530,590

 

 


(5) Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2014
 
2015
Laboratory equipment
 
$
2,961,494

 
$
4,415,121

Computer and software
 
52,710

 
158,280

Furniture and fixtures
 
290,818

 
470,151

Office equipment
 
59,635

 
72,308

Leasehold improvements
 
5,113,269

 
11,274,721

Construction in progress
 
4,366,236

 
2,511,636

 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment, gross
 
12,844,162

 
18,902,217

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
 
(169,790
)
 
(1,902,772
)
 
 
 
 
 
Property and equipment, net
 
$
12,674,372

 
$
16,999,445



F-12

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

Depreciation and amortization expense was $0.2 million and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.




(6) Accrued expenses
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
 
December 31,
 
2014
 
2015
Compensation and benefits
$
1,385,013

 
$
4,880,239

Consulting and professional fees
1,327,942

 
432,346

Research and development
247,448

 
978,156

Other
202,751

 
238,522

 
$
3,163,154

 
$
6,529,263

(7) Stockholders’ equity
The Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain the rights, preferences and privileges of the Company’s stockholders and their respective shares. The Company has authorized 150,000,000 shares of common stock and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
(a) Convertible preferred
October 2013 Series A financing
In October 2013, the Company entered into an agreement with The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia (CHOP) to sell 5,000,000 Series A Units at $2.00 per unit for proceeds of $10.0 million . Each Series A Unit was convertible into one Series 1 Unit (subject to certain antidilution adjustments) at any time at the option of the holder. The Series A Units were mandatorily convertible into common stock in the event of an IPO, as defined.
May 2014 conversion to C corporation
Upon conversion of the Company into a C corporation in May 2014, each outstanding Series A Unit converted into one  share of Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A Stock).
May 2014 Series B financing
In May 2014, the Company issued 45,186,334  shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (Series B Stock) for $72.4 million , net of transaction costs. In conjunction with the issuance of Series B Stock, certain Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A Stock) terms were amended. Every five shares of Series A Stock and Series B Stock were to automatically convert into one share of common stock at a qualified IPO, as defined, or upon approval by at least 87.5% of the Series B Stock holders, subject to certain customary antidilution adjustments contained in the Company’s certificate of incorporation. The Series A Stock and Series B Stock were entitled to receive cumulative dividends at 8%  per annum, which accrued from day to day beginning November 23, 2014 and were payable upon conversion, an event of liquidation or a qualified IPO, in each case, in shares of Series A Stock and Series B Stock, as applicable. As of February 4, 2015, dividends of $1.3 million had accumulated, and in connection with the IPO, were declared and converted along with all outstanding shares of Series A Stock and Series B Stock into an aggregate of 10,200,050 shares of common stock.
(b) Common
Through May 1, 2014, the Board designated Series 1 Units, Series 2 Units and Series 3 common units (Series 3 Units). Upon conversion of the Company into a C corporation in May 2014, each outstanding Series 1 Unit converted into 0.2  shares (post-split) of common stock, each outstanding Series 2 Unit converted into 0.2 shares (post-split) of common stock and each outstanding Series 3 Unit converted into 0.03883773  shares (post-split) of common stock. In 2013 and 2014, the Company issued Series 2 Units and Series 3 Units to various employees, directors and consultants of the Company with specified vesting provisions. In connection with the conversion to a C corporation, the units converted to common stock. The vesting terms of the common stock vary, but primarily, shares vest 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and then quarterly over three years , with accelerated vesting in the event of a change in control, as defined. Any unvested shares are forfeited in the event that the individual ceases to provide services to the Company. Upon conversion, the vesting terms of the previously issued equity remained consistent.
During 2013, the Company recorded compensation expense of $0.1 million and $0.6 million in general and administrative expense and research and development expense, respectively, related to the restricted units. For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the Company recorded compensation expense of $1.2 million and $1.0 million in general and administrative expense and research and development expense, respectively, related to the restricted shares. For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the

F-13

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

Company recorded compensation expense of $0.1 million and $1.8 million in general and administrative expense and research and development expense, respectively, related to the restricted shares.
In December 2014, 200,000 restricted shares of common stock were issued to The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania (Penn) in connection with a license agreement (Note 9). The shares are subject to certain milestone-based vesting conditions and had a grant date fair value of $1.5 million . The Company recorded in-process research and development expense of $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2014. No milestone vesting conditions were achieved in 2015.
At December 31, 2015 , there was $1.8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the restricted common shares which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years .
The following table summarizes restricted stock activity for the instruments discussed above:
 
Number
of units/shares
 
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Nonvested shares at December 31, 2013
5,370,000

 
$
0.75

Units granted
1,210,667

 
$
0.32

Units vested
(526,667
)
 
$
0.81

Units forfeited
(170,000
)
 
$
0.84

Conversion to C Corporation and effect of reverse stock split
(5,294,713
)
 
$

Shares granted
200,000

 
$
7.50

Shares vested
(210,293
)
 
$
5.61

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2014
578,994

 
$
4.46

Shares vested
(230,439
)
 
$
3.87

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2015
348,555

 
$
4.83

(8) Stock incentive plans
In May 2014, the Company established the 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2014 Plan), which allows for the granting of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and other stock awards of the Company’s common stock to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors. In January 2015, upon the IPO, the 2014 plan was terminated and the 209,500 shares available for future grants under the 2014 Plan were rolled into the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the 2015 Plan).
In January 2015, the Company established the 2015 Plan, which became effective immediately prior to the closing of the IPO. The 2015 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors. Under the 2015 Plan, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance is the sum of: (1)  1,830,000 plus; (2) the number of shares (up to 2,543,299 shares) equal to the sum of the number of shares of common stock then available for issuance under the 2014 Plan and the number of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards under the 2014 Plan that expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by the Company at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right; plus (3) an annual increase, to be added on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2025, equal to the lowest of 1,724,000 shares of common stock, 4% of the number of shares of common stock outstanding on the first day of such fiscal year and an amount determined by the board of directors. As of December 31, 2015 , 970,275 shares were available for future grants under the 2015 Plan.
In January 2015, the Company established the 2015 employee stock purchase plan (the 2015 ESPP), which became effective immediately prior to the closing of the IPO. The 2015 ESPP initially will provide participating employees with the opportunity to purchase an aggregate of 220,000 shares of common stock. The number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 ESPP automatically will increase on the first day of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2016 and continuing until, and including, the fiscal year ending December 31, 2026, in an amount equal to the lowest of: (1)  440,000 shares of common stock; (2)  1% of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding on the first day of the applicable fiscal year; and (3) an amount determined by the board of directors. No shares were issued under the 2015 ESPP as of December 31, 2015 .



F-14

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements


The following table summarizes stock option activity:
 
Number
of shares
 
Weighted-
average
exercise
price
 
Aggregate intrinsic value(a)
Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 
$

 
 
Granted
2,357,505

 
$
4.48

 
 
Forfeited
(93,008
)
 
$
3.45

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2014
2,264,497

 
$
4.52

 
 
Granted
1,031,700

 
$
59.80

 
 
Exercised
(221,825
)
 
$
5.03

 
 
Forfeited
(3,000
)
 
$
75.57

 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
3,071,372

 
$
22.99

 
 
Vested at December 31, 2015
599,814

 
$
4.31

 
$
24,590,030

Vested at December 31, 2015 and expected to vest
3,027,793

 
$
22.44

 
$
86,791,237

(a) The aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the estimated fair value of the common stock.
The weighted average remaining contractual term of options outstanding as of December 31, 2015 is 8.8 years. The weighted average remaining contractual term of options exercisable as of December 31, 2015 is 8.6 years.
During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded compensation expense of $0.3 million and $0.5 million in research and development expense and general and administrative expense, respectively, related to stock options. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded compensation expense of $3.9 million and $5.9 million in research and development expense and general and administrative expense, respectively, related to stock options.
At December 31, 2015 , there was $36.9 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.1 years.
The weighted average grant date fair value of the options granted in 2014 and 2015 was $3.25 and $40.51 per share, respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2014
 
2015
Expected volatility
87.6
%
 
76.8
%
Risk-free interest rate
1.90
%
 
1.67
%
Expected term (in years)
6.02

 
6.10

Expected dividend yield
0.0
%
 
0.0
%
The following table summarizes restricted common stock activity:
 
Number
of shares
 
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Nonvested shares at December 31, 2014

 

Shares granted
49,750

 
$
60.03

Shares vested
(24,650
)
 
$
60.03

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2015
25,100

 
$
60.03



F-15

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

The Company issued a restricted stock grant to certain employees totaling 49,750 shares in November 2015. The vesting provisions of this grant are based on the acheivement of certain Company milestones. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded compensation expense of $1.1 million and $0.6 million in research and development expense and general and administrative expense, respectively, related to restricted common stock.

At December 31, 2015 , there was $1.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the performance-based restricted common stock.
(9) Commitments and contingencies
(a) Leases

In March 2014, the Company entered into an operating lease for laboratory and office space at its corporate headquarters in Philadelphia, PA, through October 2025. Under this lease, the Company received $8.0 million of tenant improvement allowances during 2014. As of December 31, 2015, $8.1 million is recorded as long-term deferred rent and $0.7 million is recorded as current deferred rent on the accompanying balance sheet. In November 2015, the Company entered into a sublease agreement for approximately 14,000 square feet of additional office space at its corporate headquarters. The sublease will terminate on November 30, 2018. The Company made a $1.2 million upfront payment in connection with the sublease and as of December 31, 2015 the $0.4 million is recorded as prepaid expenses and other current assets and $0.8 million is recorded as other assets on the accompanying balance sheet. In addition, the Company leased approximately 3,400 square feet of office space in Waltham, Massachusetts under a lease that expires in September 2016.

Rent expense under these leases was $0.6 million and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under these leases are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
2016
 
$
1,997,647

2017
 
1,941,450

2018
 
1,961,168

2019
 
1,691,486

2020
 
1,733,774

2021 and thereafter
 
8,792,077

 
 
 
Total
 
$
18,117,602

 
 
 

b) License agreements
See Note 10 for a discussion of the CHOP license agreement.
In October 2013, the Company entered into a patent license agreement with Penn for certain intellectual property licenses to be provided by Penn to the Company in the fields of research, development, manufacture and commercialization. On December 31, 2015, the Company amended and restated the patent license agreement with Penn. The license agreement requires the Company to reimburse Penn for the patent costs related to the underlying licensed rights. For the period from March 13, 2013 to December 31, 2013, and for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company recorded $94,501 , $17,840 and $34,873 , respectively, of general and administrative expense related to the reimbursement of such patent costs in the accompanying statements of operations. The Company is obligated to make payments to Penn upon the occurrence of first commercial sale for certain licensed products in both the United States and Europe. The Company must pay a low-single-digit royalty based on net sales of licensed products by territory, which royalties will be reduced if the Company is required to license patents or intellectual property from third parties.
In December 2014, the Company entered into a license agreement with Penn for certain intellectual property licenses. The Company issued to Penn 200,000 shares of restricted common stock (Note 7), which are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, in connection with the agreement and is obligated to make milestone payments upon the achievement of certain regulatory milestones up to $5.5 million in the aggregate. Additionally, the Company is obligated to pay Penn single-digit-royalties based on its net sales of licensed products by territory.

F-16

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

In October 2013, the Company entered into a license agreement with the University of Iowa Research Foundation (UIRF) for certain intellectual property licenses. The license agreement requires the Company to reimburse UIRF for the patent costs related to the underlying licensed rights. For the period from March 13, 2013 to December 31, 2013, and for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company recorded $0.3 million , $0.3 million and $0.4 million , respectively, of general and administrative expense related to the reimbursement of such patent costs in the accompanying statements of operations. The Company is obligated to make payments to UIRF upon the occurrence of various development and commercialization milestones. The Company must pay a low-single-digit royalty to UIRF based on net sales of licensed products by territory. In connection with the license agreement, the Company issued 281,854  Series 1 common units (Series 1 Units) to UIRF. The fair value of the units of $0.6 million was recorded as acquired in-process research and development expense in the fourth quarter of 2013.
(10) Related-party transactions
As of December 31, 2014 and 2015, CHOP was considered a significant equity holder. In October 2013, the Company entered into technology and license agreements with CHOP for certain commercialization licenses to be provided to the Company in order to develop services, methods and marketable products for commercialization. The license agreement requires the Company to reimburse CHOP for the patent costs related to the underlying licensed rights incurred after the effective date. For the period from inception to December 31, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 , the Company recorded $0.1 million , $0.6 million and $0.7 million , respectively, of general and administrative expense related to the reimbursement of such patent costs in the accompanying statements of operations.
In 2013, the Company entered into a number of services agreements with CHOP. The Master Research Services Agreement provides for certain research, development, and manufacturing services to be provided to the Company by CHOP. A separate Services Agreement provides for clinical, technical, and administrative services to be provided by CHOP to the Company. For the period from inception to December 31, 2013 and for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 , the Company recorded $3.8 million , $6.0 million and $5.2 million , respectively, as research and development expense and for the period from inception to December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recorded $31,643 and $49,393 , respectively, as general and administrative expense related to these agreements.
As of December 31, 2014 , $0.1 million and $0.9 million were recorded in accrued expenses and accounts payable, respectively, as amounts due to CHOP. As of December 31, 2015 , $0.2 million and $1.7 million were recorded in accrued expenses and accounts payable, respectively, as amounts due to CHOP.
(11) Collaboration and license agreements
In March 2014, the Company entered into an agreement with Genable Technologies Limited (Genable) in which the Company will be the exclusive manufacturer and provide development advice and expertise in the ongoing development of Genable’s lead therapeutic product. Under a license agreement, the Company also granted certain rights to manufacturing patent applications. The Company is eligible to earn development milestone payments and mid-single-digit royalties on future product sales. During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company received $20,000 for the license and recognized it as revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recognized $0.9 million revenue related to manufacturing of product pursuant to the Genable agreement. In March 2016, the Company acquired Genable (See Note 13).
In April 2014, the Company began discussions with a biopharmaceutical company concerning a potential manufacturing technology agreement. The Company received a one-time, nonrefundable payment of $1.0 million to engage in due diligence. In March 2015, the Company concluded discussions on a potential arrangement with the biopharmaceutical company and, as a result, the Company recognized the nonrefundable payment of $1.0 million as revenue during the year ended December 31, 2015 .
In December 2014, the Company entered into a global collaboration agreement with Pfizer Inc. (Pfizer), for the development and commercialization of SPK-FIX product candidates for the treatment of hemophilia B. Under the agreement, the Company granted Pfizer an exclusive worldwide license to any Factor IX gene therapy that it develops, manufactures or commercializes prior to December 31, 2024. The Company will be primarily responsible for conducting all research and development activities through completion of Phase 1/2 clinical trials of hemophilia B product candidates. Pfizer and the Company will share development costs incurred under an agreed product development plan for each product candidate with the Company’s share of development costs under the agreement limited to $10.6 million . Following the completion of Phase 1/2 clinical trials, Pfizer will be primarily responsible for development, manufacture, regulatory approval and commercialization, including all costs associated therewith. In connection with this agreement, the Company received a $20.0 million upfront payment for the license in December 2014. As there is no stand-alone value for the license, the Company is recognizing revenue through the estimated completion date of Phase 1/2 clinical trials. In December 2015, the Company earned a $15.0 million milestone payment, which is included in other receivables on the accompanying balance sheet. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company recognized $0.6 million and $20.2 million of revenue, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , there is $5.2 million and $9.0 million of current and long term deferred revenue for this payment, respectively. During the years ended December

F-17

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

31, 2014 and 2015, the Company recorded $0.1 million and $1.3 million , respectively, as a reduction to research and development expenses for the reimbursement of costs from Pfizer.
The Company is eligible to receive up to an additional $245.0 million in aggregate milestone payments, $125.0 million of which relate to potential development, regulatory and commercial milestones for the first product candidate to achieve each milestone and $120.0 million of which relate to potential regulatory milestones for additional product candidates. In addition, the Company is entitled to receive royalties calculated as a low-teen percentage of net sales of licensed products. The royalties may be subject to certain reductions, including for a specified portion of royalty payments that Pfizer may become required to pay under any third-party license agreements, subject to a minimum royalty. Under the agreement, the Company remains solely responsible for the payment of license payments payable by the Company under specified license agreements.
The agreement will expire on a country-by-country basis upon the latest of: (i) the expiration of the last-to-expire valid claim, as defined in the agreement, in licensed patent rights covering a licensed product; (ii) the expiration of the last-to-expire regulatory exclusivity granted with respect to a licensed product; or (iii)  15 years after the first commercial sale of the last licensed product to be launched, in each case, in the applicable country. Pfizer may terminate the agreement on a licensed product-by-licensed product and country-by-country basis, or in its entirety, for any or no reason subject to notice requirements.
In April 2015, the Company entered into a research, license and option agreement with Clearside Biomedical, Inc. (Clearside) under which the Company acquired exclusive rights to license Clearside’s microinjector technology and the option to further develop and commercialize gene therapy products delivered using the Clearside technology. Under the agreement, the companies will explore the feasibility of using Clearside’s microinjector technology to deliver viral vectors to the choroid and the retina through the suprachoroidal space. In connection with this agreement, the Company made an upfront payment of $0.5 million for services to be rendered in the development of licensed products. During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company recorded $0.5 million as research and development expense related to the upfront payment.
(12) Income taxes
A reconciliation of income tax expense computed at the statutory federal income tax rate to income taxes as reflected in the financial statements is as follows:
 
 
December 31,
  
 2014
 
2015
Federal income tax expense at statutory rate
34.0
 %
 
34.0
 %
Loss prior to C corporation conversion
(7.1
)
 

Permanent differences
(0.6
)
 
(2.7
)
Tax credits
7.3

 
13.0

Change in valuation allowance
(33.6
)
 
(44.3
)
 
 
 
 
Effective income tax rate
 %
 
 %

Deferred taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets are comprised of the following:

F-18

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

 
December 31,
  

2014
 
2015
 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities):
 
 
 
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards
$
5,133,763

 
$
11,385,094

Tax credit carryforwards
2,623,967

 
11,694,170

Stock based compensation
916,695

 
3,363,805

Deferred rent
3,709,831

 
3,581,023

Deferred revenue
625,987

 
6,376,558

Accruals and other
378,976

 
2,024,542

Fixed Assets
(3,433,053
)
 
(4,598,986
)
 
 
 
 
Total net deferred tax assets
9,956,166

 
33,826,206

Less valuation allowance
(9,956,166
)
 
(33,826,206
)
 
 
 
 
Net deferred taxes
$

 
$

As of December 31, 2015, the Company had U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards of 25.5 million , which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities and will expire in 2034. As of December 31, 2015, the Company also had U.S. state net operating loss carryforwards of $24.5 million which may be available to offset future income tax liabilities and will expire in 2034
The Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, because the Company has determined that is it more likely than not that these assets will not be fully realized due to historic net operating losses incurred. The Company experienced a net change in valuation allowance of $10.0 million and $23.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, respectively.
As of December 31, 2015, the Company had federal research and development and orphan drug tax credit carryforwards of $0.7 million and $11.0 million , respectively, available to reduce future tax liabilities which expire in 2034 .
Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant shareholders over a three -year period in excess of 50% , as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, respectively, as well as similar state provisions. This could limit the amount of tax attributes that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation is determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years. The Company has completed financing since its inception which may have resulted in a change in control as defined by Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, or could result in a change in control in the future.
The Company will recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions and no amounts have been recognized in the Company’s statements of operations.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company generated research credits but has not conducted a study to document the qualified activities. This study may result in an adjustment to the Company’s research and development credit carryforwards; however, until a study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position for these years. A full valuation allowance has been provided against the Company’s research and development credits and, if an adjustment is required, this adjustment would be offset by an adjustment to the deferred tax asset established for the research and development credit carryforwards and the valuation allowance.

(13) Subsequent Events

On March 7, 2016, the Company acquired Dublin, Ireland-based Genable, a private gene therapy company with which the Company has collaborated since 2014 in the development of Genable's therapeutic program targeting a form of inherited retinal disease (IRD). With the acquisition, the Company acquires RhoNova™, a potential treatment targeting rhodopsin-linked autosomal dominant retinitis pigmentosa (RHO-adRP), an IRD that routinely leads to visual impairment and in the most severe cases to blindness. The consideration paid to Genable shareholders consisted of $6 million in cash and 265,000 shares of the Company's common stock.

F-19

Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
Notes to financial statements

(14) Selected quarterly financial data (unaudited)
The following table contains quarterly financial information for 2014 and 2015. The Company believes that the following information reflects all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
 
 
 
2014 (1)
   
 
First
Quarter

 
Second
Quarter

 
Third
Quarter

 
Fourth
Quarter

 
Total

Revenues
 
$
20,000

 
$

 
$

 
$
613,932

 
$
633,932

Research and development
 
3,387,733

 
2,129,573

 
4,652,056

 
6,181,643

 
16,351,005

Acquired in-process research and development
 

 

 

 
750,000

 
750,000

General and administrative
 
1,016,123

 
2,038,909

 
2,106,877

 
2,701,347

 
7,863,256

Total operating expenses
 
4,403,856

 
4,168,482

 
6,758,933

 
9,632,990

 
24,964,261

Loss from operations
 
(4,383,856
)
 
(4,168,482
)
 
(6,758,933
)
 
(9,019,058
)
 
(24,330,329
)
Net loss
 
$
(4,383,856
)
 
$
(4,168,384
)
 
$
(6,756,924
)
 
$
(9,015,645
)
 
$
(24,324,809
)
Basic and diluted net loss per common unit
 
$
(0.86
)
 
$
(0.79
)
 
$
(1.22
)
 
$
(1.74
)
 
$
(4.64
)


 
 
2015 (1)
   
 
First
Quarter

 
Second
Quarter

 
Third
Quarter

 
Fourth
Quarter

 
Total

Revenues
 
$
2,274,467

 
$
1,288,629

 
$
1,302,789

 
$
17,197,789

 
$
22,063,674

Research and development
 
8,334,108

 
9,343,972

 
11,796,455

 
16,554,779

 
46,029,314

General and administrative
 
3,684,880

 
6,333,123

 
6,461,675

 
6,872,493

 
23,352,171

Total operating expenses
 
12,018,988

 
15,677,095

 
18,258,130

 
23,427,272

 
69,381,485

Loss from operations
 
(9,744,521
)
 
(14,388,466
)
 
(16,955,341
)
 
(6,229,483
)
 
(47,317,811
)
Net loss
 
$
(9,733,507
)
 
$
(14,336,842
)
 
$
(16,900,560
)
 
$
(6,154,869
)
 
$
(47,125,778
)
Basic and diluted net loss per common share
 
$
(0.58
)
 
$
(0.60
)
 
$
(0.70
)
 
$
(0.25
)
 
$
(2.10
)

(1) The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal per share amounts reported for the year due to rounding.

F-20



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 14, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
 
 
 
Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
 
Title
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
Director and Chief Executive Officer
 
March 14, 2016
Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Stephen W. Webster
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
March 14, 2016
Stephen W. Webster
 
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Katherine A. High, M.D.
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
Katherine A. High, M.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Steven M. Altschuler, M.D.
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
Steven M. Altschuler, M.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ A. Lorris Betz, M.D., Ph.D.
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
A. Lorris Betz, M.D., Ph.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lars Ekman, M.D., Ph.D.
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
Lars Ekman, M.D., Ph.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Anand Mehra, M.D.
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
Anand Mehra, M.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Vincent Milano
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
Vincent Milano
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Elliott Sigal, M.D., Ph.D.
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
Elliott Sigal, M.D., Ph.D.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lota Zoth, CPA
 
Director
 
March 14, 2016
Lota Zoth, CPA
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
Filed
Herewith
 
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Date of
Filing
 
Exhibit
Number
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.1
 
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
 
8-K
 
001-36819
 
2/6/2015
 
3.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Registrant
 
8-K
 
001-36819
 
2/6/2015
 
3.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.1
 
Specimen Stock Certificate evidencing the shares of common stock
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
4.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.2
 
Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of May 23, 2014
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
4.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.1+
 
2014 Stock Incentive Plan
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.2+
 
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.3+
 
Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Stock Incentive Plan
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.4+
 
Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under 2014 Stock Incentive
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.5+
 
2015 Stock Incentive Plan
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.6+
 
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Stock Incentive Plan
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.7+
 
Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under 2015 Stock Incentive Plan
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.8+
 
2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.9†
 
License Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia, as amended
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.10†
 
Technology Assignment Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.11†
 
Master Research Services Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.12†
 
Services Agreement dated December 26, 2013 between the Registrant and The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.13†
 
License Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and the University of Iowa Research Foundation, as amended
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.14†
 
Patent License Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.15†
 
License Agreement dated March 18, 2014 between the Registrant and Genable Technologies Limited
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.16†
 
Manufacturing Agreement dated March 18, 2014 between the Registrant and Genable Technologies Limited
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Date of
Filing
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Filed
Herewith
10.17†
 
Development Consultancy Agreement dated March 18, 2014 between the Registrant and Genable Technologies Limited
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.18†
 
License Agreement dated December 6, 2014 between the Registrant and Pfizer Inc.
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.19
 
Lease Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2014, between the Registrant and Wexford-UCSC 3737, LLC
 
S-1
 
333-201318
 
12/30/2014
 
10.19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.20+
 
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.21+
 
Common Share Membership Agreement between the Registrant and Katherine A. High
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.22+
 
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Katherine A. High
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.23+
 
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Rogério Vivaldi
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.24+
 
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Stephen W. Webster
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.25+
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and each of the executive officers and directors
 
S-1/A
 
333-201318
 
1/20/2015
 
10.26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.26†
 
Amendment No. 2, dated March 23, 2015 to License Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and the University of Iowa Research Foundation, as amended
 
10-Q
 
001-36819
 
5/11/2015
 
10.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.27†
 
Amendment No.1 dated August 5, 2015 to the Services Agreement dated December 26, 2013 between the Registrant and the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia
 
10-Q
 
001-36819
 
11/6/2015
 
10.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.28†
 
Amendment No.4 dated October 8, 2015 to the License Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and the Children's Hospital of Philadelphia
 
10-Q
 
001-36819
 
11/6/2015
 
10.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.29
 
Sublease Agreement dated November 10, 2015 between the Registrant and Penn Presbyterian Medical Center
 
8-K
 
001-36819
 
11/16/2015
 
99.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.30†
 
License Agreement dated November 23, 2015 between the Registrant and the The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia
 
8-K
 
001-36819
 
11/23/2016
 
99.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.31††
 
Amended and Restated Patent License Agreement dated December 31, 2015, between the Registrant and The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.32+
 
Amendment, dated January 5, 2016 to the Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.33††
 
Amendment No. 3, dated January 6, 2016 to License Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and the University of Iowa Research Foundation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.34††
 
Amendment No. 1, dated March 10, 2016 to Master Research Services Agreement dated October 14, 2013 between the Registrant and The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.35
 
Lease Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2016, between the Registrant and Wexford-UCSC II, LP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



Exhibit
Number
 
Description of Exhibit
 
Incorporated by Reference
 
 
 
 
 
Form
 
File Number
 
Date of
Filing
 
Exhibit
Number
 
Filed
Herewith
10.36††
 
Amendment dated March 10, 2016, to the License Agreement dated November 23, 2015 between the Registrant and The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23.1
 
Consent of KPMG LLP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.1
 
Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31.2
 
Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.1
 
Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32.2
 
Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. §1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
101
 
The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form10-K Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2015, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, (ii) Statements of Operations for the Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015, (iii) Statement of Stockholders’ Equity as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015 (iv) Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from March 13, 2013 (inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2015 and (v) Notes to Audited Financial Statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X

Confidential treatment has been granted as to certain portions of the exhibit. Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
††
Confidential treatment requested as to portions of the exhibit. Confidential materials omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
+
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement filed in response to Item 15(a)(3) of the Instructions to the Annual Report on Form 10-K.






Exhibit 10.31

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.


Final Execution Copy
University of Pennsylvania
Amended and Restated Patent License Agreement
This Amended and Restated Patent License Agreement (this “Agreement”) amends and restates that certain Patent License Agreement (the “ Original Agreement ”) executed and effective as of October 14, 2013 (the “ Original Agreement Effective Date ”), between The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania, a Pennsylvania nonprofit corporation (“Penn”), and Spark Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”) as successor to AAVenue Therapeutics, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company . This Agreement is being signed on December 31, 2015 (the “Execution Date” ). This Agreement will become effective on December 31, 2015 (the “Effective Date” ).
BACKGROUND
Penn jointly owns with Cornell University (“CU”) and University of Florida (“UFLA”) certain intellectual property developed by Drs. Jean Bennett, Albert J. Maguire, Samuel G. Jacobson and Gustavo Aguirre of Penn’s Perelman School of Medicine, and its School of Veterinary Medicine and Gregory M. Acland of CU and William W. Hauswirth of UFLA. The intellectual property is managed under an Inter-Institutional Agreement (IIA) by and among Penn, CU and UFLA (each individually, an “Institution” and collectively the “Institutions”) under which Penn has, with consultation with the other Institutions, the authority to negotiate and grant exclusive and nonexclusive licenses on behalf of the Institutions. The intellectual property relates to methods of treating diseases and conditions that may result in blindness, including, in particular, Lebers Congenital Amaurosis (LCA). The Institutions jointly own certain letters patent and/or applications for letters patent relating to the intellectual property as set forth in Exhibit A hereto. Under the Original Agreement, Penn granted Company a co-exclusive license under the aforementioned patent rights. Company desires to convert the co-exclusive license to an exclusive license under the aforementioned patent rights and related intellectual property in the field of use related to the treatment of retinal disorders or diseases caused by a mutation or mutations in the retinal pigment epithelium (RPE)-65 gene. Institutions desire Company to obtain patent term extension for the licensed patent rights in partial consideration for such conversion of the license to such exclusive license. The Institutions have determined that the conversion to an exclusive license on these terms and exclusive commercial exploitation of the patent rights and related intellectual property by Company is in the best interest of the Institutions and is consistent with their educational and research missions and goals. The parties have amended and restated the Original Agreement to reflect these changes.
In consideration of the mutual obligations contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound, the parties agree as follows:
1.
LICENSE
1.1     License Grant. Penn grants to Company an exclusive, world-wide license to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell Licensed Products in the Field of Use during the Term (as such





terms may be defined in Sections 1.2 and 6.1) (the “ License” ). The License includes the right to sublicense as permitted by this Agreement. No other rights or licenses are granted by Penn.

1.2     Related Definitions . The term “Licensed Products” means products that are made, made for, used, imported, offered for sale or sold by Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees and that would (i) in the absence of the License, infringe (or, in the case of pending patent applications, upon issuance, would infringe) at least one unexpired claim of the Patent Rights or (ii) use a process or machine covered by a claim of Patent Rights, whether the claim is issued or pending. The term “Patent Rights” means all of Penn’s, CU’s and UFLA’s patent rights represented by or issuing from: (a) the United States patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit A; (b) any continuation, divisional and re-issue applications of (a); and (c) any foreign counterparts and extensions of (a) or (b). The term “Affiliate” means a legal entity that is controlling, controlled by or under common control with Company and that has executed either this Agreement or a written joinder agreement agreeing to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 1.2, the word “control” means (x) the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of a legal entity, (y) the right to receive fifty percent (50%) or more of the profits or earnings of a legal entity, or (z) the right to determine the policy decisions of a legal entity. The term “Field of Use” means research, development, manufacture and commercialization for the diagnosis, treatment, amelioration and prevention of retinal disorders or diseases in humans and animals caused by a mutation or mutations in the RPE-65 gene.

1.3     Reservation of Rights by Penn . Penn reserves the right for each of the Institutions to use, and to permit other non-commercial entities to use, the Patent Rights for educational and research purposes.

1.4     U.S. Government Rights . The parties acknowledge that the United States government retains rights in intellectual property funded under any grant or similar contract with a Federal agency. The License is expressly subject to all applicable United States government rights, including, but not limited to, any applicable requirement that products, which result from such intellectual property and are sold in the United States, must be substantially manufactured in the United States.

1.5     Sublicense Conditions . The Company’s right to sublicense granted by Penn under the License is subject to each of the following conditions:

(a) In each sublicense agreement, Company will (i) prohibit the sublicensee from further sublicensing under the License, provided that such prohibition shall not apply to further sublicensing by any entity that (together with its affiliates) had [**] U.S. dollars or more in worldwide drug product revenues in the calendar year most recently completed as of the grant of the sublicense; and (ii) require the sublicensee to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement applicable to sublicensees. For purposes of Sections 1.5 (a) and (c) and 13.5, “affiliates” shall mean a legal entity that is controlling, controlled by or under common control with sublicensee. For purposes of the references to “affiliates” in these Sections, the word “control” means (x) the direct or indirect ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of a legal entity, (y) the right to receive fifty percent (50%) or more of the profits or earnings of a legal entity, or (z) the right to determine the policy decisions of a legal entity.

(b) Within [**] days after Company enters into a sublicense agreement, Company will deliver to Penn a complete and accurate copy of the entire sublicense agreement written in the English





language. Penn’s receipt of the sublicense agreement, however, will constitute neither an approval of the sublicense nor a waiver of any right of Penn or obligation of Company under this Agreement.

(c) In the event that Company causes or experiences a Trigger Event (as defined in Section 6.4), all payments due to Company from its Affiliates or sublicensees under the sublicense agreement will, upon notice from Penn to such Affiliate or sublicensee, become payable directly to Penn for the account of Company and, subject to such notice and (except with respect to any sublicensee that is an entity that (together with its affiliates) had [**] U.S. dollars or more in worldwide drug product revenues in the calendar year most recently completed as of the grant of the sublicense, for which such consent shall not be required) the written consent of Penn, any sublicenses granted to any such Affiliate or sublicensee shall, subject to such continued payments, remain in effect. Upon receipt of any such funds, Penn will remit to Company the amount by which such payments exceed the amounts owed by Company to Penn. If Penn does not consent to survival of any sublicenses, then (except with respect to any sublicensee that is an entity that (together with its affiliates) had [**] U.S. dollars or more in worldwide drug product revenues in the calendar year most recently completed as of the grant of the sublicense, for which such consent shall not be required) they terminate along with this Agreement according to Section 6.3.
(d) Company’s execution of a sublicense agreement will not relieve Company of any of its obligations under this Agreement. Company is primarily liable to Penn for any act or omission of an Affiliate or sublicensee of Company that would be a breach of this Agreement if performed or omitted by Company, and Company will be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such act or omission.

1.6     No License by Implication . Nothing in this Agreement confers by estoppel, implication or otherwise, any license or rights under any Penn patent other than the Patent Rights, regardless whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to the Patent Rights. Nothing in this Agreement confers by estoppel, implication or otherwise, any license or rights under any Company patent, regardless whether such patents are dominant or subordinate to the Patent Rights, or any authorization under any regulatory approval or orphan drug designation held by Company.

1.7     Licenses Outside the Field of Use . Any commercial licenses granted by the Institutions under the Patent Rights during the Term of the License in any field of use outside the Field of Use shall include at least one licensee that is an entity in which one or more Inventors has an equity ownership interest. The term “Inventor” means an inventor(s) that is or has been named under the Patent Rights.
      
2.
DILIGENCE

2.1     Development Plan . Company previously delivered to Penn a copy of an initial development plan for the Patent Rights (the “Development Plan”). The purpose of the Development Plan is (a) to demonstrate Company’s capability to bring the Patent Rights to commercialization, (b) to project the timeline for completing the necessary tasks, and (c) to measure Company’s progress against the projections. Company will deliver to Penn an annual updated Development Plan no later than [**] of each year during the Term. The Development Plan will include, at a minimum, the information listed in Exhibit B.

2.2     Company’s Efforts . Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to develop, commercialize, market and sell Licensed Products in a manner consistent with the Development Plan.






2.3     Diligence Events . The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to achieve each of the diligence events by the applicable completion date listed in the table below for the first Licensed Product.
DILIGENCE EVENT
COMPLETION DATE
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**].
2.4     Diligence Resources . Until the filing of the first BLA for the first Licensed Product, Company will expend resources in the development and commercialization of the Licensed Products of amounts not less than the diligence minimums specified in the table below in each 12-month period following the Original Agreement Effective Date. If Company’s total expenditures for development and commercialization of Licensed Products in any 12-month period do not meet or exceed the applicable diligence minimum, then Company will pay to Penn the amount of the shortfall. Company will make any payments of the shortfall to Penn within together with the next Development Plan due to Penn under Section 2.1.

ANNIVERSARY:
First
Second
Third and thereafter
LICENSE DILIGENCE FEE:
[**]
[**]
[**]

3.
FEES AND ROYALTIES

3.1     Milestone Payments . In partial consideration of the License, Company will pay to Penn the applicable milestone payment listed in the table below within [**] days after achievement of each milestone event for each Licensed Product, regardless of whether such milestone was achieved by Company, its Affiliates or sublicensees. Company will provide Penn with written notice within [**] days after achieving each milestone for each Licensed Product.

MILESTONE
PAYMENT
First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product in the US
$2,000,000
First Commercial Sale of a Licensed Product anywhere within the European Union
$1,750,000
The term “European Union” means the European Union as it is constituted as of the time of the relevant First Commercial Sale. For the purposes of this Section 3.1 only, the term “First Commercial Sale” shall mean the first sale by Company, its Affiliates or a sublicensee, whether at retail, wholesale or otherwise, of any Licensed Product following marketing approval in the country of sale to a third party that is not an Affiliate or a sublicensee (a “Commercial Sale”). The following are not Commercial Sales: (i) a transfer or sale by Company to a sublicensee hereunder or by a sublicensee hereunder to another such sublicensee, unless any such sublicensee is the end user of the Licensed Product, in which case such transfer shall be deemed to be a Commercial Sale; (ii) a transfer by Company, or any Affiliate or any sublicensee hereunder, to a third party for purposes of clinical trials, as free samples, or under compassionate use, patient assistance, named patient or other similar programs or studies where the Licensed Product is supplied and/or delivered without charge, or for other testing, or a commercially reasonable number of units of Licensed Product transferred for no consideration for marketing purposes (e.g., samples), but not for resale by the third party; (iii) the use of Licensed Product by Company or any of its Affiliates or sublicensees for research and development purposes; or (iv) sales made to a distributor prior to





commercial launch of a Licensed Product, until the earlier of such time as Company recognizes the revenue for such transfers pursuant to US GAAP or such time as the distributor makes any sale of such Licensed Product.
For clarity, each time a milestone is achieved with respect to a Licensed Product, then any other milestone payments with respect to earlier milestones that have not yet been paid will be due and payable together with the milestone payment for the milestone that is actually achieved. For additional clarity, milestones are due and payable on Licensed Products and on products that, upon FDA approval, would become Licensed Products.
With Penn’s written concurrence and consent (upon consultation with the other Institutions), Company may substitute issuance to Penn of Company’s most recently issued preferred membership interests for up to 50% of any of the payments described above in this Section 3.1. If Company requests such option and Penn (upon consultation with the other Institutions) agrees, the membership interests issued to the Institutions would be based on the payment amount(s) that are eliminated by such issuance and the post-financing per share value of Company’s most recent preferred membership interests immediately following the closing of Company’s then-most recent equity financing. In connection with any such issuance, the Institutions will enter into a preferred share membership agreement with Company on terms and conditions substantially the same as the terms and conditions of Company’s other most recent preferred share membership agreements, and such other documents as the parties mutually agree (“Equity Document(s)”).
3.2     Earned Royalties . In partial consideration of the License, Company will pay to Penn a royalty of [**] percent ([**]%) of Net Sales in the US and [**] percent ([**]%) of Net Sales in countries outside the US during the Quarter with no minimum royalty obligations. Earned royalty payments shall be due and payable regardless of whether they are triggered by Company, its Affiliates and or its Sublicensees. Company has the right to reduce royalty payments hereunder by amounts paid to third parties for licenses to third party IP by up to [**]% on a country by country basis, if a license to third party IP is required to sell a Licensed Product. In no event shall royalties to Penn be reduced below [**]% in any country.

3.3     Related Definitions . The term “Sale” means any bona fide transaction for the sale, use, lease, transfer or other disposition of a Licensed Product to a third party for which consideration is received or expected by Company or its Affiliate or sublicensee. A Sale is deemed completed at the time that Company or its Affiliate or sublicensee invoices, ships or receives payment for a Licensed Product, whichever occurs first. The term “Quarter” means each three-month period beginning on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1. The term “Net Sales” means the consideration received or expected from, or the fair market value attributable to, each Sale, less Qualifying Costs that are directly attributable to a Sale, specifically identified on an invoice or other documentation and actually borne by Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees. For purposes of determining Net Sales, the words “fair market value” mean the cash consideration that Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees would realize from an unrelated buyer in an arms’ length sale of an identical item sold in the same quantity and at the time and place of the transaction. The term “Qualifying Costs” means: (a) customary trade, cash and quantity discounts and inventory management fees paid to wholesalers and distributors; (b) credits, chargebacks, retroactive price reductions, rebates, refunds or claims or returns that do not exceed the original invoice amount; (c) outbound transportation expenses and transportation insurance premiums; (d) sales and use taxes, tariffs, customs duties, excises and other taxes and fees imposed by and indefeasibly paid to a governmental agency (other than taxes on income), (e) negotiated payments made to private sector and government third party payors (e.g., PBMs, HMOs and PPOs) and purchasers/providers (e.g., staff model HMOs, hospitals





and clinics), regardless of the payment mechanism, including without limitation rebate, chargeback and credit mechanisms; and (f) discounts under discount prescription drug programs and reductions for coupon and voucher programs.

3.4     CHOP . In consideration of the terms of this Agreement, Company represents and warrants as of the Original Agreement Effective Date and covenants during the Term, that the Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia (“CHOP”) [**] as of the Effective Date [**]; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, [**].

4.
REPORTS AND PAYMENTS

4.1     Royalty Reports . Within [**] days after the end of each Quarter following the First Commercial Sale, Company will deliver to Penn a report, certified on behalf of the Company by the chief financial officer of Company, detailing the calculation of all royalties, fees and other payments due to Penn for such Quarter. The report will include, at a minimum, the following information for the Quarter, each listed by product, by country: (a) the number of units of Licensed Products constituting Sales; (b) the gross consideration invoiced, billed or received for Sales; (c) Qualifying Costs, listed by category of cost; (d) Net Sales; (e) the royalties, fees and other payments owed to Penn, listed by category; and (f) the computations for any applicable currency conversions. Each royalty report will be substantially in the form of the sample report attached as Exhibit C.

4.2     Payments . Company will pay all royalties due to Penn under Section 3.2 within [**] days after the end of the Quarter in which the royalties accrued along with any diligence payments due under Section 2.4.

4.3     Records . Company will maintain, and will cause its Affiliates and sublicensees to maintain, complete and accurate books, records and related background information to verify Sales, Net Sales, and all of the royalties, fees, and other payments due or paid under this Agreement, as well as the various computations reported under Section 4.1. The records for each Quarter will be maintained for at least [**] years after submission of the applicable report required under Section 4.1.

4.4     Audit Rights . Upon reasonable prior written notice to Company, Company and its Affiliates and sublicensees will provide an independent accounting firm designated by Penn and reasonably acceptable to Company, which independent accounting firm shall be required to enter into a reasonable confidentiality agreement with Company with access to all of the books, records, key personnel and related background information required to conduct a review or audit of Sales, Net Sales, and all of the royalties, fees, and other payments payable under this Agreement. Access will be made available: (a) during normal business hours; (b) in a manner reasonably designed to facilitate such review or audit without unreasonable disruption to Company’s business; and (c) no more than [**] during the Term (as defined below) and for a period of [**] years thereafter. Penn’s independent accounting firm will disclose to Penn the discrepancies in the amounts paid by Company to Penn identified in such review or audit and such underlying books, records or background information necessary or useful in such determination. Company will promptly pay to Penn the amount of any underpayment determined by the review or audit, plus accrued interest. If the review or audit determines that Company has underpaid any payment by [**] percent ([**]%) or more, then Company will also promptly pay the costs and expenses of Penn and its accountants in connection with the review or audit.

4.5     Information Rights . During the Term, Company will provide to Penn, promptly after filing, a copy of each annual report, proxy statement, 10-K, 10-Q and other material report filed with the





U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). It is agreed that the availability of such filings on SEC’s EDGAR filing system shall satisfy this requirement.

4.6     Currency . All dollar amounts referred to in this Agreement are expressed in United States dollars. All payments will be made in United States dollars. If Company receives payment from a third party in a currency other than United States dollars for which a royalty or fee is owed under this Agreement, then (a) the payment will be converted into United States dollars at the conversion rate for the foreign currency as published in the eastern edition of the Wall Street Journal as of the last business day of the Quarter in which the payment was received by Company, and (b) the conversion computation will be documented by Company in the applicable report delivered to Penn under Section 4.1.

4.7     Place of Payment . All payments by Company are payable to “The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania” and will be made to the following addresses:

By ACH/Wire :
[**]
Payment should include the necessary amount to cover any bank charges incurred
By Check (direct mail):
The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania c/o Penn Center for Innovation Attention: Financial Coordinator
3160 Chestnut Street, Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19104-6283
By Check (lockbox):
The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania
c/o Penn Center for Innovation PO Box 785546 Philadelphia, PA 19178-5546

4.8     Interest . All amounts that are not paid by Company when due will accrue interest from the date due until paid at a rate equal to [**] percent ([**]%) per month (or the maximum allowed by law, if lower).

5.
CONFIDENTIALITY AND USE OF PENN’S NAME

5.1     Confidentiality Agreement . If Company and Penn entered into one or more Confidential Disclosure Agreements prior to the Effective Date, then such agreements will continue to govern the protection of confidential information under this Agreement, and each Affiliate and sublicensee of Company will be bound to Company’s obligations under such agreements. If, however, no Confidential Disclosure Agreement has been entered into between Company and Penn prior to the Effective Date, then in connection with the execution of this Agreement, the parties will enter into a Confidential Disclosure Agreement substantially similar to Penn’s standard form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Penn shall be entitled to share any such Confidential Information with CU and UFLA under terms of confidentiality at least as restrictive as those set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement. The term “Confidentiality Agreement” means all Confidential Disclosure Agreements between the parties that remain in effect after the Effective Date.

5.2     Other Confidential Matters . Penn is not obligated to accept any confidential information from Company, except for the reports required by Sections 2.1, 4.1, 4.4 and 6.6. Penn, acting through its Center for Technology Transfer and finance offices, will use reasonable efforts not to disclose to any third party outside of Penn (other than CU and UFLA) any confidential information of Company contained in those reports other than Penn’s, CU’s and UFLA’s accountants and advisors under appropriate confidentiality obligations, for so long as such information remains confidential. Each of Penn, CU and





UFLA bear no institutional responsibility for maintaining the confidentiality of any other information of Company. Company may elect to enter into confidentiality agreements with individual investigators at Penn, CU or UFLA that comply with the internal policies of Penn, CU and UFLA, as applicable.

5.3     Use of Name . Company and its Affiliates, sublicensees, employees, and agents may not use the name, logo, seal, trademark, or service mark (including any adaptation of them) of Penn, CU or UFLA or any Penn, CU or UFLA school, organization, employee, student or representative, without the prior written consent of such Institution(s).

6.
TERM AND TERMINATION

6.1     Term . This Agreement will commence on Effective Date and terminate upon the expiration or abandonment of the last patent to expire or become abandoned of the Patent Rights (the “Term”).

6.2     Early Termination by Company . Company may terminate this Agreement at any time effective upon completion of each of the following conditions: (a) providing at least sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Penn of such intention to terminate; (b) ceasing to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell all Licensed Products; (c) terminating all sublicenses and causing all Affiliates and sublicensees to cease making, having made, using, importing, offering for sale and selling all Licensed Products; and (d) paying all amounts owed to Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, under this Agreement and any Sponsored Research Agreement between Company and any or all of the Institutions related to the Patent Rights, through the effective date of termination.

6.3     Early Termination by Penn . Penn may terminate this Agreement if: (a) Company is more than [**] days late in paying to Penn,, as applicable, any amounts owed under this Agreement and does not pay Penn, as applicable, in full, including accrued interest, within [**] days following written notice of such payment default (a “Payment Default”); (b) other than a Payment Default, Company or its Affiliate or sublicensee breaches this Agreement and does not cure the breach within [**] days after written notice of the breach; or (c) Company or its Affiliate or sublicensee experiences a Trigger Event.

6.4     Trigger Event . The term “Trigger Event” means any of the following: (a) in the event that Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, receive equity in Company under this Agreement, a material default by Company under any Equity Document, to the extent applicable, that is not cured within any cure period specified in the Equity Document(s), or within thirty (30) days of written notice, if no cure period is specified; (b) Company (i) becomes insolvent, bankrupt or generally fails to pay its debts as such debts become due, (ii) is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt, (iii) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts, (iv) suffers the appointment of a custodian, receiver or trustee for it or its property and, if appointed without its consent, such appointment is not discharged within thirty (30) days, (v) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or (vi) suffers proceedings being instituted against it under any law related to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or the reorganization, readjustment or release of debtors and, if contested by it, not dismissed or stayed within ten (10) days; (c) the institution or commencement by Company or its Affiliates of any proceeding under any law related to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or the reorganization, readjustment or release of debtors; (d) the entering of any order for relief relating to any of the proceedings described in Section 6.4(b) or (c) above; (e) the calling by Company or its Affiliates of a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition or adjustment of its debts; (f) the act or failure to act by Company or its Affiliates indicating its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any of the proceedings described in Section 6.4(b) - (e) above; (g) dissolution of Company or termination of Company’s LLC Agreement (unless the entity survives as a S or C corporation); or (h) the commencement by Company of any action against Penn, CU or UFLA, including





an action for declaratory judgment, to declare or render invalid or unenforceable the Patent Rights, or any claim thereof.

6.5     Effect of Termination . Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason: (a) the License terminates; (b) Company and, subject to Section 1.5(c), all its Affiliates and sublicensees will cease all making, having made, using, importing, offering for sale and selling all Licensed Products, except to extent permitted by Section 6.6; (c) Company will pay to Penn all amounts, including accrued interest, owed to Penn under this Agreement related to the Patent Rights, through the date of termination, including royalties on Licensed Products invoiced or shipped through the date of termination and any sell off period permitted by Section 6.6, whether or not payment is received prior to termination or expiration of the sell off period permitted by Section 6.6; (d) Company will, at Penn’s request, return to Penn all confidential information of Penn; and (e) in the case of termination under Section 6.3, all duties of Penn and all rights (but not duties) of Company under this Agreement immediately terminate without further action required by either Penn or Company.

6.6     Inventory & Sell Off . Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason, Company will cause physical inventories to be taken immediately of: (a) all completed Licensed Products on hand under the control of Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees; and (b) such Licensed Products as are in the process of manufacture and any component parts on the date of termination of this Agreement. Company will deliver promptly to Penn a copy of the written inventory, certified by an officer of the Company. Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, Company will promptly remove, efface or destroy all references to Penn from any advertising, labels, web sites or other materials used in the promotion of the business of Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees, and Company and its Affiliates and sublicensees will not represent in any manner that it has rights in or to the Patent Rights or the Licensed Products. Upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason other than pursuant to Section 6.3, Company may sell off its inventory of Licensed Products existing on the date of termination for a period of [**]months and pay Penn royalties on Sales of such inventory within [**] days following the expiration of such [**] month period.

6.7     Survival . Company’s obligation to pay all amounts, including accrued interest, owed to Penn under this Agreement will survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason. Sections 13.10 and 13.11 and Articles 4, 5, 6, 9, 10, and 11 will survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason in accordance with their respective terms.

7.
PATENT PROSECUTION AND MAINTENANCE

7.1     Patent Control . Penn controls the preparation, prosecution and maintenance of the Patent Rights and the selection of patent counsel, with input from Company. For purposes of this Article 7, the word “maintenance” includes any interference negotiations, claims, or proceedings, in any forum, brought by Penn, CU, UFLA, Company, a third party, or the United States Patent and Trademark Office relating to the Patent Rights, and any requests by Penn, CU, UFLA or Company that the United States Patent and Trademark Office reexamine or reissue any patent in the Patent Rights. After first BLA approval for the first Licensed Product, Company shall be obligated to seek, within the time period set forth by statute, a patent term extension for a patent under the licensed Patent Rights, provided that the remedy set forth in the immediately following sentence shall be Company’s sole and exclusive liability and Penn’s sole and exclusive remedy for any failure by Company to satisfy such obligation. If Company does not seek a patent term extension for a patent under the licensed Patent Rights, then Company will pay Penn a royalty of [**] percent ([**]%) of Net Sales in the United States, and [**] percent ([**]%) of Net Sales in countries outside the United States during the Term of the License, subject to any applicable





reduction to such royalties under Section 3.2. For clarity, if Company seeks to obtain such a patent term extension within the time period set forth by statute, Company shall pay Penn a royalty of [**] percent ([**]%) of Net Sales in the United States and [**] percent ([**]%) of Net Sales in countries outside the United States during the Term of the License, subject to any applicable reduction to such royalties under Section 3.2.

7.2     Payment and Reimbursement . Within [**] days after the Effective Date, Company will reimburse Penn for all historically accrued or unpaid attorneys’ fees, expenses, official fees and all other charges accumulated prior to the Effective Date incident to the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of U.S. Patent No. [**], to the extent not previously reimbursed by Company under the Original Agreement. Company will reimburse Penn for all documented attorneys’ fees, expenses, official fees and all other charges accumulated on or after the Effective Date incident to the maintenance of U.S. Patent No. [**], within [**] days after Company’s receipt of invoices for such fees, expenses and charges. Penn will be solely responsible for all attorneys’ fees, expenses, official fees and all other charges accumulated on or after the Effective Date incident to the preparation, filing, prosecution, and maintenance of all other Patent Rights. Penn reserves the right to require the Company to provide a deposit in advance of incurring out of pocket patent expenses for U.S. Patent No. [**] estimated by counsel to exceed $[**]. If Company fails to reimburse patent expenses under this Section 7.2, or provide a requested deposit with respect to U.S. Patent No. [**], then Penn will be free at its discretion and expense to either abandon U.S. Patent No. [**] or to continue such maintenance activities, and U.S. Patent No. [**] and any continuation will be automatically excluded from the term “Patent Rights” hereunder. Penn is free at its discretion and expense to either abandon or continue the preparation, filing, prosecution, and maintenance of all Patent Rights other than U.S. Patent No. [**] at any time.

8.
INFRINGEMENT

8.1     Notice . Company, Penn, CU and UFLA will notify each other promptly of any infringement of the Patent Rights that may come to their attention. Company, Penn, CU and UFLA will consult each other in a timely manner concerning any appropriate response to the infringement.

8.2     Prosecution of Infringement . During such time as Company is the sole licensee under the Patent Rights, Company may prosecute any infringement of the Patent Rights at Company’s expense, including defending against any counterclaims or cross claims brought by any party against Company, Penn, CU or UFLA regarding the Patent Rights and defending against any claim that the Patent or Patent Rights are invalid in the course of any infringement action or in a declaratory judgment action. Each of Penn, CU and UFLA reserves the right to intervene voluntarily and join Company in any such infringement litigation. If Penn, CU or UFLA chooses not to intervene voluntarily, but is a necessary party to the action brought by Company, then Company may join such Institution(s) in the infringement litigation. If Company decides not to prosecute any infringement of the Patent Rights, then any of Penn, CU or UFLA may elect to prosecute such infringement independently of Company in its or their sole discretion.

8.3     Cooperation . In any litigation under this Article 8, Company, Penn, CU or UFLA, at the request and sole expense of any other requesting party, will cooperate to the fullest extent reasonably possible. This Section 8.3 will not be construed to require any of Company, Penn, CU or UFLA to undertake any activities, including legal discovery, at the request of any third party, except as may be required by lawful process of a court of competent jurisdiction. If, however, any of Company, Penn, CU or UFLA is required to undertake any activity, including legal discovery, in any litigation or potential litigation (other than litigation or potential litigation to which Penn, CU and/or UFLA is a voluntary party)





brought by, or otherwise related to, Company in accordance with this Article 8, as a right of lawful process of a court of competent jurisdiction, then, subject to Section 8.4, Company will pay all expenses incurred by Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, in undertaking such required activities.

8.4     Control of Litigation . Company may control any litigation or potential litigation involving the prosecution of infringement claims regarding the Patent Rights, including the selection of counsel, all with input from Penn, CU, and/or UFLA, as applicable, provided that Company is the sole licensee under the Patent Rights. Penn, CU, and/or UFLA, as applicable, controls any litigation or potential litigation involving the prosecution of infringement claims regarding the Patent Rights (i) in the event Company decides not to prosecute an infringement of the Patent Rights while Company is the sole licensee under the Patent Rights as set forth above and (ii) in all other instances, in each case including the selection of counsel, all with input from Company. Company must not settle or compromise any such litigation in a manner that imposes any obligations or restrictions on Penn, CU or UFLA or grants any rights to the Patent Rights, other than any permitted sublicenses, without the prior written permission of Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable. In all instances in which Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, is a party, Penn, CU and/or UFLA reserve the right to select its own counsel. If Penn, CU and/or UFLA is involuntarily joined as a party, each of Penn, CU and UFLA may elect to be represented by Company’s counsel at Company’s expense if Company is a party to such litigation or potential litigation and retains the right to select its own counsel, and will be responsible for all litigation expenditures with respect to any such separate representation as set forth in Section 8.5, provided that if, in any such litigation or potential litigation brought by, or otherwise related to, Company, the interests of Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, and Company are so adverse as to prohibit counsel from jointly representing Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, and Company, the Company shall be responsible for all litigation expenditures of such separate representation(s).

8.5     Recoveries from Litigation . If Company prosecutes any infringement claims either without Penn, CU or UFLA as a party or with Penn, CU or UFLA involuntarily joined as a party, then Company will reimburse each of Penn, CU and UFLA, as applicable, for its litigation expenditures, including any attorneys’ fees, expenses, official fees and other charges incurred by such Institutions, even if there are no financial recoveries from the infringement action. Company will reimburse the Institutions within [**] days after receiving each invoice for such amounts incurred by the Institutions. After reimbursing each of Penn, CU and UFLA, as applicable, for its expenditures, Company will use the financial recoveries from such claims, if any, (a) first, to reimburse Company for its litigation expenditures; and (b) second, to retain any remainder but to treat the remainder as Net Sales for the purpose of determining the royalties due under Section 3.2. If Company prosecutes any infringement claims with Penn, CU or UFLA joined as voluntary party, then any financial recoveries from such claims will be (x) first, shared between Company, Penn, CU, and UFLA to reimburse them for their respective shares of the aggregate litigation expenditures; and (y) second, shared equally by Company, on the one hand, and Penn, CU and UFLA, on the other hand, as to any remainder after Company and each of the Institutions have fully recovered their aggregate litigation expenditures. If Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, prosecutes any infringement claims independent of Company, then Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, will prosecute such infringement at its or their, as applicable, expense, will reimburse Company for Company’s litigation expenditures, including any attorneys’ fees, expenses, official fees and other charges to the extent incurred by Company in cooperating with Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, at its or their request, as applicable, in such prosecuting such claims, and will retain the balance of any financial recoveries in their entirety.






9.
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES

9.1     Disclaimer . THE PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSED PRODUCTS AND ANY OTHER TECHNOLOGY LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” BASIS. EACH OF PENN, CU AND UFLA MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, COMMERCIAL UTILITY, NON-INFRINGEMENT OR TITLE.

10.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

10.1     Limitation of Liability . NONE OF PENN, CU OR UFLA WILL BE LIABLE TO COMPANY, ITS AFFILIATES, SUBLICENSEES, SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, OR ANY THIRD PARTY WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIM: ARISING FROM COMPANY’S OR ITS AFFILIATES’ OR SUBLICENSEES’ USE OF THE PATENT RIGHTS, LICENSED PRODUCTS OR ANY OTHER TECHNOLOGY LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT; OR ARISING FROM THE DEVELOPMENT, TESTING, MANUFACTURE, USE OR SALE OF LICENSED PRODUCTS. NONE OF PENN, CU, OR UFLA WILL BE LIABLE TO COMPANY, ITS AFFILIATES, SUBLICENSEES, SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS, OR ANY THIRD PARTY FOR LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND. EXCEPT FOR COMPANY’S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 11 OF THIS AGREEMENT, COMPANY WILL NOT BE LIABLE TO PENN, CU, OR UFLA OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY, FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, BUSINESS INFORMATION OR INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND.

11.
INDEMNIFICATION

11.1     Indemnification . Company will defend, indemnify, and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any and all Liabilities with respect to an Indemnification Event. The term “Indemnified Party” means each of Penn, CU and UFLA, and their respective trustees, officers, faculty, students, employees, contractors, and agents. The term “Liabilities’” means all damages, awards, deficiencies, settlement amounts, defaults, assessments, fines, dues, penalties, costs, fees, liabilities, obligations, taxes, liens, losses, lost profits and expenses (including, but not limited to, court costs, interest and reasonable fees of attorneys, accountants and other experts) that are incurred by an Indemnified Party or awarded or otherwise required to be paid to third parties by an Indemnified Party. The term “Indemnification Event” means; (a) any Claim by a third party against one or more Indemnified Parties arising out of or resulting from the development, testing, use, manufacture, promotion, sale or other disposition of any Patent Rights or Licensed Products by Company, its Affiliates, sublicensees, assignees or vendors or third parties, including, but not limited to, (x) any product liability or other Claim of any kind related to use by a third party of a Licensed Product, (y) any Claim by a third party that the practice of any of the Patent Rights or the design, composition, manufacture, use, sale or other disposition of any Licensed Product infringes or violates any patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark or other intellectual property right of such third party, and (z) any Claim by a third party relating to clinical trials or studies for Licensed Products; (b) any Claim by a third party against one or more Indemnified Parties arising out of or resulting from any material breach of this Agreement by Company or its Affiliates or sublicensees; and (c) the enforcement of this Article 11 by any Indemnified Party. The term “Claim” means any charges, complaints, actions, suits, proceedings, hearings, investigations, claims or demands.






11.2     Reimbursement of Costs . Company will pay directly all Liabilities incurred for defense or negotiation of any Claim pursuant to this Article 11 or will reimburse Penn, CU or UFLA, as applicable, for all documented Liabilities incident to the defense or negotiation of any Claim pursuant to this Article 11 within [**] days after Company’s receipt of invoices for such fees, expenses and charges.

11.3     Control of Litigation . Company controls any litigation or potential litigation involving the defense of any Claim pursuant to this Article 11, including the selection of counsel, with input from Penn, CU and UFLA. Each of Penn, CU and UFLA, as applicable, reserves the right to protect its interest in defending against any Claim pursuant to this Article 11 by selecting its own counsel, with any attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses paid for by Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, pursuant to Sections 11.1 and 11.2, unless Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, takes such action due to a conflict of interest that makes separate representation of Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable, and Company necessary, in which case Company will pay such attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

11.4     Other Provisions . Company will not settle or compromise any Claim pursuant to this Article 11 giving rise to Liabilities in any manner that imposes any restrictions or obligations on Penn, CU or UFLA or grants any rights to the Patent Rights or the Licensed Products, other than permitted sublicenses, without prior written consent of Penn, CU and/or UFLA, as applicable. If Company fails or declines to assume the defense of any Claim pursuant to this Article 11 within [**] days after notice of such Claim, or fails to reimburse an Indemnified Party for any Liabilities pursuant to Sections 11.1 and 11.2 within the [**] day time period set forth in Section 11.2, then Penn, CU or UFLA, as applicable, may assume the defense of such Claim for the account and at the risk of Company. The indemnification rights of the Indemnified Parties under this Article 11 are in addition to all other rights that an Indemnified Party may have at law, in equity or otherwise.

12.
INSURANCE

12.1     Coverages . Company will procure and maintain insurance policies for coverages with respect to personal injury, bodily injury and property damage arising out of Company’s performance under this Agreement and reasonably adequate to fulfill any potential obligation to the Indemnified Party, but not less than: (a) during the Term, comprehensive general liability, including broad form and contractual liability, in a minimum amount of $[**] per occurrence and $[**] in the aggregate; (b) prior to the commencement of clinical trials involving Licensed Products, clinical trials coverage in a minimum amount of $[**] combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate; and (c) prior to the Sale of the first Licensed Product, product liability coverage, in a minimum amount of $[**] combined single limit per occurrence and in the aggregate. The required minimum amounts of insurance do not constitute a limitation on Company’s liability or indemnification obligations under this Agreement.

12.2     Other Requirements . The policies of insurance required by Section 12.1 will be issued by an insurance carrier with an A.M. Best rating of “A” or better and will name Penn, CU and UFLA as an additional insured with respect to Company’s performance under this Agreement. Company will provide Penn with insurance certificates evidencing the required coverage within [**] days after the Effective Date and the commencement of each policy period and any renewal periods. Each certificate will provide that the insurance carrier will notify Penn in writing at least [**] days prior to the cancellation or material change in coverage.






13.
ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS

13.1     Independent Contractors . The parties are independent contractors. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create an agency, partnership or joint venture between the parties. At no time will either party make commitments or incur any charges or expenses for or on behalf of the other party.

13.2     No Discrimination . Neither Penn nor Company will discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, sex, sexual or affectional preference, age, religion, national or ethnic origin, handicap, or veteran status.

13.3     Compliance with Laws . Company must comply with all prevailing laws, rules and regulations that apply to its activities or obligations under this Agreement. For example, Company will comply with applicable United States export laws and regulations. The transfer of certain technical data and commodities may require a license from the applicable agency of the United States government and/or written assurances by Company that Company will not export data or commodities to certain foreign countries without prior approval of the agency. Penn does not represent that no license is required, or that, if required, the license will issue.

13.4     Modification, Waiver & Remedies . This Agreement may only be modified by a written amendment that is executed by an authorized representative of each party. Any waiver must be express and in writing. No waiver by either party of a breach by the other party will constitute a waiver of any different or succeeding breach. Unless otherwise specified, all remedies are cumulative.

13.5     Assignment & Hypothecation . Company may not assign this Agreement or any part of it, either directly or by merger or operation of law, without the prior written consent of Penn, provided that Company may assign this Agreement in its entirety to an Affiliate, or to a third party that is an entity that (together with its affiliates) had one billion U.S. dollars or more in worldwide drug product revenues in the calendar year most recently completed as of the date of such assignment in connection with a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of Company’s business or assets, provided that: (a) the assignee agrees in writing to be legally bound by this Agreement and to deliver to Penn an updated Development Plan within [**] days after the closing of the proposed transaction; and (b) Company provides Penn with a copy of assignee’s undertaking. Any permitted assignment will not relieve Company of responsibility for performance of any obligation of Company that has accrued at the time of the assignment. Company will not grant a security interest in the License or this Agreement during the Term, except in connection with a royalty sale or similar royalty monetization transaction. Any prohibited assignment or security interest will be null and void.

13.6     Notices . Any notice or other required communication (each, a “Notice”) must be in writing, addressed to the party’s respective notice address listed on the signature page, and delivered: (a) personally; (b) by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; (c) by recognized overnight courier service, charges prepaid; or (d) by facsimile. A Notice will be deemed received: if delivered personally, on the date of delivery; if mailed, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail; if sent via courier, one (1) business day after deposit with the courier service; or if sent via facsimile, upon receipt of confirmation of transmission provided that a confirming copy of such Notice is sent by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested.

13.7     Severability & Reformation . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, then the remaining provisions of this Agreement will





remain in full force and effect. Such invalid or unenforceable provision will be automatically revised to be a valid or enforceable provision that comes as close as permitted by law to the parties’ original intent.

13.8     Headings & Counterparts . The headings of the articles and sections included in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are not intended to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, all of which taken together will constitute the same instrument.

13.9     Governing Law . This Agreement will be governed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without giving effect to the conflict of laws provisions.

13.10     Dispute Resolution . If a dispute arises between the parties concerning any right or duty under this Agreement, then the parties will confer, as soon as practicable, in an attempt to resolve the dispute. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute amicably, then the parties will submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state and Federal courts located in the Eastern District of Pennsylvania with respect to all disputes arising under this Agreement.

13.11     Integration . This Agreement with its Exhibits contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Patent Rights and the License and supersedes all other oral or written representations, statements, or agreements with respect to such subject matter, including but not limited to the Original Agreement.





















Each party has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative.
THE TRUSTEES OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA
By: /s/ John S. Swartley
Name: John S. Swartley, PhD
Title: Associate Vice Provost for Research and Executive Director, Penn Center for Innovation

Address:Penn Center for Innovation
University of Pennsylvania
3160 Chestnut Street, Suite 200
Philadelphia, PA 19104-6283
Attention: Executive Director
Required copy to:University of Pennsylvania
Office of General Counsel
3539 Locust Walk
Philadelphia, PA 19104-6211
Attention: General Counsel
SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
By: /s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
Name: Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
Title: Chief Executive Officer


Address:
3737 Market Street, Suite 1300
Philadelphia, PA 19104

EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit A      Patents and Patent Applications in Patent Rights
Exhibit B      Minimum Contents of Development Plan
Exhibit C      Format of Royalty Report





Exhibit A
Patents and Patent Applications in Patent Rights
Tech ID: N2514
Method of Treating or Retarding the Development of Blindness
Serial No.
Patent No.
App Type
File Date
Status
Country
Issue Date
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 






Exhibit B
Minimum Contents of Development Plan
The initial Development Plan and each update to the Development Plan will include, at a minimum, the following information:
The date of the Development Plan and the reporting period covered by the Development Plan.
Identification and nature of each active relationship between Company and its Affiliates, sublicensees or subcontractors in the research, development or commercialization of Licensed Products or Patent Rights
Significant projects completed during the reporting period by Company or its Affiliates, sublicensees or subcontractors in the research, development or commercialization of Licensed Products or Patent Rights.
Significant projects currently being performed by Company or its Affiliates, sublicensees or subcontractors in the research, development or commercialization of Licensed Products or Patent Rights.
Future projects expected to be undertaken during the next reporting period by Company or its Affiliates, sublicensees or subcontractors in the research, development or commercialization of Licensed Products or Patent Rights.
Projected timelines to product launch of each Licensed Product prior to first Sale.
Projected annual Net Sales for each Licensed Product after first Sale.
Significant changes to the current Development Plan since the previous Development Plan and the reasons for the changes.
Significant assumptions underlying the Development Plan and the future variables that may cause significant changes to the Development Plan.
Copies of all reports required by Section 4.1 of this Agreement that have not already been delivered to Penn.






Exhibit C
PENN CENTER FOR INNOVATION
 
 
 
Licensee:
 
 
 
 
Agreement #
 
 
 
Inventor(s):
 
 
 
 
Patent #(s):
 
 
 
Period Covered:
 
 
 
 
Prepared By
 
 
 
From
 
 
 
 
Date
 
 
 
To
 
 
 
 
Approved By
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If license covers several major product lines, please prepare a separate report for each line. Then combine all product lines into a summary report.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report Type:
□ Single Product Line Report
 
 
 
 
 
 
□ Multiple product Summary Report Page ____ of ____ pages
 
 
 
 
□ Product Line Detail:
Line:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trade Name
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Page
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report Currency:
□ US Dollars
□ Other (specify) _______________________________
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period Royalty Amount
Country
Gross Sales
Allowances
Net Sales
Royalty Rate
This Quarter
This Year to Date
This Quarter - Prior Year
Year to date Prior Year
 U.S.A
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
 Canada
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
 Europe
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
 Japan
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
 Other
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0
 
 
 
Total
0
0
0
 
0
0
0
0
Conversion rate if other than US Dollars
 
 
 
 
 
 
Royalties in US Dollars
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The following royalty forecast is non-binding and for PCI internal planning purposes only:
Royalty Forecast Under this agreement: Next Quarter:      Q2:      Q3:      Q4:     
On a separate page, please indicate the reasons for returns or other adjustments if significant.
Also note any unusual occurrences that affected royalty amounts during this period.
To assist PCI’s forecasting, please comment on any significant expected trends in sales volume







Exhibit 10.32

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


THIS AMENDMENT (the “ Amendment ”) is made as of January 5, 2016, by and between Spark Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 3737 Market Street, Suite 1300, Philadelphia, PA 19104 (the “ Company ”), and Jeffrey D. Marrazzo (the “ Executive ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have entered into an Amended and Restated Employment Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) dated January 16, 2015;

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive now wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:


1.
Section 7(d)(i) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

(i)
continue to pay to the Executive the Base Salary for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedures;

2.
Section 7(d)(iv) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

(iv)
for a period of eighteen (18) months following the Executive’s termination date, and provided the Executive is eligible for and timely elects to continue receiving group medical insurance pursuant to COBRA (Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation act), continue to pay the share of the premium for health coverage that is paid by the Company for active and similarly-situated employees who receive the same type of coverage (“COBRA Continuation”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any reason such benefits cannot be provided through the Company’s group or other plans, the Company shall reimburse the Executive for the Executive’s reasonable cost of obtaining equivalent benefits, such reimbursements to be made on the same schedule as the COBRA contributions otherwise would have been paid. At the end of such eighteen (18) month period, the Executive shall be entitled to such rights as the Executive may have to continue health insurance coverage at the Executive’s sole expense as are then accorded under COBRA, for the remainder of the COBRA coverage period; and

3.
Section 7(e)(i) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

(i)
continue to pay to the Executive the Base Salary for a period of twenty-four (24) months thereafter, in accordance with the Company’s regularly established payroll procedures;

4. Section 7(e)(iii) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety by the following:

(iii)
notwithstanding the requirement that the Executive be an active employee of the Company on December 31 of the Performance Year, pay to the Executive, in a single lump sum payment





on the Payment Date a prorated portion of the Executive’s target Bonus for the Performance Year in which the termination occurs, irrespective of whether the performance goals applicable to such Bonus have been established or satisfied, such prorated portion to be calculated by multiplying the target Bonus for such Performance Year by the quotient obtained by dividing the number of months of the Performance Year during which the Executive has provided services to the Company by twelve (12); plus provide for the payment of an amount equal to two (2) times the Executive’s target Bonus for the Performance Year in which the termination occurs, irrespective of whether the performance goals applicable to such Bonus have been established or satisfied, in a single lump sum payment on the Payment Date;

5. Except as expressly amended hereby, all terms of the Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

6. The Agreement, as supplemented and modified by this Amendment, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled.

7. This Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (without reference to the conflict of laws provisions thereof).

9. Upon the effectiveness of this Amendment, on and after the date hereof, each reference in the Agreement to “this Agreement,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of like import shall mean and be a reference to the Agreement, as amended hereby.







IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.

By:      _/s / Joseph W. La Barge ____________
Name:      Joseph W. La Barge
Title:
General Counsel & Head of Business Development


EXECUTIVE

__/s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo_____________
Jeffrey D. Marrazzo







Exhibit 10.33

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions .


LICENSE AGREEMENT - AMENDMENT THREE

This third Amendment (hereinafter “Amendment Three”) serves as a modification to the License Agreement, having an effective date of October 14, 2013, and having a first amendment with an effective date of December 27, 2013, and a second amendment with an effective date of March 23, 2015, made by and between the University of Iowa Research Foundation, an Iowa Corporation having its principal office at 6 Gilmore Hall, 112 North Capitol Street, Iowa City, Iowa 52242 (hereinafter “UIRF”), and Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly known as AAVenue Therapeutics, LLC) a Delaware Corporation having a principal place of business at 3737 Market Street, Suite 1300 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19104 (hereinafter "Licensee") (the License Agreement together with the first and second amendments hereinafter the “Agreement”).

Whereas, UIRF and Licensee desire that the Agreement be amended in order to add certain patents and patent applications, including those described and disclosed as part of:
[**]
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, UIRF and Licensee, intending to be bound, hereby mutually agree to the following:
1.
Appendix A “Patent Rights” shall be amended to add the following patents and patent applications:

UIRF Invention No.
Title of Patent Application
Applica-tion No.
Patent / IP No.
Applica-tion Filing Date
Issue Date of Patent
Status
Country of Filing
UIRF Patent No.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
 
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
[**]
 
[**]
[**]
[**]
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

2.
In accordance with Section 6.1 of the License, which states that “LICENSEE shall reimburse UIRF for all reasonable expenses UIRF incurs for the preparation, filing, prosecution and maintenance of PATENT RIGHTS,” Licensee agrees to pay UIRF for all unreimbursed out-of-pocket patent expenses relating to the PATENT RIGHTS, which includes new patent families specified in Article 1 of this Amendment Three.

3.
As partial consideration for the addition of patents and patent applications to Appendix A “Patent Rights,” as described in Article 1 above, LICENSEE will pay to the UIRF a non-refundable amount of [**] U.S. Dollars ($[**]).










IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment Three in duplicate originals by their duly authorized officer or representative. The effective date of this Amendment Three is the date of the last signature below.

University of Iowa Research Foundation              Spark Therapeutics, Inc.


By: /s/ Zev Sunleaf _________________              By: _ /s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo _________

Name: Zev Sunleaf
Name:      Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
Title: Executive Director
Title:      CEO

Date: January 6, 2016                      Date: January 6, 2016





Exhibit 10.34



Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.


Amendment No.1 to Master Research Services Agreement
By and Between
The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia and Spark Therapeutics, Inc.

This amendment is made and entered into March 10, 2016 (the “Effective Date”) by and between The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia , a Pennsylvania nonprofit corporation with its principal place of business at 34 th Street and Civic Center Boulevard, Philadelphia, PA 19104 (“CHOP”) and Spark Therapeutics, Inc., (formerly known as AAVenue Therapeutics, LLC) a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 3737 Market Street, Suite 1300, Philadelphia, PA 19104 (“Spark Therapeutics”) (the “Amendment”).

Background
WHEREAS, Spark Therapeutics and CHOP entered into a Master Research Services Agreement dated October 14, 2013 (the “Agreement”);
WHEREAS , the Term of the Agreement for products other than RPE65 expired upon the completion of Services under the last work order executed by the parties prior to July 1, 2015;
WHEREAS , the parties desire to extend the Term of the Agreement for the Other Products.
NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1.
Manufacturing Price . Section 1.15 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
“Manufacturing Price” shall mean, with respect to a Product, the agreed upon price for the Product set forth on the agreed upon Work Order for such Product, which shall consist of labor, materials and the other specified overhead costs as set forth on Exhibit B. Any additional Work Orders for such Product shall not exceed the original rate set forth on the original Work Order, increased by an amount equal to the change in the Consumer Price Index, published by the United States Bureau of Labor Statistics as of the date of the new Work Order, unless such increase is a direct result of an increase in cost of services or materials incurred by CHOP outside of CHOP’s control. CHOP shall provide information to justify such increase in costs, if requested by Spark.”

2.
Capacity and Priority . Section 2.2 is hereby amended by deleting from the last sentence of the section the following: “, and in the case of all Products, shall use reasonable efforts to accommodate requests by AAVT for manufacturing in excess of such capacity requirements.”


3.
Product . The definition of Product is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
““Product” shall mean each viral vector product manufactured by CHOP and purchased by AAVT from CHOP as set forth in a Work Order, including Custom Product, unless otherwise specified.”






4.
Custom Products . A new Section 2.6 is hereby added to the Agreement immediately following Section 2.5 which shall read in its entirety as set forth below:

Custom Products . For Products manufactured using a method not previously qualified by CHOP (hereafter referred to as “Custom Products”), Spark Therapeutics (formerly AAVT) will provide the manufacturing method to CHOP using a formal technology transfer. For Custom Products, and after a protocol change in a qualified process that may affect manufacturing or release, CHOP will perform a process qualification run at cost to Spark Therapeutics and perform limited testing (for information only) to verify protocol performance. CHOP will provide samples from a qualification run (if requested by Spark) to allow Spark Therapeutics to verify performance. Spark Therapeutics will be required to formally accept completion of the technology transfer and agree that the transferred method (as used by CHOP) is acceptable for manufacture of the Product. Once a manufacturing method is transferred and qualified, any future batches shall be identified as a Product rather than a Custom Product.”

5.
Facility and Records . Section 3.1 is hereby amended by deleting in subsection (b) of the third sentence the word “expiration” and replacing it with the word “certification”.

6.
Term . Section 4.1(b) of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
“(b) with respect to all other Services under this Agreement, on the later of (i) June 30, 2018 (ii) the completion of all Services under the last Work Order executed by the Parties prior to June 30, 2018 (the “Other Products Term”). The Agreement may be renewed by mutual agreement of the Parties.”
7.
Fees . The second sentence of Section 5.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted.

8.
Invoices . (a) The second sentence of Section 5.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with the following: “Invoices shall contain a detailed breakdown of charges per batch, per week, and per lot (except when billing is based on milestones, in which case such detail shall be provided with the initial invoice) as set forth in the agreed upon Work Order.”

(a) A new sentence is hereby added to the end of section 5.2 of the Agreement to read as follows:

“An invoice for 1/3 of the total cost will be due [**] days in advance of the date set forth on the applicable Work Order under this Agreement. Spark Therapeutics will be invoiced and pay an additional 1/3 of the total cost of each Work Order upon completion of Product manufacturing, and the remaining 1/3 upon receipt and acceptance of the Product by Spark Therapeutics; provided that Spark Therapeutics does not unreasonably delay receipt and acceptance of the Product when made available by CHOP.”

9.
Financial Audit. The first sentence of Section 5.4 is hereby amended by replacing the words “[**] years” by “[**] years”.

10.
Remedy . A new sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 9.3 of the Agreement to read as follows: “The provisions in this section do not apply to Custom Products. CHOP will guarantee that Custom Products conform to the specifications set for sterility, endotoxin and mycoplasma, and will replace products not conforming to these specifications as defined herein, unless other specifications are specifically agreed to in the applicable Work Order.”

11.
Certificate of Analysis . A new Section 9.5 is hereby added to the Agreement immediately following Section 9.4 which shall read in its entirety as set forth below:





“Certificate of Analysis. Release and stability specifications will be set as per written CHOP policy entitled "AAV Investigational Drug products: Release and Stability Specifications". Assays not performed by CHOP, will not be included in the Certificate of Analysis issued by CHOP.”
12.
Exhibit B . Exhibit B to the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B attached hereto.

13.
Exhibit C . Exhibit C, Form of Work Order, is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit C attached hereto.

14.
Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

15.
Entire Agreement . There are no other agreements or understandings, written or oral, between the parties regarding the Amendment








IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CHOP and Spark Therapeutics have caused this Amendment to be executed as of the Effective Date.


Spark Therapeutics, Inc.                      The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia

By:_ /s/ Joseph W. La Barge______________              By :_/s/ Mary Tomlinson_____
Name: Joseph W. La Barge                      Name: Mary Tomlinson
Title:_ General Counsel                          Title:_ SVP Research Administration
Date :_____3/9/2016______________________              Date:____ 3/9/16_________________







Exhibit B

WORK ORDER



Lot Start Date:




Budget

[VECTOR]
 
 
 
 
Cost/batch
# Batches
Total Cost
Materials
 
 
 
QC testing
 
 
 
 
Cost/week
# Weeks
Total Cost
Labor
 
 
 
Maintenance
 
 
 
 
Cost/lot
# Lots
Total Cost
Materials
 
 
 
QC testing
 
 
 
Fill & Finish
 
 
 
Insurance
 
 
 
CMC Support
 
 
 
Shipping & Handling
 
 
 
Other
 
 
 
Stability 1
 
 
 
Subtotal
 
 
 
Hospital Surcharge (Industry Rate)
 
 
 
Total
 
 
 


1.
Each Work Order shall specify which party shall be responsible for holding the stability samples and owning the stability protocol of the corresponding lot.





Exhibit C
FORM OF WORK ORDER

WORK ORDER # [___]

Pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Master Research Services Agreement dated October 14, 2013, as amended, by and between Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (f/k/a/ AAVenue Therapeutics, LLC) and The Children’s Hospital of Philadelphia (“CHOP”) and in consideration of the mutual promises contained therein and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and adequacy of which each of the parties does hereby acknowledge, the parties hereby agree to this new Work Order entitled “______________________________________”, which is designated Work Order - #___.
This Work Order No. [__] includes Attachment 1 setting for the scope, budget and other costs associated with certain work being performed by CHOP related to the ___________________________.



SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.
THE CHILDREN’S HOSPITAL OF PHILADELPHIA


By:__________________________              By:__________________________
Name: _______________________              Name: _______________________
Title: ________________________              Title: ________________________
Date: ________________________              Date: ________________________


PO Number:     _____________________







Exhibit 10.35















LEASE

by and between

WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership
and

SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation








    
LEASE
THIS LEASE (this “ Lease ”) is entered into as of this 1st day of February, 2016 (the “ Execution Date ”), by and between WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).
RECITALS
A.    WHEREAS, that certain real property located at 3711 Market Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (the “ Property ”) and the building located thereon (the “ Building ”) have been submitted to a regime of condominium ownership known as the 3711 Market Research Condominium (the “ Condominium ”) created pursuant to a Declaration of Condominium of the 3711 Market Research Condominium (as it has been and may hereafter be amended, restated or modified from time to time, the “ Declaration ”); and

B.    WHEREAS, Landlord leases that certain commercial condominium unit known as “Unit 6” (the “ Unit ”) located in the Condominium pursuant to that certain Lease Agreement dated April 3, 2007 between Wexford-UCSC II GP, LLC, successor to University City Science Center, as ground lessor (“ Ground Lessor ”) and Landlord, as ground lessee (as it has been and may be hereafter amended, restated or modified from time to time the “ Ground Lease ”);

C.    WHEREAS, Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease from Landlord, certain premises (the “ Premises ”) located in the Unit, on the ninth (9 th ) floor of the Building, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease, as detailed below.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. Lease of Premises

1.1    Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, for use by Tenant in accordance with the Permitted Use (as defined below) and no other uses. The Property and all landscaping, parking facilities, private drives and other improvements and appurtenances related thereto, including the Unit, the Building and the Condominium, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “ Project ”. All portions of the Condominium that are for the non-exclusive use of the tenants of the Unit only, and not the tenants of the Condominium generally, such as service corridors, stairways, elevators, public restrooms and public lobbies (all to the extent located in the Condominium), are hereinafter referred to as “ Unit Common Area .” All Common Elements of the Condominium that are for the non-exclusive use of tenants of the Condominium generally are hereinafter referred to as “ Condominium Common Area .” The Unit Common Area and Condominium Common Area are collectively referred to herein as “ Common Area .”

2.    Basic Lease Provisions. For convenience of the parties, certain basic provisions of this Lease are set forth herein. The provisions set forth herein are subject to the remaining terms and conditions of this Lease and are to be interpreted in light of such remaining terms and conditions.






2.1    This Lease shall take effect upon the Execution Date and, except as specifically otherwise provided within this Lease, each of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant from the date of execution and delivery hereof by all parties hereto.

2.2    In the definitions below, each current Rentable Area (as defined below) is expressed in square feet. Rentable Area and “ Tenant’s Pro Rata Share ” are both subject to adjustment as provided in this Lease.
Definition or Provision
Means the Following
Rentable Area of Premises
6,581 square feet
(1,380 square feet of the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A, is sometimes referred to herein as “ Premises A ,” and 5,201 square feet of the Premises, as shown on Exhibit A, is sometimes referred to herein as the “ Premises B ”)
Rentable Area of Unit
141,826 square feet
Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Unit
4.64%

2.3    Initial monthly and annual installments of Base Rent for the Premises (“ Base Rent ”), subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 4.6 of this Lease:
Period
Square Feet of Rentable Area
Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area
Monthly Base Rent
Annual Base Rent
With respect to Premises A, the period commencing on the Term Commencement Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Delivery Date
1,380
$34.00 annually
$3,910.00
$46,920.00
With respect to Premises B, the period commencing on the Delivery Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the first (1st) anniversary of the Delivery Date
5,201
$34.00 annually
$14,736.17
$176,834.00

2.4    Estimated Delivery Date: The date that is sixteen (16) weeks after the Execution Date.

2.5    Estimated Term Expiration Date: The date this it sixty (60) months after the Estimated Delivery Date.
2.6    Security Deposit: Six (6) months of Base Rent.

2.7    Permitted Use: Office and laboratory use in conformity with all federal, state, municipal and local laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations of Governmental Authorities (as defined below), committees, associations, or other regulatory committees, agencies or governing bodies having jurisdiction





over the Premises, the Building, the Unit, the Property, the Project, Landlord or Tenant, including both statutory and common law and hazardous waste rules and regulations (“ Applicable Laws ”).

2.8    Address for Rent Payment:          WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP
3711 Market Street, 8 th Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19104

2.9    Address for Notices to Landlord:      WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP
17190 Bernardo Center Drive
San Diego, California 92128
Attn: Vice President, Real Estate Legal
With a copy to:
Wexford-UCSC II, LP
c/o Wexford Science & Technology, LLC
801 W. Baltimore Street, Suite 505
Baltimore, Maryland 21201
Attn: S. Nelson Weeks, Senior Vice President and General Counsel, and Mark Korczakowski, Vice President
Ballard Spahr LLP
1735 Market Street, 51 st Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attention: Bart I. Mellits, Esq.

2.10    Address for Notices to Tenant:      3737 Market Street, 13th Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Joseph W. La Barge

With a copy to:

Pepper Hamilton LLP
3000 Two Logan Square
Eighteenth and Arch Streets
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attention: Matthew J. Swett, Esq.
    
2.11    Address for Invoices to Tenant:      3737 Market Street, 13th Floor
Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Joseph W. La Barge
                        
2.12    The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference:

Exhibit A
Premises
Exhibit B-1
Work Letter
Exhibit B-2
Tenant Insurance Requirements
Exhibit C
Acknowledgement of Term Commencement Date, Delivery Date and Term Expiration Date





Exhibit D
Form of Additional TI Allowance Acceptance Letter
Exhibit E-1
Reserved
Exhibit E-2
Form of NDA
Exhibit F-1
Rules and Regulations
Exhibit F-2
Construction Rules
Exhibit G
Janitorial Schedule
Exhibit H
Tenant’s Personal Property
Exhibit I
Form of Estoppel Certificate
Exhibit J
Form of Letter of Credit
Exhibit K
HazMat Rules
Exhibit L
Form of Report

3.
Term.

3.1    The actual term of this Lease (as the same may be earlier terminated in accordance with this Lease, the “ Term ”) shall commence on the Execution Date (the “ Term Commencement Date ”) and end on the date (such date, the “ Term Expiration Date ”) that is sixty (60) months after the Delivery Date (as hereinafter defined), subject to earlier termination of this Lease as provided herein.

3.2    Provided that no Default, or event which, upon the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, could become a Default, exists under this Lease at the time Tenant delivers the Termination Notice and as of the Early Termination Date, as such terms are defined below (which condition shall be solely for the benefit of Landlord), Tenant may exercise a one-time right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date that is three (3) years after the Delivery Date (the “ Early Termination Date ”) by giving Landlord written notice of such election to terminate the Lease not less than six (6) months prior to the Early Termination Date (“ Termination Notice ”), which Termination Notice, in order to be effective, must be accompanied by a non-refundable termination fee equal to three (3) months of Base Rent (at the Base Rent rate in effect at the time of the Early Termination Date) plus an amount equal to (i) the unamortized portion of Landlord’s Leasing Costs (defined below), amortized on a straight line basis over five (5) years commencing on the Delivery Date and (ii) the TI Allowance Balance (as hereinafter defined) (the “ Termination Fee ”). If Tenant properly exercises the foregoing termination right and Tenant shall have paid to Landlord all Rent and other charges payable up to the Early Termination Date and the Termination Fee, then this Lease and the Term shall terminate on the Early Termination Date, and all of the provisions contained in this Lease pertaining to the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be applicable to such early termination. The effectiveness of Tenant’s Termination Notice is conditioned (which condition shall be solely for the benefit of Landlord) upon Landlord’s receipt of payment in full for all Rent and other charges payable up to the Early Termination Date and the Termination Fee. “ Landlord’s Leasing Costs ” shall include all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in preparing the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy and negotiating and entering into this Lease, including, without limitation, brokerage commissions, and reasonable legal fees. The “ TI Allowance Balance ” shall be the unamortized portion of the Additional TI Allowance, amortized over five (5) years at a rate of four and three quarters percent (4.75%) annually, which amortization shall commence on the Delivery Date.

3.3    If Tenant enters into a written lease agreement with Landlord (or its affiliate) for not less than 85,000 rentable square feet in a building owned or operated by Landlord (or its affiliate) in the Philadelphia Science Center District (the “ Relocation Premises ”), and provided that no Default, or event which, upon the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, could become a Default, exists under this Lease at the time Tenant delivers the Relocation Termination Notice and as of the Relocation Termination Date, as such terms are defined below (which condition shall be solely for the benefit of Landlord), Tenant may exercise a one-





time right to terminate this Lease effective on or after the date on which Tenant commences paying base and additional rent for the Relocation Premises (the “ Relocation Termination Date ”) by written notice to Landlord of such election to terminate this Lease not less than six (6) months prior to the Relocation Termination Date (“ Relocation Termination Notice ”), which Relocation Termination Notice shall include the Relocation Termination Date (which shall not be sooner than 6 months after delivery to Landlord of the Relocation Termination Notice). If Landlord or Tenant exercise the foregoing termination right and Tenant shall have paid to Landlord all Rent and other charges payable up to the Relocation Termination Date, then this Lease and the Term shall terminate on the Relocation Termination Date, and all of the provisions contained in this Lease pertaining to the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be applicable to such early termination.

4. Possession and Commencement Date.

4.1    Landlord shall deliver possession of Premises A to Tenant on the Execution Date.

4.2    Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to tender possession of Premises B to Tenant on the Estimated Delivery Date, subject to Force Majeure and delays caused by Tenant or its contractors or agents, with the work (the “ Tenant Improvements ”) required of Landlord described in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B-1 (the “ Work Letter ”) Substantially Complete (as defined below). Tenant agrees that in the event such work is not Substantially Complete on or before the Estimated Delivery Date for any reason, then (a) this Lease shall not be void or voidable, (b) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom, and (c) Tenant shall not be responsible for the payment of any Base Rent or Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (as defined below) with respect to Premises B until the actual Delivery Date occurs. If the Tenant Improvements are not Substantially Complete by the date that is six (6) months after the Execution Date (the “ Outside Delivery Date ”) and such delay was not caused by Tenant or its contractors and agents (including, without limitation, Tenant’s failure to approve the schematic and construction plans in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Work Letter), then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord within ten (10) business days following the Outside Delivery Date. Tenant’s failure to deliver such termination notice within the aforementioned ten (10) business day period shall be deemed a waiver by Tenant of its right to terminate this Lease in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.2. The term “ Substantially Complete ” or “ Substantial Completion ” means that the Tenant Improvements are substantially complete in accordance with the Work Letter, except for minor punch list items as evidenced by a certificate of substantial completion executed by Landlord’s architect and a temporary certificate of occupancy for Premises B. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease (including the Work Letter) to the contrary, Landlord’s obligation to timely achieve Substantial Completion shall be subject to extension on a day-for-day basis as a result of Force Majeure (as defined below).

4.3    The “ Delivery Date ” shall be the day Landlord tenders possession of Premises B to Tenant with the Tenant Improvements Substantially Complete. If possession is delayed by action of Tenant (including, without limitation, Tenant’s failure to approve the schematic and construction plans in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Work Letter), then the Delivery Date shall be the date that the Delivery Date would have occurred but for such delay. Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord written acknowledgment of the actual Term Commencement Date, Delivery Date and the Term Expiration Date within ten (10) days after the Delivery Date, in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto. Failure to execute and deliver such acknowledgment, however, shall not affect the Term Commencement Date, Delivery Date or Landlord’s or Tenant’s liability hereunder. Failure by Tenant to obtain validation by any medical review board or other similar governmental licensing of the Premises required for the Permitted Use by Tenant shall not serve to extend the Term Commencement Date or the Delivery Date.






4.4    In the event that Landlord permits (in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion) Tenant to enter upon Premises B prior to the Delivery Date for the purpose of installing improvements or the placement of personal property, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord evidence satisfactory to Landlord that insurance coverages required of Tenant under the provisions of Article 23 are in effect, and such entry shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease other than the payment of Base Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses with respect to Premises B; and provided , further, that if the Delivery Date is delayed due to such early access, then the Delivery Date shall be the date that the Delivery Date would have occurred but for such delay. Tenant shall not relocate any employees to Premises B or commence any business operations from Premises B during any period of early access. Tenant’s early access under the terms of this Section 4.4 shall be subject to and coordinated with Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements and shall only be permitted to the extent that such access does not unreasonably interfere with Landlord’s construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage caused by Tenant, its agent or employees to the property of any contractors engaged by Landlord. Any personal property brought into Premises B by Tenant, its agent or employees during any period of early access shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and Tenant acknowledges that Premises B may be an active construction site during the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements and that such property may be damaged or destroyed.

4.5    Landlord shall cause the Tenant Improvements to be constructed in the Premises pursuant to the Work Letter. Provided that no Default exists hereunder if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to this Section, Landlord shall make the following tenant improvement allowance available to Tenant for application to Tenant’s Costs (defined in the Work Letter): One Hundred Thirty Thousand and Twenty-Five Dollars ($130,025.00) (based upon Twenty-Five Dollars ($25.00) per square foot of Rentable Area of Premises B) (the “ Additional TI Allowance ”). In no event shall the Additional TI Allowance be used for (v) the cost of work that is not authorized by the Approved Plans or otherwise approved in writing by Landlord, (w) payments to Tenant or any affiliates of Tenant, (x) the purchase of any furniture, personal property or other non-building system equipment (provided, however, that Tenant may use the Additional TI Allowance for demountable wall panel systems installed in the Premises) , (y) costs resulting from any default by Tenant of its obligations under this Lease or (z) costs that are recoverable by Tenant from a third party (e.g., insurers, warrantors, or tortfeasors).

4.6    Base Rent shall be increased by $0.3313 Dollars for each Dollar of the Additional TI Allowance disbursed by Landlord in accordance with this Lease. Tenant shall elect to use the Additional TI Allowance or any part thereof by written notice to Landlord received no later than the date on which the Construction Plans (as defined in the Work Letter) are required to be approved by Tenant pursuant to the Work Letter, and in all events, Tenant shall have until one hundred (120) days after the Delivery Date (the “ TI Deadline ”), to expend the unused portion of the Additional TI Allowance, after which date Landlord’s obligation to fund such costs shall expire. The amount by which Base Rent shall be increased shall be determined (and Base Rent shall be increased accordingly) as of the Delivery Date and, if such determination does not reflect use by Tenant of all of the Additional TI Allowance, shall be determined again as of the TI Deadline, with Tenant paying (on the next succeeding day that Base Rent is due under this Lease (the “ TI True-Up Date ”)) any underpayment of the further adjusted Base Rent for the period beginning on the Delivery Date and ending on the TI True-Up Date. Upon Tenant’s written request at any time after the TI True-Up Date, Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of the amount of the Termination Fee.

4.7    Landlord shall not be obligated to expend any portion of the Additional TI Allowance until Landlord shall have received from Tenant a letter in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto executed by an authorized officer of Tenant. In no event shall any unused Additional TI Allowance entitle Tenant to a credit against Rent payable under this Lease.






5. Condition of Premises. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises, the Building, the Unit, the Project or the Condominium, or with respect to the suitability of the Premises, the Building, the Unit, the Project or the Condominium for the conduct of Tenant’s business. Tenant acknowledges that (a) (i) it is fully familiar with the condition of Premises A and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Term Commencement Date, and (ii) subject to the completion of the Tenant Improvements in Premises B, it is fully familiar with the condition of Premises B and agrees to take the same in its condition “as is” as of the Delivery Date (b) other than the Tenant Improvements, Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, repair or otherwise prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy or to pay for or construct any improvements to the Premises, except with respect to the Additional TI Allowance if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease. Tenant’s taking of possession of Premises A on the Execution Date, and Premises B on the Delivery Date shall, subject to Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements, or as otherwise agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant, conclusively establish that the Premises, the Unit, the Building, the Condominium and the Project were at such time in good, sanitary and satisfactory condition and repair.

6.     Rentable Area.

6.1    The rentable area (“ Rentable Area ”) of the Building and the Unit is determined in accordance with BOMA Legacy Standard A.

6.2    The term “ Rentable Area ,” when applied to the Premises is determined in accordance with BOMA Legacy Standard A.

7. Rent.

7.1    Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Base Rent for the Premises, commencing on (a) the Term Commencement Date with respect to Premises A, and (b) the Delivery Date with respect to Premises B, the sums set forth in Section 2.3 , subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof. Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments as set forth in Section 2.3 , subject to the rental adjustments provided in Article 8 hereof, each in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term.

7.2    In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent (“ Additional Rent ”) at times hereinafter specified in this Lease (a) Tenant’s Share (as defined below) of Operating Expenses (as defined below), including the Property Management Fee (as defined below) and (b) any other amounts that Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under the provisions of this Lease that are owed to Landlord, including any and all other sums that may become due by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant, after notice and the lapse of any applicable cure periods.

7.3    Base Rent and Additional Rent shall together be denominated “ Rent .” Rent shall be paid to Landlord, without abatement, deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America at the office of Landlord as set forth in Section 2.8 or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time designate in writing. In the event the Term commences or ends on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the Rent for such fraction of a month shall be prorated for such period on the basis of the number of days in the month and shall be paid at the then-current rate for such fractional month.

7.4    Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall not be discharged or otherwise affected by (a) any Applicable Laws now or hereafter applicable to the Premises,





(b) any other restriction on Tenant’s use, (c) except as expressly provided herein, any casualty or taking or (d) any other occurrence; and in all events Tenant waives all rights now or hereafter existing to terminate or cancel this Lease or quit or surrender the Premises or any part thereof, or to assert any defense in the nature of constructive eviction to any action seeking to recover rent. Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent with respect to any period or obligations arising, existing or pertaining to the period prior to the date of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term or this Lease shall survive any such expiration or earlier termination; provided , however, that nothing in this sentence shall in any way affect Tenant’s obligations with respect to any other period.

8. Rent Adjustments. Base Rent (as it has been adjusted pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof) shall be subject to an annual upward adjustment of two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the then-current Base Rent. The first such adjustment shall become effective commencing on the first (1 st ) annual anniversary of the Delivery Date, and subsequent adjustments shall become effective on every successive annual anniversary of the Delivery Date for so long as this Lease continues in effect.

9.
Operating Expenses.

9.1    As used herein, the term “ Operating Expenses ” shall include:

a. Government impositions, including property tax costs consisting of real and personal property taxes and assessments (including amounts due under any improvement bond upon the Building, the Unit or the Project (including the parcel or parcels of real property upon which the Building and areas serving the Building and the Project are located)) or assessments in lieu thereof imposed by any federal, state, regional, local or municipal governmental authority, agency or subdivision (each, a “ Governmental Authority ”); taxes on or measured by gross rentals received from the rental of space in the Project; taxes based on the square footage of the Premises, the Building, the Unit or the Project, as well as any utilities surcharges or any other costs levied, assessed or imposed by, or at the direction of, or resulting from Applicable Laws or interpretations thereof, promulgated by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use or occupancy of the Project; taxes on this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest in the Premises; any fee for a business license to operate an office building; all assessments, levies or contributions, whether required by law or voluntary, for business improvement districts (including the University City District) and/or any “safe streets” program applicable to the Building or the Unit, any payment in lieu of taxes, or payments in connection with so-called tax increment financing transactions, personal property taxes, sewer and water rents, rates and charges; and any expenses, including the reasonable cost of attorneys or experts, reasonably incurred by Landlord in seeking reduction by the taxing authority of the applicable taxes, less tax refunds obtained as a result of an application for review thereof. Operating Expenses shall not include any net income, franchise, capital stock, estate, excise, profits, succession, gift, transfer or inheritance taxes, or taxes, and interest and penalties that are the personal obligation of Tenant or of another tenant of the Project. To the extent that any tenant of the Building or the Unit is exempt from property taxes or is entitled to a special reduction in property tax and, as a result, property taxes on the Building or the Unit or the Project are reduced by the assessing authority to reflect such exemption or reduction, then only the tenant(s) entitled to such exemption or reduction shall receive the benefit thereof, and Operating Expenses for all other tenants (including Tenant) shall be computed as if such exemptions or reductions were not in effect; and
b. All other costs of any kind paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation or maintenance of the Building, the Unit and the Project, including, without limitation, costs of repairs and replacements to improvements within the Project as appropriate to maintain the Project as required hereunder; costs of utilities furnished to the Common Areas; sewer fees; trash collection; cleaning, including windows; heating; ventilation; air-conditioning; maintenance of landscaping and grounds; maintenance of





driveways; maintenance of the roof; security services and devices; building supplies; maintenance or replacement of equipment utilized for operation and maintenance of the Project; license, permit and inspection fees; sales, use and excise taxes on goods and services purchased by Landlord in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Building, Unit or Project systems and equipment; telephone, postage, stationery supplies and other expenses incurred in connection with the operation, maintenance or repair of the Project; property management and asset management fees (not to exceed 4% of the gross revenues of the Building in the aggregate) (the “ Property Management Fee ”); accounting, legal and other professional fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Project; costs of furniture, draperies, carpeting, landscaping, snow removal and other customary and ordinary items of personal property provided by Landlord for use in Common Areas or in the Project office; capital expenditures incurred (i) in replacing obsolete equipment (hereinafter referred to as “ Obsolete CapEx ”); Obsolete CapEx shall not be included in the Operating Expenses payable by Tenant hereunder during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term, as it may be extended), (ii) for the primary purpose of reducing Operating Expenses or (iii) required by any Governmental Authority to comply with changes in Applicable Laws that take effect after the Execution Date or to ensure continued compliance with Applicable Laws in effect as of the Execution Date, in each case amortized over the useful life thereof, as reasonably determined by Landlord, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; costs of complying with Applicable Laws (except to the extent such costs are incurred to remedy non-compliance as of the Execution Date with Applicable Laws and excluding any fines and penalties associated therewith); costs to keep the Project in compliance with, or fees otherwise required under, any CC&Rs (as defined below) (except to the extent such costs or fees constitute capital expenditures that are not otherwise includable in Operating Expenses), including, without limitation, all Common Expenses (including all Limited Expenses) and all Special Assessments (as such terms are defined in the Declaration) and all other amounts affecting or assessed against the Unit and/or Landlord as Unit Owner (as defined in the Declaration); insurance premiums, including premiums for commercial general liability, property casualty, earthquake, terrorism and environmental coverages; portions of insured losses paid by Landlord as part of the deductible portion of a loss pursuant to the terms of insurance policies; service contracts; costs of services of independent contractors retained to do work of a nature referenced above; and costs of compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons at or below the level of senior property manager (but including the costs of accountants) who perform regular and recurring duties connected with the day-to-day operation and maintenance of the Project, its equipment, the adjacent walks, landscaped areas and driveways, including janitors, floor waxers, window washers, watchmen, gardeners, sweepers, plow trucks and handymen; and in the event (and only so long as) the Building is accredited with the U.S. Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) rating system, reasonable administrative reporting costs to retain such rating; costs of operating and maintaining any conference facilities in the Building available for the use of tenants in the Building (including Tenant), reduced by any sums collected for the use of any conference facilities in the Building.

c. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include any leasing commissions; expenses that relate to preparation of rental space for a tenant; expenses of initial development and construction, including grading, paving, landscaping and decorating (as distinguished from maintenance, repair and replacement of the foregoing); legal expenses relating to other tenants; costs of repairs to the extent reimbursed by payment of insurance proceeds received by Landlord; interest upon and amortization of loans to Landlord or secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Project or a portion thereof ( provided that interest upon a government assessment or improvement bond payable in installments shall constitute an Operating Expense under Subsection 9.1(a) ); salaries of executive officers of Landlord; depreciation claimed by Landlord for tax purposes ( provided that this exclusion of depreciation is not intended to delete from Operating Expenses actual costs of repairs and replacements that are provided for in Subsection 9.1(b) ); and taxes that are excluded from Operating Expenses by the last sentence of Subsection 9.1(a) ; costs of any items or services sold or provided to tenants (including Tenant) for which Landlord is reimbursed by such tenants





or which are not generally provided to all tenants of the Building; fees and costs of Landlord’s refinancing the Property; costs incurred due to a violation by Landlord of the terms and conditions of any lease; overhead and profit increment paid to subsidiaries or affiliates of Landlord for management or other services on or to the Building or for supplies or other materials, to the extent that the costs of such services, supplies or materials exceeds the customary costs charged by vendors for the same services in the area in which the Building is located (but Operating Expenses shall in all events include the Property Management Fee); all items and services for which Tenant reimburses Landlord or pays third persons or which Landlord provides selectively to one or more tenants or occupants of the Building (other than Tenant) without reimbursement; commissions, advertising and promotional expenditures; to the extent reimbursement is actually made from insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or other sources of payment (but excluding any commercially reasonable deductible, which may be included in Operating Expenses), costs of repairs, restoration, replacements or other work occasioned by (1) fire, windstorm or other casualty, (2) the exercise by governmental authorities of the right of eminent domain, whether such taking be total or partial, or (3) the gross negligence or intentional tort of Landlord, or any subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord, or any representative, employee or agent of same; allowances, concessions and other costs and expenses incurred in completing, fixturing, furnishing, renovating or otherwise improving, decorating or redecorating space for the exclusive use of tenants (including Tenant), prospective tenants or other occupants and prospective occupants of the Building, or vacant, leasable space in the Building (except Common Areas); rental payments made under any ground or underlying lease or leases; costs incurred in connection with financing, refinancing, mortgaging, selling or change of ownership of the Building; Landlord's general corporate overhead and general and administrative expenses; costs incurred (less costs of recovery) for any items to the extent covered by a manufacturer's, materialman's, vendor's or contractor's warranty which are paid by such manufacturer, materialman, vendor or contractor; capital expenditures except those included in Operating Expenses pursuant to Section 9.1(b) above; ground rents; and legal expenses incurred by Landlord relating to the Ground Lease or any matter relating to title to the Property. To the extent that Tenant uses more than Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of any item of Operating Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord for such excess in addition to Tenant’s obligation to pay Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Operating Expenses (such excess, together with Tenant’s Pro Rata Share, “ Tenant’s Share ”).

d. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Landlord is not furnishing any particular work or service (the cost of which if performed by Landlord would constitute an Operating Expense) to any tenant or tenants who have undertaken to perform such work or service in lieu of the performance thereof by Landlord, then Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such item of Operating Expenses shall be determined by dividing (i) the Rentable Area of the Premises, by (ii) the Rentable Area of the Unit reduced by the Rentable Area of those tenants for whom Landlord does not provide such work or service.

9.2    Commencing on the Term Commencement Date (with respect to Premises A) and the Delivery Date (with respect to Premises B), Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, as Additional Rent, Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, including the Property Management Fee, with respect to the Building and the Project, as applicable, for such month, and:

a. Within ninety (90) days after the conclusion of each calendar year (or such longer period as may be reasonably required by Landlord), Landlord shall furnish to Tenant a statement showing in reasonable detail the actual Operating Expenses and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year. Any additional sum due from Tenant to Landlord shall be due and payable within thirty (30) days following Tenant’s receipt of such statement. If the amounts paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section exceed Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the previous calendar year, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the Rent next due and owing from Tenant; provided that, if the Lease term has expired, Landlord shall accompany such statement with payment for the amount of such difference.






b. Any amount due under this Section for any period that is less than a full month shall be prorated for such fractional month on the basis of the number of days in the month.

c. As of the Execution Date, Operating Expenses for the Unit for calendar year 2016 are estimated to be $10.97 per Square Foot of Rentable Area. Tenant understands and agrees that this is merely Landlord’s good faith estimate and not a guarantee or limit on Operating Expenses. As used herein, the term “ Controllable Operating Expenses ” shall mean all Operating Expenses other than (v) insurance premiums, (w) costs (including capital expenditures) to comply with new or modified Applicable Laws which were enacted or modified after the Execution Date, (x) snow and ice removal, (y) taxes and other amounts described in Section 9.1(a), and electrical and other utility expenses; and (z) extraordinary expenses resulting from Force Majeure; the term “ Opex Cap ” shall mean $12.07 per Square Foot of Rentable Area; and the term “ Controllable Opex Cap ” shall mean the actual Controllable Operating Expenses for calendar year 2016 as determined by Landlord, which Controllable Opex Cap shall increase in 2017, and in each calendar year thereafter, by 5% per year. During calendar years 2015 and 2016, Operating Expenses shall not exceed the Opex Cap. Commencing in calendar year 2017, and in each calendar year thereafter, Controllable Operating Expenses shall not exceed the then-applicable Controllable Opex Cap.

9.3    Landlord may, from time to time, modify Landlord’s calculation and allocation procedures for Operating Expenses, so long as such modifications produce dollar results substantially consistent with Landlord’s then-current practice at the Project. Landlord or an affiliate(s) of Landlord currently own other property(ies) adjacent to the Project or its neighboring properties (collectively, “ Neighboring Properties ”). In connection with Landlord performing services for the Project pursuant to this Lease, similar services may be performed by the same vendor(s) for Neighboring Properties. In such a case, Landlord shall reasonably allocate to the Building and the Project the costs for such services based upon the ratio that the square footage of the Building or the Project (as applicable) bears to the total square footage of all of the Neighboring Properties or buildings within the Neighboring Properties for which the services are performed, unless the scope of the services performed for any building or property (including the Building and the Project) is disproportionately more or less than for others, in which case Landlord shall equitably allocate the costs based on the scope of the services being performed for each building or property (including the Building and the Project).

9.4    Landlord’s annual statement shall be final and binding upon Tenant and Landlord unless Tenant, within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s receipt thereof, shall contest any item therein by giving written notice to Landlord, specifying each item contested and the reasons therefor; provided that Tenant shall in all events pay the amount specified in Landlord’s annual statement, pending the results of the Independent Review and determination of the Accountant(s), as applicable and as each such term is defined below. If, during such sixty (60)-day period, Tenant reasonably and in good faith questions or contests the correctness of Landlord’s statement of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable access to Landlord’s books and records to the extent relevant to determination of Operating Expenses as reasonably determined by Landlord (including all materials on which Landlord relied in making such determination, but excluding internal communications, memoranda, correspondence and the like), and such other information as Landlord reasonably determines to be responsive to Tenant’s written inquiries. In the event that, after Tenant’s review of such information, Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon the amount of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, then Tenant shall have the right to have an independent public accounting firm hired by Tenant on an hourly basis and not on a contingent-fee basis (at Tenant’s sole cost and expense) and approved by Landlord (which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold or delay) audit and review such of Landlord’s books and records for the year in question as directly relate to the determination of Operating Expenses for such year (the “ Independent Review ”), but not books and records





of entities other than Landlord. Landlord shall make such books and records available at the location where Landlord or its property manager maintains them in the ordinary course of its business, or shall make copies of such books and records available to Tenant in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Tenant shall commence the Independent Review within fifteen (15) days after the date Landlord has given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Tenant shall complete the Independent Review and notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s specific objections to Landlord’s calculation of Operating Expenses (including Tenant’s accounting firm’s written statement of the basis, nature and amount of each proposed adjustment) no later than sixty (60) days after Landlord has first given Tenant access to Landlord’s books and records for the Independent Review. Landlord shall review the results of any such Independent Review. The parties shall endeavor to agree promptly and reasonably upon Operating Expenses taking into account the results of such Independent Review. If, as of sixty (60) days after Tenant has submitted the Independent Review to Landlord, the parties have not agreed on the appropriate adjustments to Operating Expenses, then the parties shall engage a mutually agreeable independent third party accountant with at least ten (10) years’ experience in commercial real estate accounting in the Philadelphia area (the “ Accountant ”) (which cannot be the accountant and accounting firm that conducted the Independent Review). If the parties cannot agree on the Accountant, then the same shall be designated by the local chapter of the American Arbitration Association (“ AAA ”) or any successor organization thereto, provided that such Accountant shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience in commercial real estate accounting in the Philadelphia area. Within ten (10) days after appointment of the Accountant, Landlord and Tenant shall each simultaneously give the Accountant (with a copy to the other party) its determination of Operating Expenses, with such supporting data or information as each submitting party determines appropriate. Within ten (10) days after such submissions, the Accountant shall select either Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of Operating Expenses. The Accountant may not select or designate any other determination of Operating Expenses. The determination of the Accountant shall bind the parties. If the parties agree or the Accountant determines that the Operating Expenses actually paid by Tenant for the calendar year in question exceeded Tenant’s obligations for such calendar year, then Landlord shall, at Tenant’s option, either (a) credit the excess to the next succeeding installments of estimated Additional Rent or (b) pay the excess to Tenant within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If the parties agree or the Accountant determines that Tenant’s payments of Operating Expenses for such calendar year were less than Tenant’s obligation for the calendar year, then Tenant shall pay the deficiency to Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of such results. If the Independent Review reveals and Landlord agrees, or if the Accountant determines, that the Operating Expenses billed to Tenant by Landlord and paid by Tenant to Landlord for the applicable calendar year in question exceeded by more than five percent (5%) what Tenant should have been billed during such calendar year, then Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of the Independent Review and the Accountant, if any, in all events the total cost of which shall not exceed $2,500. If the Accountant agrees with Tenant’s determination of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall pay the cost of the Accountant (not to exceed $1,000). In all other cases, Tenant shall pay the cost of the Independent Review and the Accountant, if any.

9.5    Tenant shall not be responsible for Operating Expenses attributable to the time period prior to the Term Commencement Date. Tenant’s responsibility for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall continue to the latest of (a) the date of termination of the Lease, and (b) the date Tenant has fully vacated the Premises.

9.6    Operating Expenses for the calendar year in which Tenant’s obligation to share therein commences and for the calendar year in which such obligation ceases shall be prorated on a basis reasonably determined by Landlord. Expenses such as taxes, assessments and insurance premiums that are incurred for an extended time period shall be prorated based upon the time periods to which they apply so that the amounts attributed to the Premises relate in a reasonable manner to the time period wherein Tenant has an obligation to share in Operating Expenses.





9.7    Reserved.

9.8    In the event that the Unit is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate Operating Expenses that vary depending on the occupancy of the Unit to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such Operating Expenses would have been had the Unit been ninety five percent (95%) occupied during such calendar year; provided , however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses. In the event that the Building is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate Operating Expenses that vary depending on the occupancy of the Building to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such Operating Expenses would have been had the Building been ninety five percent (95%) occupied during such calendar year; provided , however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of Operating Expenses.

10. Taxes on Tenant’s Property.

10.1    Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any and all taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises.

10.2    If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or, if the assessed valuation of the Building, the Unit, the Property or the Project is increased by inclusion therein of a value attributable to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based upon any such increase in the assessed value of the Building, the Unit, the Property or the Project, then Tenant shall, upon demand, accompanied by reasonable documentation evidencing that such increase is due to Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures, repay to Landlord the taxes so paid by Landlord.

10.3    If any improvements in or alterations to the Premises, whether owned by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for real property tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which improvements conforming to Landlord’s building standards (the “ Building Standard ”) in other spaces in the Building are assessed, then the real property taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Building, the Unit, the Property or the Project by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of Section 10.2 . Any such excess assessed valuation due to improvements in or alterations to space in the Project leased by other tenants at the Project shall not be included in Operating Expenses. If the records of the applicable governmental assessor’s office are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether such Tenant improvements or alterations are assessed at a higher valuation than the Building Standard, then such records shall be binding on both Landlord and Tenant.

10.4    Tenant shall also pay to the appropriate Governmental Authority, before any penalties or fines are assessed, any use and occupancy tax in connection with the Premises. In the event Landlord is required by law to collect such tax, Tenant shall pay such use and occupancy tax to Landlord as Additional Rent within ten (10) days of demand and Landlord shall remit any amounts so paid to Landlord to the appropriate Governmental Authority to a timely fashion. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord the applicable state sales tax, if any, on all Rent simultaneously with the payment by Tenant of the Rent as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

11. Security Deposit.





11.1    Tenant shall deposit in cash or letter of credit as provided below with Landlord the sum set forth in Section 2.6 (the “ Security Deposit ”), which sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the period commencing on the Execution Date and ending upon the expiration or termination of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. If Tenant Defaults (as defined below) with respect to any provision of this Lease, including any provision relating to the payment of Rent, then Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or any other sum in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so used or applied, then Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days following demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount, and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days.

11.2    In the event of bankruptcy or other debtor-creditor proceedings against Tenant, the Security Deposit shall be deemed to be applied first to the payment of Rent and other charges due Landlord for all periods prior to the filing of such proceedings.

11.3    Landlord may deliver to any purchaser of Landlord’s interest in the Premises the funds deposited hereunder by Tenant, and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to such deposit. This provision shall also apply to any subsequent transfers.

11.4    If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, then the Security Deposit, or any balance thereof, shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest hereunder) within thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11.5    If the Security Deposit is in cash, Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided , however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

11.6    If the Security Deposit shall be in cash, Landlord shall hold the Security Deposit in an account at a banking organization selected by Landlord; provided , however, that Landlord shall not be required to maintain a separate account for the Security Deposit, but may intermingle it with other funds of Landlord. Landlord shall be entitled to all interest and/or dividends, if any, accruing on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall not be required to credit Tenant with any interest for any period during which Landlord does not receive interest on the Security Deposit.

11.7    The Security Deposit may be in the form of cash, a letter of credit or any other security instrument acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion. Tenant may at any time, except when Tenant is in Default (as defined below), deliver a letter of credit (the “ L/C Security ”) as the entire Security Deposit, as follows:
a. If Tenant elects to deliver L/C Security, then Tenant shall provide Landlord, and maintain in full force and effect throughout the Term and until the date that is six (6) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date, a letter of credit in the form of Exhibit J issued by an issuer satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, in the amount of the Security Deposit, with an initial term of at least one year.





Landlord may require the L/C Security to be re-issued by a different issuer at any time during the Term if Landlord believes that the issuing bank of the L/C Security is or may soon become insolvent; provided, however, Landlord shall return the existing L/C Security to the existing issuer immediately upon receipt of the substitute L/C Security. If any issuer of the L/C Security shall become insolvent or placed into FDIC receivership, then Tenant shall immediately deliver to Landlord (without the requirement of notice from Landlord) substitute L/C Security issued by an issuer satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion, and otherwise conforming to the requirements set forth in this Article. As used herein with respect to the issuer of the L/C Security, “insolvent” shall mean the determination of insolvency as made by such issuer’s primary bank regulator ( i.e ., the state bank supervisor for state chartered banks; the OCC or OTS, respectively, for federally chartered banks or thrifts; or the Federal Reserve for its member banks). If, at the Term Expiration Date, any Rent remains uncalculated or unpaid, then (i) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence complete any necessary calculations, (ii) Tenant shall extend the expiry date of such L/C Security from time to time as Landlord reasonably requires and (iii) in such extended period, Landlord shall not unreasonably refuse to consent to an appropriate reduction of the L/C Security. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord’s legal costs (as estimated by Landlord’s counsel) in handling Landlord’s acceptance of L/C Security or its replacement or extension.

b. If Tenant delivers to Landlord satisfactory L/C Security in place of the entire Security Deposit, Landlord shall remit to Tenant any cash Security Deposit Landlord previously held.

c. Landlord may draw upon the L/C Security, and hold and apply the proceeds in the same manner and for the same purposes as the Security Deposit, if (i) an uncured Default (as defined below) exists, (ii) as of the date thirty (30) days before any L/C Security expires (even if such scheduled expiry date is after the Term Expiration Date) Tenant has not delivered to Landlord an amendment or replacement for such L/C Security, reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, extending the expiry date to the earlier of (1) six (6) months after the then-current Term Expiration Date or (2) the date one year after the then-current expiry date of the L/C Security, (iii) the L/C Security provides for automatic renewals, Landlord asks the issuer to confirm the current L/C Security expiry date, and the issuer fails to do so within ten (10) business days, (iv) Tenant fails to pay (when and as Landlord reasonably requires) any bank charges for Landlord’s transfer of the L/C Security or (v) the issuer of the L/C Security ceases, or announces that it will cease, to maintain an office in the city where Landlord may present drafts under the L/C Security (and fails to permit drawing upon the L/C Security by overnight courier or facsimile). This Section does not limit any other provisions of this Lease allowing Landlord to draw the L/C Security under specified circumstances.

d. Tenant shall not seek to enjoin, prevent, or otherwise interfere with Landlord’s draw under L/C Security, even if it violates this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the only effect of a wrongful draw would be to substitute a cash Security Deposit for L/C Security, causing Tenant no legally recognizable damage. Landlord shall hold the proceeds of any draw in the same manner and for the same purposes as a cash Security Deposit. In the event of a wrongful draw, the parties shall cooperate to allow Tenant to post replacement L/C Security simultaneously with the return to Tenant of the wrongfully drawn sums, and Landlord shall upon request confirm in writing to the issuer of the L/C Security that Landlord’s draw was erroneous.

e. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, then Tenant shall at Tenant’s expense, within five (5) business days after receiving a request from Landlord, deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) an amendment to the L/C Security naming Landlord’s grantee as substitute beneficiary. If the required Security Deposit changes while L/C Security is in force, then Tenant shall deliver (and, if the issuer requires, Landlord shall consent to) a corresponding amendment to the L/C Security.






12. Use.

12.1    Tenant shall use the Premises for the Permitted Use, and shall not use the Premises, or permit or suffer the Premises to be used, for any other purpose without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

12.2    Tenant shall not use or occupy the Premises in violation of Applicable Laws; zoning ordinances; or the certificate of occupancy issued for the Building or the Project, and shall, upon five (5) days’ written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises that is declared or claimed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction to be a violation of any of the above. Tenant shall comply with any direction of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction that shall, by reason of the nature of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, impose any duty upon Tenant or Landlord with respect to the Premises or with respect to the use or occupation thereof. Landlord represents to Tenant as of the Effective Date that, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, office and general laboratory uses are permitted in the Building under applicable zoning ordinances.

12.3    Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything that will invalidate or increase the cost of any fire, environmental, extended coverage or any other insurance policy covering the Building or the Project, and shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of the insurers of the Building and the Project applicable to the Tenant’s Improvements and Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, and Tenant shall promptly, upon demand (accompanied by reasonable supporting documentation evidencing that such increase is due to Tenant’s failure to comply with this Section), reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for such policy by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article. Landlord represents to Tenant as of the Effective Date, to the best of Landlord’s knowledge, the use and occupancy of the Premises for office and general laboratory uses will not invalidate or increase the cost of Landlord’s commercial property insurance covering the Building.

12.4    Tenant shall keep all doors opening onto public corridors closed, except when in use for ingress and egress.

12.5    No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by Tenant, nor shall any changes be made to existing locks or the mechanisms thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent except as otherwise approved by Landlord in the Approved Plans (it being understood that Tenant intends to install a key-card access system to the Premises as depicted in the Approved Plans). Tenant shall, upon termination of this Lease, return to Landlord all keys to offices and restrooms either furnished to or otherwise procured by Tenant. In the event any key so furnished to Tenant is lost, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change.

12.6    No awnings or other projections shall be attached to any outside wall of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of the Premises other than Landlord’s standard window coverings except as otherwise approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (it being understood that certain windows in the Premises may require specialized window coverings, for example, black-out shades). Neither the interior nor exterior of any windows shall be coated or otherwise sunscreened without Landlord’s prior written consent, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the windowsills. No equipment, furniture or other items of personal property shall be placed on any exterior balcony without Landlord’s prior written consent.





12.7    No sign, advertisement or notice (“ Signage ”) shall be exhibited, painted or affixed by Tenant on any part of the Premises or the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent. Signage shall conform to Landlord’s design criteria. For any Signage, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, (a) acquire all permits for such Signage in compliance with Applicable Laws and (b) design, fabricate, install and maintain such Signage in a first-class condition. Tenant shall be responsible for reimbursing Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in removing any of Tenant’s Signage not removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, building-standard interior signs on entry doors to the Premises and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for Tenant by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, and shall be of a size, color and type and be located in a place acceptable to Landlord. The directory tablet shall be provided exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only. Tenant shall not place anything on the exterior of the corridor walls or corridor doors other than Landlord’s standard lettering.

12.8    Tenant may only place equipment within the Premises with floor loading consistent with the Building’s structural design unless Tenant obtains Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant may place such equipment only in a location designed to carry the weight of such equipment..

12.9    Tenant shall cause any equipment or machinery to be installed in the Premises so as to reasonably prevent sounds or vibrations therefrom from extending into the Common Areas or other offices in the Project.

12.10    Tenant shall not (a) do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises that shall in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Project, or injure them, (b) use or allow the Premises to be used for immoral or unlawful purposes, (c) cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or waste in, on or about the Project or (d) take any other action that would in Landlord’s reasonable determination in any manner adversely affect other tenants’ quiet use and enjoyment of their space or adversely impact their ability to conduct business in a professional and suitable work environment.

12.11    Notwithstanding any other provision herein to the contrary, Tenant shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the compliance of the Premises with the Americans with Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq., and any state and local accessibility laws, codes, ordinances and rules (collectively, and together with regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, the “ ADA ”), and Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord, Ground Lessor, Wexford Science & Technology, LLC, Wexford Development, LLC and Wexford Science Center 2, LLC, any lender, mortgagee or beneficiary (each, a “ Lender ”), the Association and their respective affiliates, employees, agents and contractors (all of the foregoing are collectively the “ Landlord Indemnitees ”) harmless from and against any demands, claims, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses, actions, causes of action, damages, suits or judgments, and all reasonable expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements, regardless of whether the applicable demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed) incurred in investigating or resisting the same (collectively, “ Claims ”) arising out of any such failure of the Premises to comply with the ADA. In addition, Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III “path of travel” requirements triggered by alterations within the Premises made subsequent to the Delivery Date by, or at the request of, Tenant. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, Landlord shall be responsible for all liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of or in connection with the ADA compliance of (x) the Unit Common Areas, and (y) the Tenant Improvements on the Delivery Date (with the ADA as it was in effect as of the Delivery Date), provided that Tenant shall be responsible for compliance of the Tenant Improvements with the ADA with respect to (x) any changes to the





Tenant Improvements after the Delivery Date and (y) modifications, amendments and changes to the ADA after the Delivery Date. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

12.12    In addition to the general requirements set forth above, Tenant shall not use, operate, maintain or alter the Premises, or allow or suffer the actions of third parties in their use, operation, maintenance or alteration of the Premises, so as to violate the Tax Credit Requirements, as defined and set forth below.

a. The terms that follow have the indicated definitions:
(i)
Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(ii)
IRS ” means the Internal Revenue Service.
(iii)
New Markets Tax Credits ” means federal income tax credits available under Section 45D of the Code, as subsequently modified, amended or replaced to provide substantially the same economic benefits.
(iv)
Tax Credit Requirements ” means all present and future applicable laws, statutes, treaties, rules, orders, ordinances, codes, regulations, requirements, permits, and interpretations by, and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs and like action, even if unforeseen or extraordinary, necessary or applicable under the Tax Credits for the use and/or maintenance and/or replacement of any part of the Building.
(v)
Tax Credits ” means New Markets Tax Credits.
(vi)
Treasury Regulations ” means regulations, rulings and explanations issued to implement, explain, clarify and define provisions of the Code.

b.
In particular, as may be required under the New Markets Tax Credits, Tenant shall not allow the Premises or any part thereof to be used for any of the following uses:
(i)
any trade or business consisting of the operation of (A) a private or commercial golf course, (B) a country club, (C) a massage parlor, (D) a hot tub facility, (E) a suntan facility, (F) a racetrack, or (G) any facility used for gambling, or (H) any residential purpose;
(ii)
any store the principal business of which is the sale of alcoholic beverages for consumption off-premises; or
(iii)
any other trade, business or activity prohibited to be carried on by any amendment to Section 45D of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereto, or any other guidance published by the IRS.

12.13    Landlord has financed, or may in the future finance from time to time, all or a portion of the construction of certain improvements on portions of the Property (or other property owned or leased by Landlord or its affiliates in the vicinity of the Property) with certain loans and/or grants that require Landlord to submit reports and information to the lending and/or granting organization. For this purpose, Tenant hereby agrees to cooperate with Landlord in complying with the requirements of such loans and/or grants and to provide information related thereto and requested by Landlord from time to time within a reasonable time after written request therefore. In connection therewith, Landlord will contact Tenant on or about the Term Commencement Date and thereafter at not more than annually to gather information regarding the Tenant’s business, which may include the information solicited on Exhibit L attached hereto. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord to report such information, including by attending in-person or telephonic meetings with representatives of Landlord upon reasonable prior written notice and not more than two (2) times per calendar year. Tenant shall not be required to provide information regarding specific employees (i.e., names and social security numbers). Landlord shall treat all information provided by Tenant hereunder





in a confidential manner except to the extent that such information is already in the public domain and shall not disclose any such information to any third parties other than the lending and/or granting organizations and Landlord’s counsel, consultants, inspectors, employees, members, accountants, advisers, prospective lenders and/or investors as may be required in connection with such loans or grants. Nothing herein shall preclude or limit Landlord from disclosing such information in connection with a subpoena or other valid or enforceable order of a court of competent jurisdiction or administrative panel or as otherwise required by applicable law.

13. Rules and Regulations, CC&Rs, Ground Lease, Parking Facilities and Common Areas.

13.1    Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right, in common with others, to use the Common Areas in conjunction with Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Use, and such use of the Common Areas and Tenant’s use of the Premises shall be subject to the rules and regulations adopted by Landlord and attached hereto as Exhibit F-1 and the rules and regulations from time to time adopted by the 3711 Market Research Condominium Association (the “ Association ”), together with such other reasonable and nondiscriminatory rules and regulations as are hereafter promulgated by Landlord and/or the Association in their sole and absolute discretion (collectively, the “ Rules and Regulations ”), provided that Tenant shall not be bound by any change or addition to the Rules and Regulations that materially adversely affects Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations. In the event of any breach of any Condominium rules, the Association shall have all remedies in the Declaration and shall, in addition, have any remedies available at law or in equity, including but not limited to, the right to enjoin any breach of such Condominium rules. Neither Landlord nor the Association shall be responsible to Tenant for the violation or nonperformance by any other tenant or any agent, employee or invitee thereof of any of the Rules and Regulations, but Landlord hereby agrees to enforce the Rules and Regulations in a non-discriminatory manner.

13.2    This Lease is subject to (i) the Ground Lease, (ii) the Declaration and all Bylaws, Rules and Regulations and other documents pertaining to the Condominium and its operations (collectively, the “ Condominium Documents ”), and (iii) any other recorded covenants, conditions or restrictions on the Project or Property (all of the foregoing are the “ CC&R s”), as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, provided that Tenant shall not be bound by any change or addition to the CC&Rs that materially adversely affects Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use. Tenant acknowledges receipt of copies of the CC&Rs prior to the date hereof. Tenant shall comply with the CC&Rs.

13.3    Subject to the terms of this Lease including the Rules and Regulations and the rights of other tenants of the Building, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to access the freight loading dock and freight elevators, at no additional cost.

13.4    Pursuant to a side letter of even date herewith between Tenant and Landlord, Landlord has agreed to provide certain parking licenses to Tenant for parking spaces in the garage located in the Condominium.

14. Project Control by Landlord.

14.1    Landlord reserves full control over the Building and the Project to the extent not inconsistent with Tenant’s enjoyment of the Premises as provided by this Lease. This reservation includes Landlord’s right to subdivide the Project and/or the Unit; change the size of the Project by selling all or a portion of the Project or adding real property and any improvements thereon to the Project; grant easements and licenses





to third parties; maintain or establish ownership of the Building or the Unit separate from fee title to the Project; make additions to or reconstruct portions of the Building and the Project; install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building or the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building or elsewhere at the Project; and alter or relocate any other Common Area or facility, including private drives, landscaping, lobbies and entrances; provided , however, that such rights shall be exercised in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord specifically reserves the right to allow the exclusive use of corridors and restroom facilities located on specific floors to one or more tenants occupying such floors; provided , however, that Tenant shall not be deprived of the use of the corridors reasonably required to serve the Premises or of restroom facilities serving the floor upon which the Premises are located. The Condominium Common Areas, and the use thereof and access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, inspection, display and repair thereof are hereby reserved to the Association. The Association reserves the right to alter, improve, modify and, to the extent necessary to temporarily block off access to portions of the Condominium Common Areas in accordance with the terms of the Declaration, provided, however, that so long as Landlord or an affiliate thereof controls the Association, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that such rights are exercised in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises. The Unit Common Areas, and the use thereof and access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, inspection, display and repair thereof are hereby reserved to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to alter, improve, modify and, to the extent necessary to temporarily block off access to portions of the Unit Common Areas, provided, however, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to exercise such rights in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises.

14.2    Possession of areas of the Premises necessary for utilities, services, safety and operation of the Building is reserved to Landlord in common with Tenant.

14.3    If Landlord does not control the Association, Landlord shall enforce the Declaration in a commercially reasonable manner in accordance with the terms of the Declaration and in its capacity as a Unit Owner thereunder.

14.4    Landlord may, at any and all reasonable times during non-business hours (or during business hours, if (a) with respect to Subsections 14.4(u) through 14.4(y) , Tenant so requests, and (b) with respect to Subsection 14.4(z) , if Landlord so requests), and upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice ( provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), enter the Premises to (u) inspect the same and to determine whether Tenant is in compliance with its obligations hereunder, (v) supply any service Landlord is required to provide hereunder, (w) alter, improve or repair any portion of the Building other than the Premises for which access to the Premises is reasonably necessary, (x) post notices of nonresponsibility, (y) access the telephone equipment, electrical substation and fire risers and (z) show the Premises to prospective purchasers or tenants during the final year of the Term and current and prospective lenders at any time during the Term. In connection with any such alteration, improvement or repair as described in Subsection 14.4(w) , Landlord may erect in the Premises or elsewhere in the Project scaffolding and other structures reasonably required for the alteration, improvement or repair work to be performed. In no event shall Tenant’s Rent abate as a result of Landlord’s activities pursuant to this Section; provided , however, that all such activities shall be conducted in such a manner so as to cause as little interference to Tenant as is reasonably possible. Landlord shall at all times retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises. If an emergency necessitates immediate access to the Premises, Landlord may use whatever force is necessary to enter the Premises, and any such entry to the Premises shall not





constitute a forcible or unlawful entry to the Premises, a detainer of the Premises, or an eviction of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. Upon twenty-four (24) hours’ prior notice (provided that no time restrictions shall apply or advance notice be required if an emergency necessitates immediate entry), the Association, its agents or employees may enter the Premises at all reasonable times (including normal business hours), and at any time in the event of an emergency, in order to make repairs, alterations, improvements and additions to the Condominium Common Areas required of the Association under the terms of the Declaration; provided , however , to the extent that Landlord controls the Association, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to ensure that such rights are exercised in a way that does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises, including the Permitted Use and Tenant’s access to the Premises. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, except in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall not enter (and so long as Landlord controls the Association, Landlord shall not permit the Association to enter) any areas reasonably designated by Tenant as “clean space” without Tenant’s prior consent, but neither Landlord nor the Association shall have any liability to Tenant if this results in delays in the performance of any services or obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant’s use and occupancy of the premises for the Permitted Use is materially adversely affected by Landlord’s entry into the Premises for repairs or maintenance (and such repairs or maintenance do not result from an act or omission of Tenant or any Tenant Party or Tenant’s failure to comply with its repair and maintenance obligations hereunder) for more than five (5) consecutive business days following written notice to Landlord, then Tenant’s Base Rent and Operating Expenses (or, to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected, a proportionate amount (based on the Rentable Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable) of Base Rent and Operating Expenses) shall be abated commencing on the later to occur of (i) the first (1st) business day after such interruption, or (ii) the date on which Tenant ceases its use and occupancy of the Premises (or portion thereof) for the Permitted Use, until the Premises are again usable by Tenant for the Permitted Use.

15. Quiet Enjoyment. Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon paying the Rent and performing its obligations contained in this Lease, may peacefully and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises, free from any claim by Landlord or persons claiming under Landlord, but subject to all of the terms and provisions hereof, provisions of Applicable Laws and rights of record to which this Lease is or may become subordinate. This covenant is in lieu of any other quiet enjoyment covenant, either express or implied.

16.
Utilities and Services.
    
16.1    Commencing on the Term Commencement Date (with respect to Premises A) and the Delivery Date (with respect to Premises B), Tenant shall pay for all water, gas, heat, light, power, telephone, internet service, cable television, other telecommunications and other utilities supplied to the Premises, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. If any such utility is not separately metered to Tenant or obtained directly by Tenant, Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of all charges of such utility jointly metered with other premises as part of Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses or, in the alternative, Landlord may, at its option, monitor the usage of such utilities by Tenant and charge Tenant with the cost of purchasing, installing and monitoring such metering equipment, which cost shall be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent. Electrical service at an average of 8 watts per the Rentable Area of the Premises shall be provided to the Premises (including electricity used for the air handling units exclusively servicing the Premises and for any rooftop equipment installed by Tenant with Landlord’s express written consent), and shall be submetered to the Premises (which submetering shall be installed by Landlord at Landlord’s cost as part of the Tenant Improvements) and paid by Tenant at Landlord’s actual cost thereof. Water shall also be submetered to the Premises (which submetering shall be installed by Landlord as part of the Tenant Improvements, but such water submeter shall be a Tenant’s Cost (as defined in the Work Letter)) and paid by Tenant at Landlord’s





actual cost thereof. In the event that the Building or the Unit is less than fully occupied during a calendar year, Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may extrapolate utility usage that varies depending on the occupancy of the Building or the Unit to equal Landlord’s reasonable estimate of what such utility usage would have been had the Building or the Unit been fully occupied during such calendar year; provided , however, that Landlord shall not recover more than one hundred percent (100%) of the cost of such utilities.

16.2    Landlord shall not be liable for, nor shall any eviction of Tenant result from, the failure to furnish any utility or service, whether or not such failure is caused by accidents; breakage; casualties (to the extent not caused by the party claiming Force Majeure); Severe Weather Conditions (as defined below); physical natural disasters (but excluding weather conditions that are not Severe Weather Conditions); strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes (other than labor disturbances and labor disputes resulting solely from the acts or omissions of the party claiming Force Majeure); acts of terrorism; riots or civil disturbances; wars or insurrections; shortages of materials (which shortages are not unique to the party claiming Force Majeure); regulations, moratoria or other actions, inactions or delays; failures by third parties to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply, or inability of the party claiming Force Majeure, by exercise of reasonable diligence, to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel; or other causes beyond the reasonable control of the party claiming that Force Majeure has occurred (collectively, “ Force Majeure ”); or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence. In the event of such failure, Tenant shall not be entitled to termination of this Lease or any abatement or reduction of Rent, nor shall Tenant be relieved from the operation of any covenant or agreement of this Lease. “ Severe Weather Conditions ” means weather conditions that are materially worse than those that reasonably would be anticipated for the Property at the applicable time based on historic meteorological records. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if, for more than five (5) consecutive business days following written notice to Landlord and as a direct result of Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, the provision of HVAC (as defined below) or other utilities or services to all or a material portion of the Premises that Landlord must provide pursuant to this Lease is interrupted, then Tenant’s Base Rent and Operating Expenses (or, to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected, a proportionate amount (based on the Rentable Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable) of Base Rent and Operating Expenses) shall be abated commencing on the later to occur of (i) the sixth (6 th ) business day after such interruption, or (ii) the date on which Tenant ceases its use and occupancy of the Premises (or portion thereof) for the Permitted Use, until the Premises are again usable by Tenant for the Permitted Use; provided , however, that, if Landlord is diligently pursuing the restoration of such HVAC and other utilities and Landlord provides substitute HVAC and other utilities reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use (e.g., supplying potable water or portable air conditioning equipment), then neither Base Rent nor Operating Expenses shall be abated. In the event of any interruption of HVAC or other utilities or services that Landlord must provide pursuant to this Lease, regardless of the cause, Landlord shall diligently pursue the restoration of such HVAC and other utilities. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, but subject to Article 24 (which shall govern in the event of a casualty), the provisions of this Section shall be Tenant’s sole recourse and remedy in the event of an interruption of HVAC or other utilities or services to the Premises.

16.3    Tenant shall pay for, prior to delinquency of payment therefor, any utilities and services that may be furnished to the Premises during or, if Tenant occupies the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, after the Term, beyond those utilities provided by Landlord, including telephone, internet service, cable television and other telecommunications, together with any fees, surcharges and taxes thereon. Upon Landlord’s demand, utilities and services provided to the Premises that are separately metered shall be paid by Tenant directly to the supplier of such utilities or services.

16.4    Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, use any device in the Premises (including data processing machines) other than customary office equipment and machines that will in any





way (a) increase the amount of ventilation, air exchange, gas, steam, electricity or water required or consumed in the Premises based upon Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Unit or Project (as applicable) beyond the existing capacity of the Unit or the Project usually furnished or supplied for the Permitted Use or (b) exceed Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Unit’s or Project’s (as applicable) capacity to provide such utilities or services; provided, however, the installation and use in the Premises of the improvements and equipment contemplated by the Approved Plans shall not be deemed to violate the foregoing.

16.5    If Tenant shall require utilities or services in excess of those usually furnished or supplied for tenants in similar spaces in the Unit or the Project by reason of Tenant’s equipment or extended hours of business operations, then Tenant shall first procure Landlord’s consent for the use thereof, which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of such excess utilities or services, and Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent an amount equal to the cost of providing such excess utilities and services, provided that this provision shall not apply to the operation of the equipment contemplated by the Approved Plans on a 24/7/365 basis in connection with the Permitted Use.

16.6    Landlord shall provide water in Common Areas for lavatory and landscaping purposes only, which water shall be from the local municipal or similar source; provided , however, that if Landlord determines that Tenant requires, uses or consumes water provided to the Common Areas for any purpose other than ordinary lavatory purposes, Landlord may install a water meter (“ Tenant Water Meter ”) and thereby measure Tenant’s water consumption for all purposes. Tenant shall pay Landlord for the costs of any Tenant Water Meter and the installation and maintenance thereof during the Term. If Landlord installs a Tenant Water Meter, Tenant shall pay for water consumed, as shown on such meter, as and when bills are rendered. If Tenant fails to timely make such payments, Landlord may pay such charges and collect the same from Tenant. Any such costs or expenses incurred or payments made by Landlord for any of the reasons or purposes stated in this Section shall be deemed to be Additional Rent payable by Tenant and collectible by Landlord as such.

16.7    Landlord reserves the right to stop service of the elevator, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning and utility systems, when Landlord deems necessary or desirable, due to accident, emergency or the need to make repairs, alterations or improvements, until such repairs, alterations or improvements shall have been completed, and, except as provided in Section 16.2, Landlord shall further have no responsibility or liability for failure to supply elevator facilities, plumbing, ventilation, air conditioning or utility service when prevented from doing so by Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence; a failure by a third party to deliver gas, oil or another suitable fuel supply; or Landlord’s inability by exercise of reasonable diligence to obtain gas, oil or another suitable fuel. Without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that any covenants on Landlord’s part to furnish any service pursuant to any of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions or agreements of this Lease, or to perform any act or thing for the benefit of Tenant, shall not be deemed breached if Landlord is unable to furnish or perform the same by virtue of Force Majeure or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Landlord’s negligence.

16.8    For the Premises, Landlord shall (a) maintain and operate the heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems used for the Permitted Use only (“ HVAC ”) and (b) subject to Subsection 16.8(a) , furnish HVAC as reasonably required (except as this Lease otherwise provides) for reasonably comfortable occupancy of the Premises during the Project’s hours of operation (as set forth in the Rules and Regulations), subject to casualty, eminent domain or as otherwise specified in this Article. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, Landlord shall have no liability, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 16.2 hereof, Tenant shall have no right or remedy, on account of any interruption or impairment in HVAC services; provided that Landlord diligently endeavors to cure any such interruption or impairment.






16.9    For any utilities serving the Premises for which Tenant is billed directly by such utility provider, Tenant agrees to furnish to Landlord within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s request, copies of invoices or statements for such utilities from the preceding 12-month period and proof of the payment of the same. Tenant shall retain records of utility usage at the Premises, including invoices and statements from the utility provider, for at least twenty-four (24) months, or such other period of time as may be requested by Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that any utility information for the Premises, the Building and the Project may be shared with third parties, including Landlord’s consultants and Governmental Authorities. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with this Section, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to collect utility usage information directly from the applicable utility providers at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

16.10    In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any failure or defect in the supply or character of electric energy furnished to the Premises by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public utility serving the Project with electric energy, or for any other reason not attributable to Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

16.11    Landlord shall furnish, install and replace all building-standard lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs and ballasts required in the Premises, the cost of which is included in Operating Expenses. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, furnish, install and replace all non-building-standard lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs and ballasts required in the Premises.

16.12    Tenant’s use of electric energy in the Premises shall not at any time exceed the capacity of any of the electrical conductors and equipment in or otherwise serving the Premises. In order to ensure that such capacity is not exceeded, and to avert a possible adverse effect upon the Project’s distribution of electricity via the Project’s electric system, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance (which consent Landlord may condition upon the availability of electric energy in the Project as allocated by Landlord to various areas of the Project) connect any fixtures, appliances or equipment (other than normal business machines and general laboratory equipment) to the Building’s or Project’s electric system or make any alterations or additions to the electric system of the Premises existing on the date hereof. Should Landlord grant such consent, all additional risers, distribution cables or other equipment required therefor shall be provided by Landlord and the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand (or, at Tenant’s option, shall be provided by Tenant pursuant to plans and contractors approved by Landlord, and otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Lease). Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to pay sums on account of such cost prior to the installation of any such risers or equipment. The installation in the Premises of the improvements and equipment contemplated by the Approved Plans shall not be deemed to violate the foregoing.

16.13If required by Applicable Law, Landlord may, upon sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, discontinue Landlord’s provision of electric energy hereunder. If Landlord discontinues provision of electric energy pursuant to this Section, Tenant shall not be released from any liability under this Lease, except that as of the date of such discontinuance, Tenant’s obligation to pay Landlord additional charges under Section 16.9 for electric energy thereafter supplied to the Premises shall cease. As of such date, Landlord shall permit Tenant to receive electric energy directly from the public utility company supplying electric energy to the Project, and Tenant shall pay all costs and expenses of obtaining such direct electrical service. Such electric energy shall be furnished to Tenant by means of the Building’s then-existing system feeders, risers and wiring. All meters and additional panel boards, feeders, risers, wiring and other conductors and equipment that may be required to obtain electric energy directly from such public utility company shall be furnished and installed by Landlord, and reimbursed by Tenant as an Operating Expense.





16.4    The parties hereto agree to comply with all mandatory and voluntary energy, water or other conservation controls or requirements applicable to the Building issued by the Federal, State, county, municipal or other applicable governments, the U.S. Green Building Council or Green Building initiative or its successors or peer organizations, or any public utility or insurance carrier including, without limitation, controls on the permitted range of temperature settings in buildings or requirements necessitating curtailment of the volume of energy consumption or the hours of operation of the Unit or the Building, provided that Landlord shall not agree to any voluntary controls or requirements that have the effect of materially adversely affecting Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises for Tenant’s actual business operations in the Premises on a 24/7/365 basis consistent with the Permitted Use. Any terms or conditions of this Lease that conflict or interfere with compliance by Landlord with such controls or requirements shall be suspended for the duration of such controls or requirements. It is further agreed that compliance with such controls or requirements shall not be considered an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises and shall not entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or to an abatement or reduction of any rent payable hereunder.

16.15    Landlord shall provide janitorial services to the Common Areas and the portions of the Premises used solely for office use in accordance with standards for other similar research/office buildings in the Science Center District and for the Premises in accordance with Exhibit G attached hereto.

16.16    Landlord’s Services. In addition to the services to be provided by Landlord in accordance with the other provisions of this Section 16, Landlord agrees that in consideration of Tenant’s performance of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall provide the following services from and after the Term Commencement Date (the cost of which services shall be reimbursed to Landlord as an Operating Expense):

a. Elevator. Elevator service for three (3) passenger elevators and one (1) freight elevator available for call at all times (subject to temporary unavailability for maintenance thereof but with at least two elevators subject to call at all times). The availability of the freight elevator shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable scheduling and rules and regulations for the Building (except in the event of an emergency).

b. Security. Security services consistent with similar office/research buildings in the University City District.

c. Water. Cold running water in reasonable quantities in the Premises.

d. Unit Common Areas. Landlord shall keep and maintain the Unit Common Areas reasonably clean and in good working order and repair, and the sidewalks, and driveways on the Property clean and in reasonably good repair, including, without limitation, sweeping and keeping the same free from unreasonable accumulations of snow and ice.

e. Management. General management, including supervision, inspections and management functions in a manner consistent with similar office/research buildings in the University City District.

f. Access to the Premises. Tenant and its employees shall have access to the Premises 24/7/365.

17. Alterations.

17.1    Tenant shall make no alterations, additions or improvements other than the Tenant Improvements in or to the Premises or engage in any construction, demolition, reconstruction, renovation,





or other work (whether major or minor) of any kind in, at, or serving the Premises (“ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold; provided , however, that in the event any proposed Alteration materially or adversely (in Landlord’s reasonable discretion) affects (a) any structural portions of the Building, including exterior walls, roof, foundation, foundation systems (including barriers and subslab systems), or core of the Building, (b) the exterior of the Building or (c) any Building or Unit systems, including elevator, plumbing, air conditioning, heating, electrical, security, life safety and power, then Landlord may withhold its approval in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall, in making any such Alterations, use only those architects, contractors, suppliers and mechanics of which Landlord has given prior written approval, which approval shall be in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. In seeking Landlord’s approval, except with respect to Cosmetic Alterations (defined below), Tenant shall provide Landlord, at least fourteen (14) days in advance of any proposed construction, with plans, specifications, bid proposals, certified stamped engineering drawings and calculations by Tenant’s engineer of record or architect of record, (including connections to the Building’s structural system, modifications to the Building’s envelope, non-structural penetrations in slabs or walls, and modifications or tie-ins to life safety systems), work contracts, requests for laydown areas and such other information concerning the nature and cost of the Alterations as Landlord may reasonably request. In no event shall Tenant use or Landlord be required to approve any architects, consultants, contractors, subcontractors or material suppliers that Landlord reasonably believes could cause labor disharmony. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may make strictly cosmetic changes to the Premises (“Cosmetic Alterations”) without Landlord’s consent; provided that (y) the cost of any Cosmetic Alterations does not exceed Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) annually, (z) such Cosmetic Alterations do not (i) require any structural or other substantial modifications to the Premises, (ii) require any changes to, or adversely affect, the Building systems, (iii) affect the exterior of the Building or (iv) trigger any requirement under Applicable Laws that would require Landlord to make any alteration or improvement to the Premises, the Unit, the Building or the Project. Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) days’ prior written notice of any Cosmetic Alterations.

17.2    Tenant shall not construct or permit to be constructed partitions or other obstructions that might interfere with free access to mechanical installation or service facilities of the Unit or the Building or with other tenants’ components located within the Unit or the Building, or interfere with the moving of Landlord’s equipment to or from the enclosures containing such installations or facilities provided that Tenant is given reasonable prior notice of the location of such facilities.

17.3    Tenant shall accomplish any work performed on the Premises, or the Unit or the Building in such a manner as to permit any life safety systems to remain fully operable at all times.

17.4    Any work performed on the Premises, the Building, the Unit or the Project by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be done at such times and in such manner as Landlord may from time to time designate and in accordance with the Construction Rules attached hereto as Exhibit F-2 . Tenant covenants and agrees that all work done by Tenant or Tenant’s contractors shall be performed in full compliance with Applicable Laws. Within thirty (30) days after completion of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with complete “as built” drawing print sets and electronic CADD files on disc (or files in such other current format in common use as Landlord reasonably approves or requires) showing any changes in the Premises. Any such “as built” plans shall show the applicable Alterations as an overlay on the Building as-built plans; provided that Landlord provides the Building “as built” plans to Tenant.

17.5    Except with respect to Cosmetic Alterations, before commencing any Alterations, Tenant shall give Landlord at least fourteen (14) days’ prior written notice of the proposed commencement of such work and shall, if required by Landlord, secure, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond satisfactory to Landlord for such work. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not require





Tenant to secure a completion and lien indemnity bond for Alterations costing less than $250,000 individually or in the aggregate (with respect to any particular project).

17.6    Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises caused by Tenant’s removal of any property from the Premises. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

17.7    The Premises plus any Alterations, Signage, Tenant Improvements, attached equipment, decorations, fixtures, movable laboratory casework and related appliances, trade fixtures, additions and improvements attached to or built into the Premises, made by either of the Parties (including all floor and wall coverings; paneling; sinks and related plumbing fixtures; laboratory benches; exterior venting fume hoods; walk-in freezers and refrigerators; ductwork; conduits; electrical panels and circuits; business and trade fixtures; attached machinery and equipment; and built-in furniture and cabinets, in each case, together with all additions and accessories thereto), shall (unless, prior to such construction or installation, Landlord elects otherwise) at all times remain the property of Landlord, shall remain in the Premises and shall (unless, prior to construction or installation thereof, Landlord elects otherwise and notifies Tenant of such election) be surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, the items listed on Exhibit H attached hereto (which Exhibit H may be updated by Tenant from and after the Delivery Date, subject to Landlord’s reasonable written consent) constitute Tenant’s property, and such Tenant’s property and all wiring and cabling installed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises or in the utility closets of the Building, shall be removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. Simultaneously with Landlord’s final approval the Approved Plans, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to what Tenant Improvements (if any) must be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. For further avoidance of doubt, in no event may Tenant remove any installations or fixtures that were bought by Landlord (whether by Landlord directly, or by application of the Additional TI Allowance).

17.8    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant remove any improvement from the Premises as to which Landlord contributed payment, including the Tenant Improvements, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion.

17.9    If Tenant shall fail to remove any of its property from the Premises required hereunder to be removed by Tenant prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, then Landlord may, at its option, remove the same in any manner that Landlord shall choose and store such effects without liability to Tenant for loss thereof or damage thereto, and Tenant shall pay Landlord, upon demand, any costs and expenses incurred due to such removal and storage or Landlord may, at its sole option and without notice to Tenant, sell such property or any portion thereof at private sale and without legal process for such price as Landlord may obtain and apply the proceeds of such sale against any (a) amounts due by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease and (b) any expenses incident to the removal, storage and sale of such personal property.

17.10    Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) business days following Landlord’s written request therefor, an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable actual third-party costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in plan review, coordination, scheduling and supervision of Tenant’s Alterations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any extra expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, or by reason of delays caused by such work, or by reason of inadequate clean-up.

17.11    Except with respect to Cosmetic Alterations, within one hundred twenty (120) days after final completion of the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations performed by Tenant with respect to the Premises,





Tenant shall submit to Landlord documentation showing the amounts expended by Tenant with respect to such Tenant Improvements and Alterations, together with supporting documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

17.12    Tenant shall take, and shall cause its contractors to take, commercially reasonable steps to protect the Premises during the performance of any Alterations or Tenant Improvements, including covering or temporarily removing any window coverings so as to guard against dust, debris or damage.

17.13    Tenant shall require its contractors and subcontractors performing work on the Premises to name Landlord and its affiliates and Lenders as additional insureds on their respective insurance policies.

18. Repairs and Maintenance.

18.1    Other than Condominium Common Areas located at the Property, if any, that are to be maintained by the Association pursuant to the Declaration (which, if Landlord controls the Association, Landlord shall cause the Association to maintain in accordance with the Declaration), Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural and exterior portions and Common Areas of the Unit, the Building and the Project, including roofing and covering materials; foundations; exterior walls; plumbing; common fire sprinkler systems (if any); common heating, ventilating, air conditioning systems; common elevators; exterior windows, and common electrical systems.

18.2    Except for services of Landlord, if any, required by Section 18.1 hereof, Tenant will take good care of the Premises and the fixtures and improvements therein (including, without limitation, all walls, doors, ceilings and lighting fixtures) and all electrical, plumbing, mechanical and HVAC equipment exclusively serving the Premises (but excluding all common utilities and common HVAC systems and all electrical, plumbing, mechanical and HVAC equipment serving portions of the Building other than the Premises), will make (a) all repairs thereto (excluding structural repairs unless caused by Tenant’s acts or omissions), whether foreseen or unforeseen, ordinary or extraordinary (but excluding repairs required as a result of a casualty or condemnation, which shall be addressed in accordance with Sections 24 and 25 hereof), and (b) replacements to the Tenant Improvements, all so as to keep the Premises in a first class condition and state of repair, subject to normal wear and tear, and will neither commit nor suffer any active or permissive waste or injury thereof. Tenant’s responsibilities shall include the maintenance, repair and replacement of all of Tenant’s signage (both interior and exterior) and all other facilities and equipment of Tenant located outside of the Premises and all improvements, systems, equipment, and other installations, including, without limitation, all related lines, conduits, pipes, cabling, connections and the like, located outside of the Premises that were installed by Tenant or installed by Landlord exclusively for Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Tenant’s responsibilities in conjunction therewith shall also include, but not be limited to, the regular painting and decorating of the Premises so as to maintain the Premises in a first-class condition and state of repair, subject to normal wear and tear (provided Tenant shall not be obligated to repaint the Premises during the last two (2) years of the Term, as it may be extended). All building standard bulbs, tubes and lighting fixtures for the Premises shall be provided and installed by Landlord at Tenant’s cost and expense and must comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices, including any third-party rating system concerning the environmental compliance of the Building or the Premises, as the same may change from time to time. All such repair work and maintenance and any alterations permitted by Landlord shall be done at Tenant’s sole cost and expense by persons or contractors selected by Tenant and consented to in writing by Landlord. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, but under the direction of Landlord, by contractors selected by Tenant and consented to in writing by Landlord, promptly repair any injury or damage to the Premises or Building caused by the misuse or neglect thereof by Tenant, by Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, customers, employees, licensees, agents, or invitees permitted or invited (whether by express or implied invitation) on the Premises by Tenant, or by





Tenant moving in or out of the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for all janitorial service and trash removal from the Premises. Tenant covenants and agrees, at its sole cost and expense: (a) to comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of the Federal, State, county, municipal or other governing authorities regarding the collection, sorting, separation, and recycling of garbage, trash, rubbish and other refuse (collectively, “trash”); (b) to comply with Landlord’s recycling policy as part of Landlord’s sustainability practices where it may be more stringent than applicable law; (c) to sort and separate its trash and recycling into such categories as are provided by law or Landlord’s sustainability practices; (d) that Landlord reserves the right to refuse to collect or accept from Tenant any waste that is not separate and sorted as required by law, and to require Tenant to arrange for such collection at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, utilizing a contractor satisfactory to Landlord; and (e) that Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties or damages that may be imposed on Landlord or Tenant by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Section.

18.3    Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance that is Landlord’s obligation pursuant to this Lease unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance. In the event that Landlord timely fails to make a repair or perform maintenance inside the Premises that is Landlord’s obligation pursuant to this Lease, Tenant may notify Landlord of such failure and, if Landlord does not make the repair or perform the maintenance within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of such notice (or, if such repair or maintenance cannot reasonably be completed with such period, within the period of time reasonably required (so long as Landlord begins the repair or maintenance within such period and diligently prosecutes the same to completion)), Tenant may perform the repair or maintenance and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for its reasonable out-of-pocket costs for performing the same within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Tenant therefor. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, before performing any such repairs or maintenance, Tenant shall notify Landlord of Tenant’s intent to do so and shall reasonably coordinate with Landlord and any other tenants of the Project that may be affected the need for such repairs or maintenance.

18.4    If any excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to or under the Building, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, license to enter the Premises for the purpose of performing such work as such person shall deem necessary or desirable to preserve and protect the Building from injury or damage and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or liability against Landlord and without reducing or otherwise affecting Tenant’s obligations under this Lease provided that such entry does not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

18.5    Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that pursuant to the Declaration, the Association, and not Landlord, is responsible for the maintenance, repair and replacement of the Condominium (other than the Units) and the Condominium Common Areas. The cost of the foregoing items shall be included in Common Expenses in accordance with the Declaration and Tenant shall be responsible to pay its Pro Rata Share of such amounts as are assessed against the Unit or Landlord as the Unit Owner in accordance with Section 9 hereof. All services, maintenance, repairs and replacements performed by the Association or its agents pursuant to this Section 18 shall be deemed to have been performed on behalf of Landlord and all costs incurred by the Association or its agents in the performance of such services, maintenance, repairs and replacements shall be included in Common Expenses in accordance with the Declaration and Tenant shall be responsible to pay its Pro Rata Share of such amounts as are assessed against the Unit or Landlord as the Unit Owner in accordance with Section 9 hereof.





18.6    This Article relates to repairs and maintenance arising in the ordinary course of operation of the Building and the Project. In the event of a casualty described in Article 24 , Article 24 shall apply in lieu of this Article. In the event of eminent domain, Article 25 shall apply in lieu of this Article.

18.7    Unless otherwise expressly excluded from Operating Expenses pursuant to the terms hereof, costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute Operating Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing and subject to the provisions of Section 23.7 hereof, to the extent that the cost of such repairs and maintenance caused by Tenant’s acts, neglect, fault or omissions exceeds the limits of any insurance maintained or required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease but are covered by insurance maintained or required to be maintained by Landlord under this Lease, then Landlord shall file a claim for such excess pursuant to Landlord’s insurance and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the deductible therefor within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.

19. Liens.

19.1    Subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and the Project free from any liens arising out of work or services performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanic’s or materialman’s lien filed against the Premises, the Unit, the Building or the Project for work or services claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, or obligations incurred by Tenant shall be discharged or bonded by Tenant within twenty (20) days after the date on which Tenant obtains knowledge thereof, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.

19.2    Should Tenant fail to discharge or bond against any lien of the nature described in Section 19.1 within the time period set forth in Section 19.1 , Landlord may, at Landlord’s election, pay such claim or post a statutory lien bond or otherwise provide security to eliminate the lien as a claim against title, and Tenant shall immediately reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof as Additional Rent. Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any Claims arising from any such liens, including any administrative, court or other legal proceedings related to such liens.

19.3    In the event that Tenant leases or finances the acquisition of office equipment, furnishings or other personal property of a removable nature utilized by Tenant in the operation of Tenant’s business, Tenant warrants that any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement shall, upon its face or by exhibit thereto, indicate that such financing statement is applicable only to removable personal property of Tenant located within the Premises. In no event shall the address of the Premises, the Unit, the Building or the Project be furnished on a financing statement without qualifying language as to applicability of the lien only to removable personal property located in an identified suite leased by Tenant. Should any holder of a financing statement record or place of record a financing statement that appears to constitute a lien against any interest of Landlord or against equipment that may be located other than within an identified suite leased by Tenant, Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days after Tenant obtains knowledge of the filing of such financing statement, cause (a) a copy of the Lender security agreement or other documents to which the financing statement pertains to be furnished to Landlord to facilitate Landlord’s ability to demonstrate that the lien of such financing statement is not applicable to Landlord’s interest and (b) Tenant’s Lender to amend such financing statement and any other documents of record to clarify that any liens imposed thereby are not applicable to any interest of Landlord in the Premises, the Unit, the Building or the Project.

20. Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of receipt of written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver a statement in writing substantially in the form attached to





this Lease as Exhibit I, or on any other form reasonably requested by a current or proposed Lender or encumbrancer or proposed purchaser, (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease as so modified is in full force and effect) and the dates to which rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults if any are claimed, and (c) setting forth such further information with respect to this Lease or the Premises as may be requested thereon. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Project. If Tenant fails to deliver such statement within such prescribed time and such failure continues for more than three (3) business days following written notice thereof from Landlord, such failure shall, at Landlord’s option, constitute a Default (as defined below) under this Lease, and, in any event, shall be binding upon Tenant that the Lease is in full force and effect and without modification except as may be represented by Landlord in any certificate prepared by Landlord and delivered to Tenant for execution.

21.
Hazardous Materials.

21.1    Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials (as defined below) to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises, the Unit, the Building or the Project in violation of Applicable Laws by Tenant or any subtenant, licensee or assignee of Tenant or any of its or their employees, agents, contractors or invitees (collectively with Tenant, each a “ Tenant Party ”). If (a) Tenant breaches such obligation, (b) the presence of Hazardous Materials as a result of such a breach results in contamination of the Project, any portion thereof, or any adjacent property, (c) contamination of the Premises otherwise occurs during the Term or any extension or renewal hereof or holding over hereunder (other than if such contamination results from (i) migration of Hazardous Materials from outside the Premises not caused by a Tenant Party or (ii) to the extent such contamination is caused by Landlord) or (d) contamination of the Project occurs as a result of Hazardous Materials that are placed on or under or are released into the Project by a Tenant Party, then Tenant shall indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, including (w) diminution in value of the Project or any portion thereof, (x) damages for the loss or restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, (y) damages arising from any adverse impact on marketing of space in the Project or any portion thereof and (z) sums paid in settlement of Claims that arise during or after the Term as a result of such breach or contamination. This indemnification by Tenant includes costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any clean-up, remedial, removal or restoration work required by any Governmental Authority because of Hazardous Materials present in the air, soil or groundwater above, on, under or about the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property caused by any Tenant Party results in any contamination of the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property, then Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole cost and expense as are reasonably necessary to return the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property as nearly as practicable to its respective condition existing prior to the time of such contamination; provided that Landlord’s written approval of such action shall first be obtained, which approval Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay; and provided , further , that it shall be reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent if such actions could have a material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project, any portion thereof or any adjacent property. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold the Tenant Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims resulting from the presence of Hazardous Materials at the Project in violation of Applicable





Laws as of the Execution Date, unless placed at the Project by a Tenant Party. If any Hazardous Materials are placed on the Property by Landlord or any Landlord Party and such Hazardous Materials present a reasonable threat to the health of persons or property, then Landlord covenants and agrees to remove or remediate, to the extent required under and in accordance with Applicable Law, any such Hazardous Materials. If any Hazardous Materials are placed on the Property by another tenant or occupant or third party and such Hazardous Materials present a reasonable threat to the health of persons or property, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if, for more than five (5) consecutive business days following written notice to Landlord, Tenant is unable to use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use as a result of such Hazardous Materials, then Tenant’s Base Rent and Operating Expenses (or, to the extent that less than all of the Premises are affected, a proportionate amount (based on the Rentable Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable) of Base Rent and Operating Expenses) shall be abated commencing on the later to occur of (i) the first (1st) business day after such interruption, or (ii) the date on which Tenant ceases its use and occupancy of the Premises (or portion thereof) for the Permitted Use, until the Premises are again usable by Tenant for the Permitted Use.

21.2    Landlord acknowledges that it is not the intent of this Article to prohibit Tenant from operating its business for the Permitted Use. Tenant may operate its business according to the custom of Tenant’s industry so long as the use or presence of Hazardous Materials is strictly and properly monitored in accordance with Applicable Laws. As a material inducement to Landlord to allow Tenant to use Hazardous Materials in connection with its business, Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord no later than thirty (30) days prior to the initial occupancy of any portion of the Premises, or the initial placement of equipment anywhere at the Project (a) a list identifying each type of Hazardous Material to be present at the Premises that is subject to regulation under any environmental Applicable Laws, (b) a list of any and all approvals or permits from Governmental Authorities required in connection with the presence of such Hazardous Material at the Premises and (c) correct and complete copies of (i) notices of violations of Applicable Laws related to Hazardous Materials and (ii) plans relating to the installation of any storage tanks to be installed in, on, under or about the Project ( provided that installation of storage tanks shall only be permitted after Landlord has given Tenant its written consent to do so, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole and absolute discretion) and closure plans or any other documents required by any and all Governmental Authorities for any storage tanks installed in, on, under or about the Project for the closure of any such storage tanks (collectively, “ Hazardous Materials Documents ”). Tenant shall deliver to Landlord updated Hazardous Materials Documents, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of a written request therefor from Landlord, not more often than once per year, unless (m) if there are any changes to the Hazardous Materials Documents, or (n) Tenant initiates any Alterations or changes in its business, in either case in a way that involves any material increase in the types or amounts of Hazardous Materials. For each type of Hazardous Material listed, the Hazardous Materials Documents shall include (t) the chemical name, (u) the material state (e.g., solid, liquid, gas or cryogen), (v) the concentration, (w) the storage amount and storage condition (e.g., in cabinets or not in cabinets), (x) the use amount and use condition (e.g., open use or closed use), (y) the location (e.g., room number or other identification) and (z) if known, the chemical abstract service number. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, Tenant shall not be required to provide Landlord with any Hazardous Materials Documents containing information of a proprietary nature, which Hazardous Materials Documents, in and of themselves, do not contain a reference to any Hazardous Materials or activities related to Hazardous Materials. Landlord may, at Landlord’s expense, cause the Hazardous Materials Documents to be reviewed by a person or firm qualified to analyze Hazardous Materials to confirm compliance with the provisions of this Lease and with Applicable Laws. In the event that a review of the Hazardous Materials Documents indicates non-compliance with this Lease or Applicable Laws, Tenant shall, at its expense, diligently take steps to bring its storage and use of Hazardous Materials into compliance. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary or Landlord’s review of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials Documents or use or disposal of hazardous materials, however, Landlord shall not have and expressly





disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of Hazardous Materials, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant is best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

21.3    Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 21.1 21.2 or 21.9 , if (a) any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant has been required by any prior landlord, Lender or Governmental Authority to take material remedial action in connection with Hazardous Materials contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such party’s action or omission or use of the property in question or (b) any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee is subject to a material enforcement order issued by any Governmental Authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of Hazardous Materials, then it shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any such proposed transfer, assignment or subletting (with respect to any such matter involving a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee).

21.4    At any time, and from time to time, prior to the expiration of the Term, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Project or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of a Tenant Party. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Hazardous Materials exist at the Project in violation of this Lease.

21.5    If underground or other storage tanks storing Hazardous Materials installed or utilized by Tenant are located on the Premises, or are hereafter placed on the Premises by Tenant (or by any other party, if such storage tanks are utilized exclusively by Tenant), then Tenant shall monitor the storage tanks, maintain appropriate records, implement reporting procedures, properly close any underground storage tanks, and take or cause to be taken all other steps necessary or required under the Applicable Laws. Tenant shall have no responsibility or liability for underground or other storage tanks installed by anyone other than Tenant unless Tenant utilizes such tanks, in which case Tenant’s responsibility for such tanks shall be as set forth in this Section.

21.6    Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord any actual or suspected presence of mold or water intrusion at the Premises.

21.7    Tenant’s obligations under this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. During any period of time needed by Tenant or Landlord (if due to Tenant’s failure to comply with the terms hereof) after the termination of this Lease to complete the removal from the Premises of any such Hazardous Materials that Tenant’s is responsible to remove or remediate, and Landlord is unable to relet all or any portion of the Premises as a result thereof, then Tenant shall be deemed a holdover tenant and subject to the provisions of Article 27 .

21.8    As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means (a) any toxic, explosive, corrosive, flammable, infectious, radioactive, carcinogenic mutagenic or otherwise hazardous substance, material or waste that is or becomes regulated by Applicable Laws or any Governmental Authority, and (b) and (i) “chemotherapeutic waste”, “infectious waste” or “medical waste” as may now or hereafter be defined by any future law, statute, order, ordinance or regulation, (ii) “radioactive waste” as may now or hereafter be defined by any future law, statute, order, ordinance or regulation, (iii) human corpses, remains and anatomical parts that are donated and used for scientific or medical education, research or treatment, (iv) body fluids or biological which are being stored at a laboratory prior to laboratory testing, and/or (v) similar laboratory wastes and materials.






21.9    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord shall have sole control over the equitable allocation of fire control areas (as defined in the International Building Code as adopted by the city or municipality(ies) in which the Project is located (the “ IBC ”)) within the Project for the storage of Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the quantity of Hazardous Materials allowed by this Section 21.9 is specific to Tenant and shall not run with the Lease in the event of a Transfer (as defined in Article 29 ). In the event of a Transfer, if the use of Hazardous Materials by such new tenant (“ New Tenant ”) exceeds the amount of Hazardous Materials used by Tenant prior to such Transfer such that New Tenant utilizes fire control areas in the Project in excess of New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Unit or the Building, as applicable, then New Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense and upon Landlord’s written request, establish and maintain a separate area of the Premises classified by the IBC as an “H” occupancy area for the use and storage of Hazardous Materials, or take such other action as is necessary to ensure that its share of the fire control areas of the Unit or the Building, as applicable, and the Project is not greater than New Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of the Unit or the Building, as applicable, or the Project, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not have and expressly disclaims any liability related to Tenant’s or other tenants’ use or disposal of fire control areas, it being acknowledged by Tenant that Tenant and other tenants are best suited to evaluate the safety and efficacy of its Hazardous Materials usage and procedures.

21.10    The handling, transportation, generation, management, disposal, processing, treatment, storage and use by Tenant of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises shall be subject to the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit K hereof and any and all reasonable and non-discriminatory additional rules and regulations promulgated by Landlord from time to time regarding the same or any aspect thereof (which rules and regulations may be amended, modified, deleted or added from time to time by Landlord) (collectively, the “ Hazmat Rules ”) provided that any additional or modified Hazmat Rules shall not materially adversely affect Tenant’s beneficial use and occupancy of the Premises for Tenant’s actual business operations in the Premises consistent with the Permitted Use. All of the Hazmat Rules shall be effective upon written notice thereof to Tenant. Tenant will cause all of its agents, employees, invitees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or assignees, or any others permitted by Tenant to occupy or enter the Premises to at all times abide by the Hazmat Rules. In the event of any breach of any Hazmat Rules, Landlord shall have all remedies in this Lease provided for in the event of Default by Tenant and shall, in addition, have any remedies available at law or in equity, including but not limited to, the right to enjoin any breach of such Hazmat Rules. Landlord shall enforce the Hazmat Rules in a non-discriminatory manner.

22. Odors and Exhaust. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord would not enter into this Lease with Tenant unless Tenant assured Landlord that under no circumstances will any other occupants of the Building or the Project (including persons legally present in any outdoor areas of the Project) be subjected to odors or fumes (whether or not noxious), and that the Building and the Project will not be damaged by any exhaust, in each case from Tenant’s operations. Landlord and Tenant therefore agree as follows:

22.1    Tenant shall not cause or permit (or conduct any activities that would cause) any release of any odors or fumes of any kind from the Premises unless such odors and fumes are vented in accordance with Section 22.2 below.

22.2    If the Building has a ventilation system that, in Landlord’s judgment, is adequate, suitable, and appropriate to vent the Premises in a manner that does not release odors affecting any indoor or outdoor part of the Project, Tenant shall vent the Premises through such system. If Landlord at any time determines that any existing ventilation system is inadequate, or if no ventilation system exists, Tenant shall in compliance with Applicable Laws vent all fumes and odors from the Premises (and remove odors from Tenant’s exhaust stream) as Landlord may reasonably require. The placement and configuration of all ventilation exhaust





pipes, louvers and other equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Tenant acknowledges Landlord’s legitimate desire to maintain the Project (indoor and outdoor areas) in an odor-free manner, and Landlord may require Tenant to abate and remove all odors produced in the Premises in a manner that goes beyond the requirements of Applicable Laws.

22.3    Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, provide odor eliminators and other devices (such as filters, air cleaners, scrubbers and whatever other equipment may in Landlord’s judgment be necessary or appropriate from time to time) to completely remove, eliminate and abate any odors, fumes or other substances in Tenant’s exhaust stream that, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, emanate from Tenant’s Premises. Any work Tenant performs under this Section shall constitute Alterations.

22.4    Tenant’s responsibility to remove, eliminate and abate odors, fumes and exhaust shall continue throughout the Term, and nothing herein (including Landlord’s approval of the Tenant Improvements) shall preclude Landlord from requiring additional measures to eliminate odors, fumes and other adverse impacts of Tenant’s exhaust stream (as Landlord may designate in Landlord’s reasonable discretion). Tenant shall install additional equipment as Landlord requires from time to time under the preceding sentence. Such installations shall constitute Alterations.

22.5    If Tenant fails to install satisfactory odor control equipment within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s demand made at any time, or such longer period of time as may be reasonably necessary if such odors are not harmful and do not adversely affect other tenants or occupants in the Building, then Landlord may, without limiting Landlord’s other rights and remedies, require Tenant to cease and suspend any operations in the Premises that, in Landlord’s determination, cause odors, fumes or exhaust. For example, if Landlord determines that Tenant’s production of a certain type of product causes odors, fumes or exhaust, and Tenant does not install satisfactory odor control equipment within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, then Landlord may require Tenant to stop producing such type of product in the Premises unless and until Tenant has installed odor control equipment satisfactory to Landlord.

23. Insurance; Waiver of Subrogation.

23.1    Except as otherwise provided in Section 23.10 below, Landlord shall maintain insurance for the Unit (including the portion of the Tenant Improvements that are made a part of or affixed to the Building after completion of construction thereof) in amounts equal to full replacement cost (exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, or such other costs that would not be incurred in the event of a rebuild and without reference to depreciation taken by Landlord upon its books or tax returns), providing protection against any peril generally included within the classification “Fire and Extended Coverage,” together with insurance against sprinkler damage (if applicable), vandalism and malicious mischief. Landlord, subject to availability thereof, shall further insure, if Landlord deems it appropriate, coverage against flood, environmental hazard, earthquake, loss or failure of building equipment, rental loss during the period of repairs or rebuilding, Workers’ Compensation insurance and fidelity bonds for employees employed to perform services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in addition to insuring the Tenant Improvements to the extent set forth above, Landlord may, but shall not be deemed required to, provide insurance for any other improvements installed by Tenant or that are in addition to the standard improvements customarily furnished by Landlord, without regard to whether or not such are made a part of or are affixed to the Building.

23.2    In addition, Landlord shall carry Commercial General Liability insurance with limits of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) per occurrence/general aggregate for bodily injury (including death), or property damage with respect to the Project.





23.3    Prior to entering into the Premises for any purpose, and continuing throughout the Term (and occupancy by Tenant, if any, after termination of this Lease) with insurers lawfully authorized to do business in the state where the Project is located, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and maintain in effect the following insurance policies:

a. Commercial General Liability insurance on a broad-based occurrence coverage form, with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and in the aggregate for bodily injury (including death) and for property damage with respect to the Premises (including $100,000 fire legal liability (each loss)) with a Two Million Dollar ($2,000,000) products and completed operations aggregate; and pollution and environmental liability insurance covering the environmental risks of Tenant’s business with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per incident and not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate, with respect to environmental contamination and pollution of the Premises caused by Tenant. Such environmental coverage shall include bodily injury, sickness, disease, death or mental anguish or shock sustained by any person; property damage including physical injury to or destruction of tangible property including the resulting loss of use thereof, clean-up costs, and the loss of use of tangible property that has not been physically injured or destroyed; and defense costs, charges and expenses incurred in the investigation, adjustment or defense of claims for such compensatory damages. Coverage shall apply to both sudden and non-sudden pollution conditions including the discharge, dispersal, release or escape of smoke, vapors, soot, fumes, acids, alkalis, toxic chemicals, liquids or gases, waste materials or other irritants, contaminants or pollutants into or upon land, the atmosphere or any watercourse or body of water. Claims-made coverage is permitted, provided the policy retroactive date is continuously maintained prior to the commencement date of this agreement, and coverage is continuously maintained during all periods in which Tenant occupies the Premises.

b. Commercial property insurance with special causes of loss coverage, including earthquakes and flood insurance, insuring Tenant’s interest in any and all furniture, equipment, supplies, contents and other property owned, leased, held or possessed by it and contained therein (collectively, “ Tenant’s Property ”), such insurance coverage to be equal to the full insurable value of Tenant’s Property.

c. Commercial Automobile Liability insurance covering liability arising from the use or operation of any auto, including those owned, hired or otherwise operated or used by or on behalf of the Tenant. The coverage shall be on a broad-based occurrence form with combined single limits of not less than $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury and property damage.

d. Workers’ Compensation insurance as is required by statute or law, or as may be available on a voluntary basis and Employers’ Liability insurance with limits of not less than the following: each accident, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); disease (policy limit), Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000); disease (each employee), Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

e. During all construction by Tenant at the Premises, with respect to tenant improvements or alterations being constructed, adequate builder’s risk insurance (naming Landlord and Landlord’s mortgagees from time to time as loss payees as their interests may appear), together with the insurance required in Exhibit B-2 .

23.4    The insurance required to be purchased and maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Lease shall name Landlord, the Association, Ground Lessor, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., Wexford Science & Technology, LLC, Wexford Development, LLC and Wexford Science Center 2, LLC and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders (“ Landlord Parties ”) as additional insureds as respects liability arising from work or operations





performed by or on behalf of Tenant and Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises. Said insurance shall be with companies authorized to do business in the state in which the Project is located and at all times having a current rating of not less than A- and financial category rating of at least Class VII in “A.M. Best’s Insurance Guide” current edition. Tenant shall obtain for Landlord from the insurance companies or cause the insurance companies to furnish certificates of insurance evidencing all coverages required herein to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord from the insurer (except in the event of non-payment of premium, in which case ten (10) days written notice shall be given), or if Tenant’s carrier is unwilling or unable to provide such notice, Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord in accordance with this Section. All such policies shall be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not in excess of the coverage that Landlord may carry. Tenant’s required policies shall contain severability of interests clauses stating that, except with respect to limits of insurance, coverage shall apply separately to each insured or additional insured. Tenant’s policies shall contain dedicated or per location limits endorsements so that the amounts of insurance required herein shall not be prejudiced by losses at other locations. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewal certificates of insurance or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at its cost to be paid by Tenant as Additional Rent.

23.5    Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any fixtures, goods, inventory, merchandise, equipment and leasehold improvements, and Landlord shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business or any loss of income therefrom, relative to such damage, all as more particularly set forth within this Lease. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, carry such insurance as Tenant desires for Tenant’s protection with respect to personal property of Tenant or business interruption.

23.6    In each instance where insurance is to name Landlord Parties as additional insureds, Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s written request, also designate and furnish certificates evidencing such Landlord Parties as additional insureds to (a) any Lender of Landlord holding a security interest in the Building, the Property or the Project, (b) Ground Lessor and any other landlord under any lease whereunder Landlord is a tenant of the Property and (c) any management company retained by Landlord to manage the Project.

23.7    Landlord, Tenant and each of their respective insurers hereby waive any and all rights of recovery or subrogation against one another or against the officers, directors, employees, agents, general partners, members, subsidiaries, affiliates and Lenders of the other as respects any loss, damage, claims, suits or demands, howsoever caused, that are covered, or should have been covered, by valid and collectible insurance, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained thereunder. If necessary, each party agrees to endorse the required insurance policies to permit waivers of subrogation as required hereunder and hold harmless and indemnify the other party for any loss or expense incurred as a result of a failure to obtain such waivers of subrogation from insurers. Such waivers shall continue so long as their respective insurers so permit. Any termination of such a waiver shall be by written notice to the other party, containing a description of the circumstances hereinafter set forth in this Section 23.7. Landlord and Tenant, upon obtaining the policies of insurance required or permitted under this Lease, shall give notice to the insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. If such policies shall not be obtainable with such waiver or shall be so obtainable only at a premium over that chargeable without such waiver, then the party seeking such policy shall notify the other of such conditions, and the party so notified shall have ten (10) days thereafter to either (a) procure such insurance with companies reasonably satisfactory to the other party or (b) agree to pay such additional premium (in Tenant’s case, in the proportion that the area of the Premises bears to the insured area). If the parties do not accomplish either (a) or (b), then this Section 23.7 shall have no effect during such time as such policies shall not be obtainable or the party in





whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the additional premium. If such policies shall at any time be unobtainable, but shall be subsequently obtainable, then neither party shall be subsequently liable for a failure to obtain such insurance until a reasonable time after notification thereof by the other party. If the release of either Landlord or Tenant, as set forth in the first sentence of this Section, shall contravene Applicable Laws, then the liability of the party in question shall be deemed not released but shall be secondary to the other party’s insurer.

23.8    Landlord may require insurance policy limits required under this Lease to be raised to conform with requirements of Landlord’s Lender or to bring coverage limits to levels then being required of tenants leasing premises for the Permitted Use by reasonably prudent landlords of properties similar to the Project.

23.9    Any costs incurred by Landlord pursuant to this Article shall constitute a portion of Operating Expenses, including the insurance premiums and costs of any policies required to be carried under this Article or that Landlord elects to carry in connection with its ownership, operation and management of the Project.

23.10    The Association shall maintain the insurance required to be maintained by the Association pursuant to the Declaration, and the costs of such insurance shall be included in Common Expenses (as defined in the Declaration) and Tenant shall be responsible to pay its Pro Rata Share of such amounts as are assessed against the Unit or Landlord as the Unit Owner in accordance with Section 9 hereof.

24. Damage or Destruction.

24.1    Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that any repair and restoration of all or any part of the Condominium (other than the Unit) shall be performed by the Association pursuant to the Declaration. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any damage to the Premises, the Unit or the Building occasioned by fire, the elements, casualty or any other cause.

24.2    Damage or Destruction of the Condominium.

a. If the Condominium is so damaged by storm, fire, earthquake or other casualty or any other cause (regardless of whether the Premises are also damaged) such that (A) in Landlord’s or the Association’s or the Unit Owners’ reasonable judgment repair and restoration of the Condominium is not economically feasible; (B) pursuant to the Declaration, the Association or the Unit Owners elect not to rebuild; (C) the holder of any mortgage encumbering any portion of the Condominium shall not allow adequate insurance proceeds to be made available for repair and restoration; (D) the damage is not covered by the Association’s insurance; or (E) the Lease is in the last twenty four (24) months of its Term, then Landlord may cancel this Lease by giving written notice thereof to Tenant within ninety (90) days after Landlord knows of the damage to the Condominium or said mortgagee notifies Landlord of its decision regarding the use of insurance proceeds for restoration, whichever is later. Any such cancellation notice must specify the cancellation date, which shall be at least thirty (30) but no more than sixty (60) days after the date notice of cancellation is given. In no event shall Tenant have any rights to any proceeds of such insurance and Tenant acknowledges that Landlord as Unit Owner of the Premises shall retain all of such rights.

b. If this Lease is not cancelled as set forth in subsection 24.2(a) above or 24.4 below, the Association shall commence the process of restoration of the Condominium (as limited by the proviso contained in this Section and Section 24.6 below) to a tenantable condition to the extent provided for in, and in accordance with the terms and conditions of, the Declaration.






c. Subject to Force Majeure (not to exceed 6 months), in the event restoration of the Condominium is not substantially completed within three hundred sixty-five (365) days of the date the Association commences such restoration in accordance with Section 24.2(b) above, this Lease may be terminated upon written notice from Landlord to Tenant given not more than thirty (30) days following the expiration of said three hundred sixty-five (365) day period. In the event such notice is not given then this Lease shall remain in force and effect (subject to Section 24.4 below).

24.3    Damage or Destruction of the Unit or the Premises.

a. If the Premises or the Unit are totally destroyed (or so substantially damaged as to be untenantable in the reasonable determination of a third-party architect selected by Landlord (“Architect”)) by storm, fire, earthquake or other casualty or any other cause, then Landlord may cancel this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of the storm, earthquake, fire or other casualty or any other cause by giving written notice to Tenant within ninety (90) days from the date of such determination by the Architect.

b. If this Lease is not cancelled as set forth in subsection 24.3(a) above or 24.4 below, Landlord shall commence the process of restoration of the Premises (as limited by Section 24.6 below) to a tenantable condition following (i) the date that the Association substantially completes restoration of the Condominium if the Condominium was damaged or destroyed, or (ii) the date of receipt by Landlord of all of the insurance proceeds paid with respect to such casualty if only the Unit or the Premises were damaged or destroyed, and proceed with due diligence to complete said restoration of the Premises using standard working methods and procedures.

24.4    As soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days following the date of damage or destruction, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s good faith estimate of the period of time in which the repairs, reconstruction and restoration of the damaged parts of the Premises, or damaged portions of the Condominium reasonably necessary to permit the Premises to be used for the Permitted Use (collectively, the “ Affected Areas ”) will be completed (the “ Damage Repair Estimate ”), which estimate shall be based upon the opinion of a contractor reasonably selected by Landlord and experienced in comparable repair, reconstruction and restoration of similar improvements. If (a) in Landlord’s determination as set forth in the Damage Repair Estimate, the Affected Areas cannot be repaired, reconstructed or restored within eighteen (18) months after the date of the Damage Repair Estimate, (b) subject to Section 24.9, if the Affected Areas are not actually repaired, reconstructed and restored within (I) eighteen (18) months after the date of the Damage Repair Estimate, or (II) such longer restoration period as may have been provided in the Damage Repair Estimate if the Damage Repair Estimate provided for a restoration period in excess of 18 months and Tenant did not terminate this Lease in accordance with Section (y) below, or (c) the damage and destruction occurs within the last twelve (12) months of the then-current Term, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease, effective as of the date of such damage or destruction, by delivering to Landlord its written notice of termination (a “ Termination Notice ”) (y) with respect to Subsections 24.4(a) and (c), no later than thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers to Tenant the Damage Repair Estimate and (z) with respect to Subsection 24.4(b), at any time after the expiration of the restoration period provided for in the Damage Repair Estimate (as the same may be extended pursuant to Section 24.9), but in no event later than thirty (30) days after Tenant receives a second Damage Repair Estimate from Landlord (which Landlord may deliver to Tenant at Landlord’s election if Landlord does not complete the repair, reconstruction or restoration within the period set forth in the first Damage Repair Estimate). If Tenant does not terminate this Lease within 30 days after receipt of the second Damage Repair Estimate (as set forth above), and Landlord does not complete such repair, reconstruction and restoration within the period set forth in the second Damage Repair Estimate (and such delay was not the result of delays caused by Tenant), then Tenant may terminate this Lease by giving





Landlord written notice at any time after the expiration of the period set forth in the second Damage Repair Estimate.

24.5    Base Rent and Additional Rent shall abate in proportion to that part of the Premises rendered unfit for use in Tenant’s business as a result of such damage or casualty, unless Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, including paying Tenant’s out-of-pocket reasonable relocation costs, provides Tenant with other space during the period of repair, reconstruction and restoration that, in Tenant’s reasonable opinion, is suitable for the temporary conduct of Tenant’s business, in which event Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent for such replacement premises (adjusted based on the square footage of such replacement premises). The nature and extent of interference to Tenant’s ability to utilize the Premises in accordance with this Lease shall be considered in determining the amount of said abatement, and the abatement shall commence and continue from the date the damage occurred until five (5) days after the date the repair and restoration of the Premises is substantially complete and Landlord gives notice of such to Tenant, or until Tenant again uses the Premises or the portions thereof rendered unusable, whichever occurs first.

24.6    Subject to Tenant’s termination rights set forth in Section 24.4 above, if this Lease could be terminated pursuant to Section 24.2(a) or 24.3(a) hereof, Landlord shall not be obligated to commence any repair or restoration of the Unit or the Premises unless and until insurance proceeds are actually received by Landlord and Landlord’s repair obligations shall be limited to the extent of the insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord therefor which have not been required by the holder of any mortgage or deed to secure debt encumbering any portion of the Property to be applied toward the reduction of any indebtedness secured by the Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct or restore the Premises if the damage resulting from any casualty covered under this Article occurs during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term or any extension thereof.

24.7    If either party cancels this Lease as permitted under this Section 24, then this Lease shall end on the date specified in the cancellation notice. The Rent, including any Additional Rent, and other charges shall be payable up to the cancellation date, after taking into account any applicable abatement. Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant any prepaid, unaccrued Rent and Additional Rent (after taking into account any applicable abatement), plus any security deposit, less any sums then owing by Tenant to Landlord hereunder.

24.8    Upon any termination of this Lease under any of the provisions of this Article, the parties shall be released thereby without further obligation to the other from the date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except with regard to (a) items occurring prior to the damage or destruction and (b) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

24.9    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article, should Landlord be delayed or prevented from completing the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the damage or destruction to the Premises after the occurrence of such damage or destruction by Force Majeure (not to exceed 6 months) or delays caused by a Tenant Party, then the time for Landlord to commence or complete repairs, reconstruction and restoration shall be extended on a day-for-day basis.

24.10    If Landlord is obligated to or elects to repair, reconstruct or restore as herein provided, then Landlord shall be obligated to make such repairs, reconstruction or restoration only with regard to (a) those portions of the Premises that were originally provided at Landlord’s expense and (b) the Common Area portion of the Affected Areas. The repairs, reconstruction or restoration of improvements not originally provided by Landlord or at Landlord’s expense shall be the obligation of Tenant. In the event Tenant has





elected to upgrade certain improvements from the Building Standard, Landlord shall, upon the need for replacement due to an insured loss, provide only the Building Standard, unless (i) such upgrades were originally provided at Landlord’s expense, or (ii) if such upgrades were originally provided at Tenant’s expense, Tenant again elects to upgrade such improvements and pay any incremental costs related thereto, except to the extent that excess insurance proceeds, if received, are adequate to provide such upgrades, in addition to providing for basic repairs, reconstruction and restoration of the Premises, the Building and the Project.

24.11    Landlord’s obligation, should it elect or be obligated to repair, reconstruct or restore, shall be limited to the Affected Areas. Tenant shall, at its expense, replace or fully repair all of Tenant’s personal property and any Alterations installed by Tenant existing at the time of such damage or destruction. If Affected Areas are to be repaired, reconstructed or restored in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord shall make available to Tenant any portion of insurance proceeds it receives that are allocable to the Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to this Lease; provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease, and subject to the requirements of any Lender of Landlord.

25. Eminent Domain.

25.1    In the event (a) the whole of all Affected Areas or (b) such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises for the Permitted Use shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, Tenant or Landlord may terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to such authority, except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof.

25.2    In the event of a partial taking of (a) a material portion of the Building or the Unit or the Project or (b) drives, walkways or parking areas serving the Building or the Project for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of right of appropriation, condemnation, or eminent domain, or sold to prevent such taking, then, without regard to whether any portion of the Premises occupied by Tenant was so taken, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease (except with regard to (y) items occurring prior to the taking and (z) provisions of this Lease that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof) as of such taking if such taking is, in Landlord’s sole opinion, of a material nature such as to make it uneconomical to continue use of the unappropriated portion for purposes of renting office or laboratory space.

25.3    Tenant shall be entitled to any award that is specifically awarded as compensation for (a) the taking of Tenant’s personal property that was installed at Tenant’s expense and (b) the costs of Tenant moving to a new location. Except as set forth in the previous sentence, any award for such taking shall be the property of Landlord.

25.4    If, upon any taking of the nature described in this Article, this Lease continues in effect, then Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Affected Areas to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking. To the extent such restoration is infeasible, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion, the Rent shall be decreased proportionately to reflect the loss of any portion of the Premises no longer available to Tenant.

26. Surrender.





26.1    At least thirty (30) days prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a facility decommissioning and Hazardous Materials closure plan for the Premises (“ Exit Survey ”) prepared by an independent third party state-certified professional with appropriate expertise, which Exit Survey must be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. The Exit Survey shall comply with the American National Standards Institute’s Laboratory Decommissioning guidelines (ANSI/AIHA Z9.11-2008) or any successor standards published by ANSI or any successor organization (or, if ANSI and its successors no longer exist, a similar entity publishing similar standards). In addition, prior to Tenant’s surrender of possession of any part of the Premises, Tenant shall (a) provide Landlord with written evidence of all appropriate governmental releases obtained by Tenant in accordance with Applicable Laws, including laws pertaining to the surrender of the Premises, (b) place Laboratory Equipment Decontamination Forms on all decommissioned equipment to assure safe occupancy by future users and (c) conduct a site inspection with Landlord. In addition, Tenant agrees to remain responsible after the surrender of the Premises for the remediation of any recognized environmental conditions set forth in the Exit Survey and comply with any recommendations set forth in the Exit Survey. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

26.2    No surrender of possession of any part of the Premises shall release Tenant from any of its obligations hereunder, unless such surrender is accepted in writing by Landlord.

26.3    The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building, the Unit, the Property or the Project, unless Landlord consents in writing, and shall, at Landlord’s option, operate as an assignment to Landlord of any or all subleases.

26.4    The voluntary or other surrender of any ground or other underlying lease that now exists or may hereafter be executed affecting the Building, the Unit or the Project, or a mutual cancellation thereof or of Landlord’s interest therein by Landlord and its lessor shall not effect a merger with Landlord’s fee title or leasehold interest in the Premises, the Building, the Unit or the Property and shall, at the option of the successor to Landlord’s interest in the Building, the Unit or the Project, as applicable, operate as an assignment of this Lease.

27. Holding Over.

27.1    If, with Landlord’s prior written consent, Tenant holds possession of all or any part of the Premises after the Term, Tenant shall become a tenant from month to month after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, and in such case Tenant shall continue to pay (a) Base Rent in accordance with Article 7 , as adjusted in accordance with Article 8 , and (b) any amounts for which Tenant would otherwise be liable under this Lease if the Lease were still in effect, including payments for Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and other utility costs. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein.

27.2    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term without Landlord’s prior written consent, (a) Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that the monthly rent shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Rent in effect during the last thirty (30) days of the Term, and (b) Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any and all damages suffered by Landlord as a result of such holdover, including any lost rent or consequential, special and indirect damages. At Tenant’s request and for information purposes only (without affecting or limiting Tenant’s liability hereunder) Landlord shall advise Tenant as to the anticipated timing of occupancy for the tenant taking possession of the Premises after Tenant.





27.3    Acceptance by Landlord of Rent after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall not result in an extension, renewal or reinstatement of this Lease.

27.4    The foregoing provisions of this Article are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of reentry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by Applicable Laws.

27.5    The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

28. Indemnification and Exculpation.

28.1    Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from and against any and all Claims of any kind or nature, real or alleged, arising from injury to or death of any person or damage to any property occurring within or about the Premises, the Building, the Unit, the Property or the Project, arising directly or indirectly out of the presence at or use or occupancy of the Premises, Project by a Tenant Party, (b) an act or omission on the part of any Tenant Party, (c) a breach or default by Tenant in the performance of any of its obligations hereunder, (d) injury to or death of persons or damage to or loss of any property, real or alleged, arising from the serving of alcoholic beverages at the Premises or Project, including liability under any dram shop law, host liquor law or similar Applicable Law, except to the extent directly caused by Landlord or any Landlord Indemnitee’s negligence or willful misconduct. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall not be affected, reduced or limited by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Tenant under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, employee benefit acts or similar legislation. Tenant’s obligations under this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Subject to Sections 23.7, 28.2 and 31.12 and any subrogation provisions contained in the Work Letter, Landlord agrees to defend, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold the Tenant Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees, licensees and contractors occurring in the Common Areas and the Premises, excepting, however, liability caused by or resulting from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Party.

28.2    Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for and Tenant assumes all risk of (a) damage or losses caused by fire, electrical malfunction, gas explosion or water damage of any type (including broken water lines, malfunctioning fire sprinkler systems, roof leaks or stoppages of lines), unless any such loss is due to Landlord’s willful disregard of either written notice by Tenant, or Landlord’s actual knowledge, of need for a repair that Landlord is responsible to make for an unreasonable period of time, and (b) damage to personal property or scientific research, including loss of records kept by Tenant within the Premises. Tenant further waives any claim for injury to Tenant’s business or loss of income relating to any such damage or destruction of personal property as described in this Section. Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing or this Lease to the contrary, except (x) as otherwise provided herein, (y) as may be provided by Applicable Laws or (z) in the event of Tenant’s breach of Article 21 or Section 26.1 , in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable to the other for any consequential, special or indirect damages arising out of this Lease.

28.3    Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act, omission or neglect of any other tenant in the Building, the Unit, the Condominium or the Project, or of any other third party.

28.4    Tenant acknowledges that security devices and services, if any, while intended to deter crime, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts. Landlord shall not be liable for injuries or





losses caused by criminal acts of third parties, and Tenant assumes the risk that any security device or service may malfunction or otherwise be circumvented by a criminal. If Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts, then Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, obtain appropriate insurance coverage.

28.5    The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

29. Assignment or Subletting.

29.1    Except as hereinafter expressly permitted, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of Applicable Laws, directly or indirectly sell, hypothecate, assign, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer this Lease, or sublet the Premises (each, a “ Transfer ”), without Landlord’s prior written consent. In no event shall Tenant perform a Transfer to or with an entity that is a tenant at the Project or that is in discussions or negotiations with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord to lease premises at the Project or a property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to Transfer without Landlord’s prior written consent the Premises or any part thereof to any person or entity that, by way of a bona fide, arms-length transaction with legitimate business purposes not intended to circumvent the Landlord’s consent rights set forth in this Article 29, (i) as of the date of determination and at all times thereafter directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, (ii) acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or (iii) is a successor to Tenant as a result of any merger, consolidation or similar transaction resulting in the change of control of Tenant (“ Tenant’s Affiliate ”), provided that (x) Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days prior to the effectiveness of such Transfer to Tenant’s Affiliate and otherwise comply with the requirements of this Lease regarding such Transfer, and (y) that the person that will be the tenant under this Lease after the Exempt Transfer has a net worth that is equal to or greater than $50,000,000, and (z) such transfer will not jeopardize directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Revenue Code (as defined below) or violate any of the restrictions in clauses (w), (x), (y) and (z) of Section 29.3 below (an “ Exempt Transfer ”). For purposes of Exempt Transfers, “control” requires both (a) owning (directly or indirectly) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or other equity interests of another person and (b) possessing, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such person. Except with respect to an Exempt Transfer, in no event shall Tenant perform a Transfer to or with an entity that is a tenant at the Project (when there exists available suitable space at the Project for such tenant) or that is in discussions or negotiations with Landlord to lease premises at the Project. The following shall constitute a Transfer under this Lease, but shall not require the prior written consent of Landlord: (a) the issuance of stock by Tenant for sale to the public in an initial public offering (provided that any notices or information required to be provided to Landlord under this Article shall be subject to any reporting and disclosure requirements or limitations under Applicable Law), or (b) the issuance of stock by Tenant for sale on a private basis and further provided that such private issuance of stock is a bona fide, arms-length transaction with legitimate business purposes not intended to circumvent the Landlord’s consent rights set forth in this Article 29.

29.2    In the event Tenant desires to effect a Transfer, then, at least thirty (30) but not more than ninety (90) days prior to the date when Tenant desires the Transfer to be effective (the “ Transfer Date ”), Tenant shall provide written notice to Landlord (the “ Transfer Notice ”) containing information (including references) concerning the character of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; the Transfer Date; the most recent unconsolidated financial statements of Tenant and of the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee satisfying the requirements of Section 40.2 (“ Required Financials ”); any ownership or commercial relationship between Tenant and the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee; and the consideration and all other material terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, all in such detail as Landlord shall reasonably require.





29.3    Landlord, in determining whether consent should be given to a proposed Transfer other than an Exempt Transfer, may give consideration to (a) the financial strength of Tenant and such transferee, assignee or sublessee (notwithstanding Tenant remaining liable for Tenant’s performance), (b) any change in use that such transferee, assignee or sublessee proposes to make in the use of the Premises and (c) Landlord’s desire to exercise its rights under Section 29.8 to cancel this Lease. In no event shall Landlord be deemed to be unreasonable for declining to consent to a Transfer to a transferee, assignee or sublessee of poor reputation, lacking financial qualifications or seeking a change in the Permitted Use, or jeopardizing directly or indirectly the status of Landlord or any of Landlord’s affiliates as a Real Estate Investment Trust under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Revenue Code ”). Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, (w) no Transfer shall be consummated on any basis such that the rental or other amounts to be paid by the occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee thereunder would be based, in whole or in part, on the income or profits derived by the business activities of such occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee; (x) in connection with a sublease, Tenant shall not furnish or render any services to an occupant, assignee, manager or other transferee with respect to whom transfer consideration is required to be paid, or manage or operate the Premises or any capital additions so transferred, with respect to which transfer consideration is being paid; (y) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person in which Landlord owns an interest, directly or indirectly (by applying constructive ownership rules set forth in Section 856(d)(5) of the Revenue Code); and (z) Tenant shall not consummate a Transfer with any person or in any manner that could cause any portion of the amounts received by Landlord pursuant to this Lease or any sublease, license or other arrangement for the right to use, occupy or possess any portion of the Premises to fail to qualify as “rents from real property” within the meaning of Section 856(d) of the Revenue Code, or any similar or successor provision thereto or which could cause any other income of Landlord to fail to qualify as income described in Section 856(c)(2) of the Revenue Code.

29.4    The following are conditions precedent to a Transfer (including an Exempt Transfer) or to Landlord considering a request by Tenant to a Transfer:
a. Tenant shall remain fully liable under this Lease during the unexpired Term. Tenant agrees that it shall not be (and shall not be deemed to be) a guarantor or surety of this Lease, however, and waives its right to claim that is it is a guarantor or surety or to raise in any legal proceeding any guarantor or surety defenses permitted by this Lease or by Applicable Laws;

b. If Tenant or the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee does not or cannot deliver the Required Financials, then Landlord may elect to have either Tenant’s ultimate parent company or the proposed transferee’s, assignee’s or sublessee’s ultimate parent company provide a guaranty of the applicable entity’s obligations under this Lease, in a form acceptable to Landlord, which guaranty shall be executed and delivered to Landlord by the applicable guarantor prior to the Transfer Date;

c. In the case of an Exempt Transfer, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord that the Transfer qualifies as an Exempt Transfer;

d. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s actual out of pocket costs and expenses (not to exceed $1,500 provided that this Lease is not amended in connection therewith), including reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred in connection with the review, processing and documentation of such request;

e. If Tenant’s transfer of rights or sharing of the Premises provides for the receipt by, on behalf of or on account of Tenant of any consideration of any kind whatsoever (including a premium rental for a sublease or lump sum payment for an assignment) in excess of the rental and other charges due to Landlord under this Lease, Tenant shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all of such excess to Landlord, after making





deductions for any reasonable marketing expenses, tenant improvement funds expended by Tenant, alterations, cash concessions, brokerage commissions, attorneys’ fees and free rent actually paid or provided by Tenant. If such consideration consists of cash paid to Tenant, payment to Landlord shall be made upon receipt by Tenant of such cash payment;

f. The proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree that, in the event Landlord gives such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall thereafter make all payments otherwise due Tenant directly to Landlord, which payments shall be received by Landlord without any liability being incurred by Landlord, except to credit such payment against those due by Tenant under this Lease, and any such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns should this Lease be terminated for any reason; provided , however, that in no event shall Landlord or its Lenders, successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment;

g. Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer shall be effected on Landlord’s commercially reasonable forms;

h. Tenant shall not then be in Default hereunder in any respect;

i. Such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee’s use of the Premises shall be the same as the Permitted Use;

j. Landlord shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement pertaining to the Transfer, except for Landlord’s written consent to the same;

k. Tenant shall pay all transfer and other taxes (including interest and penalties) assessed or payable for any Transfer;

l. Landlord’s consent (or waiver of its rights) for any Transfer shall not waive Landlord’s right to consent or refuse consent to any later Transfer;

m. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord one executed copy of any and all written instruments evidencing or relating to the Transfer; and

n. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a list of Hazardous Materials (as defined below), certified by the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee to be true and correct, that the proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee intends to use or store in the Premises. Additionally, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the date any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee takes occupancy of the Premises, all of the items relating to Hazardous Materials of such proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee as described in Section 21.2 .

29.5    Any Transfer that is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article or with respect to which Tenant does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Article shall be void and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease.

29.6    The consent by Landlord to a Transfer shall not relieve Tenant or proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee from obtaining Landlord’s consent to any further Transfer, nor shall it release Tenant or any proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee of Tenant from full and primary liability under this Lease.





29.7    Notwithstanding any Transfer, Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable for the payment of all Rent and other sums due or to become due hereunder, and for the full performance of all other terms, conditions and covenants to be kept and performed by Tenant. The acceptance of Rent or any other sum due hereunder, or the acceptance of performance of any other term, covenant or condition thereof, from any person or entity other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Lease or a consent to any Transfer.

29.8    If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Transfer Notice indicating a desire to transfer this Lease to a proposed transferee, assignee or sublessee other than in connection with an Exempt Transfer, then Landlord shall have the option, exercisable by giving notice to Tenant at any time within ten (10) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Transfer Notice, to terminate this Lease as of the date specified in the Transfer Notice as the Transfer Date, except for those provisions that, by their express terms, survive the expiration or earlier termination hereof. If Landlord exercises such option, then Tenant shall have the right to withdraw such Transfer Notice by delivering to Landlord written notice of such election within five (5) days after Landlord’s delivery of notice electing to exercise Landlord’s option to terminate this Lease. In the event Tenant withdraws the Transfer Notice as provided in this Section, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. No failure of Landlord to exercise its option to terminate this Lease shall be deemed to be Landlord’s consent to a proposed Transfer.

29.9    If Tenant sublets the Premises or any portion thereof, Tenant hereby immediately and irrevocably assigns to Landlord, as security for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, all rent from any such subletting, and appoints Landlord as assignee and attorney-in-fact for Tenant, and Landlord (or a receiver for Tenant appointed on Landlord’s application) may collect such rent and apply it toward Tenant’s obligations under this Lease; provided that, until the occurrence of a Default (as defined below) by Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to collect such rent.

30. Subordination and Attornment.

30.1    This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lien of any mortgage, deed of trust, or lease in which Landlord is tenant now or hereafter in force against the Building or the Project and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof without the necessity of the execution and delivery of any further instruments on the part of Tenant to effectuate such subordination.

30.2    Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall execute and deliver upon demand such further commercially reasonable instrument or instruments evidencing such subordination of this Lease to the lien of any such mortgage or mortgages or deeds of trust or lease in which Landlord is tenant as may be required by Landlord. If any such mortgagee, beneficiary or landlord under a lease wherein Landlord is tenant (each, a “ Mortgagee ”) so elects, however, this Lease shall be deemed prior in lien to any such lease, mortgage, or deed of trust upon or including the Premises regardless of date and Tenant shall execute a statement in writing to such effect at Landlord’s request. Upon request of Tenant, and at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, Landlord shall obtain and deliver to Tenant (i) a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E-2 from Ground Lessor, and (ii) from any future Mortgagee such Mortgagee’s customary form of written subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in recordable form providing, among other things, that so long as Tenant performs all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease and agrees to attorn to the Mortgagee on such customary terms and conditions as such Mortgagee may reasonably require, Tenant’s rights under this Lease shall not be disturbed and shall remain in full force and effect for the Term, and Tenant shall not be joined by the Mortgagee in any action or proceeding to foreclose thereunder. Landlord represents to Tenant that there is no mortgage affecting the Premises as of the Execution Date.





30.3    Upon written request of Landlord and opportunity for Tenant to review, Tenant agrees to execute any Lease amendments not materially altering the terms of this Lease, if required by a mortgagee or beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering real property of which the Premises constitute a part incident to the financing of the real property of which the Premises constitute a part.

30.4    In the event any proceedings are brought for foreclosure, or in the event of the exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord covering the Premises, Tenant shall at the election of the purchaser at such foreclosure or sale attorn to the purchaser upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease.

31. Defaults and Remedies.

31.1    Late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other sums due shall cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which shall be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Such costs include processing and accounting charges and late charges that may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Therefore, if any installment of Rent due from Tenant is not received by Landlord (i) within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord of such failure, which written notice shall only be provided by Landlord twice in any twelve (12) month period, or (ii) after the provision by Landlord of the aforementioned two (2) notices in any 12-month period, within three (3) days following the date such payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (a) an additional sum of five percent (5%) of the overdue Rent as a late charge plus (b) interest at an annual rate (the “ Default Rate ”) equal to the lesser of (a) twelve percent (12%) and (b) the highest rate permitted by Applicable Laws. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord shall incur by reason of late payment by Tenant and shall be payable as Additional Rent to Landlord due with the next installment of Rent or within five (5) business days after Landlord’s demand, whichever is earlier. Landlord’s acceptance of any Additional Rent (including a late charge or any other amount hereunder) shall not be deemed an extension of the date that Rent is due or prevent Landlord from pursuing any other rights or remedies under this Lease, at law or in equity.

31.2    No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent payment herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease or in equity or at law. If a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to make payment “under protest,” such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of Tenant to institute suit for recovery of the payment paid under protest.

31.3    If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money required to be paid by it hereunder or perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, in each case within the applicable cure period (if any) described in Section 31.4 , then Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make such payment or perform such act; provided that such failure by Tenant unreasonably interfered with the use of the Building or the Project by any other tenant or with the efficient operation of the Building or the Project, or resulted or could have resulted in a violation of Applicable Laws or the cancellation of an insurance policy maintained by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of an emergency, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and act in accordance with its rights as provided elsewhere in this Lease. In addition to the late charge described in Section 31.1 , Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent all sums so paid or incurred by Landlord, together with interest at the Default Rate, computed from the date such sums were paid or incurred.





31.4    The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “ Default ” hereunder by Tenant:
a. Reserved;

b. Tenant fails to make any payment of Rent, as and when due, or to satisfy its obligations under Article 19 , where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant;

c. Tenant fails to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained herein (other than described in Sections 31.4(a) and 31.4(b) ) to be performed by Tenant, where such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided that, if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to cure, Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences such cure within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion; and provided , further, that such cure is completed no later than forty-five (45) days after Tenant’s receipt of written notice from Landlord;

d. Tenant or any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations hereunder (“ Guarantor ”) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

e. A receiver, trustee or custodian is appointed to or does take title, possession or control of all or substantially all of Tenant’s or Guarantor’s assets;

f. Tenant or Guarantor files a voluntary petition under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any successor statute (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ Bankruptcy Code ”) or an order for relief is entered against Tenant or Guarantor pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code;

g. Any involuntary petition is filed against Tenant or Guarantor under any chapter of the Bankruptcy Code and is not dismissed within one hundred twenty (120) days;

h. A Default exists under any agreement between Tenant (or any affiliate thereof) and Landlord (or any affiliate thereof), including, without limitation, that certain Lease dated March 31, 2014 between Wexford-UCSC 3737, LLC and Tenant;

i. Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate in accordance with Article 20 ;

j. Tenant’s interest in this Lease is attached, executed upon or otherwise judicially seized and such action is not released within one hundred twenty (120) days of the action; or

k. Guarantor fails to observe or perform any obligation or covenant contained in such Guarantor’s guaranty.

Notices given under this Section shall specify the alleged default and shall demand that Tenant perform the provisions of this Lease or pay the Rent that is in arrears, as the case may be, within the applicable period of time, or quit the Premises. No such notice shall be deemed a forfeiture or a termination of this Lease unless Landlord elects otherwise in such notice.





31.5    In the event of a Default by Tenant, and at any time thereafter, with or without notice or demand and without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any right or remedy that Landlord may have, Landlord has the right to do any or all of the following:

a. Order Tenant’s contractors, subcontractors, consultants, designers and material suppliers to stop work on the Tenant Improvements or any Alterations;

b. Terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by written notice to Tenant or by any lawful means, in which case Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby; and

c. Terminate this Lease, in which event Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event, Landlord shall have the immediate right to re-enter and remove all persons and property, and such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost and for the account of Tenant, all without service of notice or resort to legal process and without being deemed guilty of trespass or becoming liable for any loss or damage that may be occasioned thereby. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default, including:

i. The sum of:
A. The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent that had accrued at the time of such termination; plus
B. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent that would have accrued during the period commencing with termination of the Lease and ending at the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus
C. The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds that portion of the loss of Landlord’s rental income from the Premises that Tenant proves to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction could have been reasonably avoided; plus
D. Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or that in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including the cost of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease, including any rent payments not otherwise chargeable to Tenant (e.g., during any “free” rent period or rent holiday); plus
E. At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by Applicable Laws; or

ii. At Landlord’s election, as minimum liquidated damages in addition to any (A) amounts paid or payable to Landlord pursuant to Section 31.5(c)(i)(A) prior to such election and (B) costs of restoring the Premises to the condition required under the terms of this Lease, an amount (the “ Election Amount ”) equal to either (Y) the positive difference (if any, and measured at the time of such termination) between (1) the then-present value of the total Rent and other benefits that would have accrued to Landlord under this Lease for the remainder of the Term if Tenant had fully complied with the Lease minus (2) the then-present value of the market rent for the Premises as determined by Landlord for what would be the then-unexpired Term if the Lease remained in effect, computed using the discount rate of the Federal Reserve





Bank of San Francisco at the time of the award plus one (1) percentage point (the “ Discount Rate ”) or (Z) twelve (12) months (or such lesser number of months as may then be remaining in the Term, and in all events no more than 25% of the total number of months as may then be remaining in the Term) of Base Rent and Additional Rent at the rate last payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease, in either case as Landlord specifies in such election. Landlord and Tenant agree that the Election Amount represents a reasonable forecast of the minimum damages expected to occur in the event of a breach, taking into account the uncertainty, time and cost of determining elements relevant to actual damages, such as fair market rent, time and costs that may be required to re-lease the Premises, and other factors; and that the Election Amount is not a penalty.
As used in Sections 31.5(c)(i)(A) and (B) , “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Default Rate. As used in Section 31.5(c)(i)(C) , the “worth at the time of the award” shall be computed by taking the present value of such amount, using the Discount Rate.
31.6    n addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity and under this Lease, Landlord may continue this Lease in effect after Tenant’s Default and abandonment and recover Rent as it becomes due. In addition, Landlord shall not be liable in any way whatsoever for its failure or refusal to relet the Premises. For purposes of this Section, the following acts by Landlord will not constitute the termination of Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises:

a. Acts of maintenance or preservation or efforts to relet the Premises, including alterations, remodeling, redecorating, repairs, replacements or painting as Landlord shall consider advisable for the purpose of reletting the Premises or any part thereof; or

b. The appointment of a receiver upon the initiative of Landlord to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease or in the Premises.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Default by Tenant, Landlord may elect at any time to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.
31.7    If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided in Section 31.5 , then Landlord may, from time to time, recover all Rent as it becomes due under this Lease. At any time thereafter, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease and to recover damages to which Landlord is entitled.

31.8    In the event Landlord elects to terminate this Lease and relet the Premises, Landlord may execute any new lease in its own name. Tenant hereunder shall have no right or authority whatsoever to collect any Rent from such tenant. The proceeds of any such reletting shall be applied as follows:

a. First, to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord, including storage charges or brokerage commissions owing from Tenant to Landlord as the result of such reletting;

b. Second, to the payment of the costs and expenses of reletting the Premises, including (i) alterations and repairs that Landlord deems reasonably necessary and advisable and (ii) reasonable attorneys’ fees, charges and disbursements incurred by Landlord in connection with the retaking of the Premises and such reletting;

c. Third, to the payment of Rent and other charges due and unpaid hereunder; and






d. Fourth, to the payment of future Rent and other damages payable by Tenant under this Lease.

31.9    All of Landlord’s rights, options and remedies hereunder shall be construed and held to be nonexclusive and cumulative. Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies, or any other remedy or relief that may be provided by Applicable Laws, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in such waiver. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages in connection with a Default by Tenant but only after Landlord has recovered possession of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s obligation to use reasonable efforts to mitigate its damages shall not require Landlord to (A) favor leasing the Premises over leasing any other vacant space held by Landlord at such time; (B) lease the Premises to a tenant or tenants at less than fair market rental rates or on terms less acceptable to Landlord than the terms typically accepted by Landlord in similar leases; (C) lease the Premises to tenants which, in the absence of a duty to mitigate, Landlord would find unsuitable for any reason; or (D) provide an improvement allowance to any replacement tenant unless providing an improvement allowance is market in the University City real estate market for buildings similar to the Building at such time, and then only to the extent of such market tenant improvement allowance. Any obligation imposed by Applicable Law upon Landlord to relet the Premises after any termination of this Lease shall be subject to the reasonable requirements of Landlord to (a) lease to high quality tenants on such terms as Landlord may from time to time deem appropriate in its discretion and (b) develop the Project in a harmonious manner with a mix of uses, tenants, floor areas, terms of tenancies, etc., as determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be obligated to relet the Premises to any party to whom Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord may desire to lease other available space in the Project or at another property owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord.

31.10    Landlord’s termination of (a) this Lease or (b) Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall not relieve Tenant of any liability to Landlord that has previously accrued or that shall arise based upon events that occurred prior to the later to occur of (y) the date of Lease termination and (z) the date Tenant surrenders possession of the Premises.

31.11    To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Tenant waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future Applicable Laws if Tenant is evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or if Landlord obtains possession of the Premises due to Tenant’s default hereunder or otherwise. Tenant hereby waives the right to any notices to quit as may be specified in the Landlord and Tenant Act of Pennsylvania of 1951, as the same may be amended from time to time.

31.12    Landlord shall not be in default or liable for damages under this Lease unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event shall such failure continue for more than thirty (30) days after written notice from Tenant specifying the nature of Landlord’s failure; provided , however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease or to withhold or abate rent or to set off any Claims against Rent as a result of any default or breach by Landlord of any of its covenants, obligations, representations, warranties or promises hereunder, except as may otherwise be expressly set forth in this Lease.





31.13    In the event of any default by Landlord, Tenant shall give notice by registered or certified mail to any (a) beneficiary of a deed of trust or (b) mortgagee under a mortgage covering the Premises, the Building, the Unit or the Project and to any landlord of any lease of land upon or within which the Premises, the Building, the Unit or the Project is located, and shall offer such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord an opportunity to cure such default (which cure period shall be equal to the cure period provided to Landlord hereunder commencing on the date that such beneficiary, mortgagee or landlord receives the notice of default from Tenant, or such longer period of time as may be provided in the subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement executed by Tenant and such party); provided that Landlord shall have furnished to Tenant in writing the names and addresses of all such persons who are to receive such notices.
[Text Continues on Following Page]






31.14    THIS SECTION SETS FORTH A WARRANT OF AUTHORITY FOR AN ATTORNEY TO CONFESS JUDGMENT AGAINST TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING THROUGH TENANT FOR POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES. LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE FOLLOWING RIGHTS TO CONFESS JUDGMENT:

a. UPON A DEFAULT BY TENANT, OR WHEN THIS LEASE SHALL BE TERMINATED BY REASON OF A DEFAULT BY TENANT OR ANY OTHER REASON WHATSOEVER, EITHER DURING THE ORIGINAL TERM OF THIS LEASE OR ANY RENEWAL OR EXTENSION THEREOF, AND ALSO WHEN THE TERM HEREBY CREATED OR A RENEWAL OR EXTENSION THEREOF SHALL HAVE EXPIRED, IT SHALL BE LAWFUL FOR ANY ATTORNEY AS ATTORNEY FOR TENANT, UPON NOT LESS THAN FIVE (5) DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE TO TENANT, TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT IN ANY COMPETENT COURT AGAINST TENANT AND ALL PERSONS CLAIMING UNDER TENANT FOR THE RECOVERY BY LANDLORD OF POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES, FOR WHICH THIS LEASE SHALL BE LANDLORD’S SUFFICIENT WARRANT. UPON SUCH CONFESSION OF JUDGMENT FOR POSSESSION, IF LANDLORD SO DESIRES, A WRIT OF EXECUTION OR OF POSSESSION MAY ISSUE FORTHWITH, WITHOUT ANY PRIOR WRIT OR PROCEEDINGS WHATSOEVER. IF FOR ANY REASON AFTER SUCH ACTION SHALL HAVE BEEN COMMENCED, THE SAME SHALL BE DETERMINED AND THE POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES SHALL REMAIN IN OR BE RESTORED TO TENANT, THEN LANDLORD SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT UPON ANY SUBSEQUENT OR CONTINUING DEFAULT OR DEFAULTS BY TENANT, OR AFTER EXPIRATION OF THE LEASE, OR UPON THE TERMINATION OF THIS LEASE AS SET FORTH ABOVE, TO CONFESS JUDGMENT IN EJECTMENT AGAINST TENANT AS SET FORTH ABOVE TO RECOVER POSSESSION OF THE PREMISES.

b. In any action, Landlord shall cause to be filed in such action an affidavit made by Landlord or someone acting for Landlord setting forth the facts necessary to authorize the entry of judgment, of which facts such affidavit shall be conclusive evidence. If a true copy of this Lease shall be filed in such action (and such affidavit shall be sufficient evidence of the truth of SUCH copy), it shall not be necessary to file the original Lease as a warrant of attorney, any rule of court, custom or practice to the contrary notwithstanding.

c. Tenant expressly agrees, to the extent not prohibited by APPLICABLE lawS, that any judgment, order or decree entered against it by or in any court or magistrate by virtue of the powers of attorney contained in this Lease shall be final, and that Tenant SHALL not take an appeal, certiorari, writ of error, exception or objection to the same, or file a motion or rule to strike off or open or to stay execution of the same, and releases to Landlord and to any and all attorneys who may appear for Tenant all errors in SUCH proceedings and all liability therefor.

d. The right to enter judgment against Tenant and to enforce all of the other provisions of this Lease herein provided for, at the option of any assignee of LANDLORD’S INTEREST UNDER this Lease, may be exercised by any assignee of Landlord’s right, title and interest in this Lease in Tenant’s own name, notwithstanding the fact that any or all assignments of SUCH right, title and interest may not be executed OR witnessed in accordance with the Act of Assembly of May 28, 1715, 1 Sm. L. 94, and all supplements and amendments thereto that have been or may hereafter be passed. Tenant hereby expressly waives the requirements of SUCH Act of Assembly and any and all APPLICABLE laws regulating the manner OR form in which such assignments shall be executed and witnessed.





TENANT UNDERSTANDS THAT IN GRANTING THESE RIGHTS TO CONFESS JUDGMENT, TENANT WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO NOTICE AND HEARING BEFORE ENTRY OF JUDGMENT AND EXECUTION ON THAT JUDGMENT. TENANT HAS DISCUSSED THE MEANING AND EFFECT OF THESE CONFESSIONS OF JUDGMENT PROVISIONS WITH ITS OWN INDEPENDENT COUNSEL, OR HAS HAD A REASONABLE OPPORTUNITY TO DO SO.
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TENANT HEREBY WAIVES THE DUTIES IMPOSED BY 50 PA.C.S.A. SECTION 5601.3 IN CONNECTION WITH ANY EXERCISE OF THE FOREGOING RIGHTS AND POWERS. TENANT HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT IT IS TENANT’S REASONABLE EXPECTATION THAT LANDLORD WILL EXERCISE THE RIGHTS AND REMEDIES GRANTED TO LANDLORD UNDER THIS SECTION 31.14 AND ELSEWHERE IN THIS LEASE.

_/s/ JDM__ ___
Tenant’s Initials
NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, if Tenant becomes a publicly traded company and/or issues stock on a “national securities exchange” or any national foreign securities exchange, and has a market capitalization of not less than $250,000,000, then the foregoing Confession of Judgment shall be deemed null and void and of no further force and effect. For purposes of this Lease, “national securities exchange” shall be defined as a securities exchange that has registered with the SEC under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
32.    Bankruptcy. In the event a debtor, trustee or debtor in possession under the Bankruptcy Code, or another person with similar rights, duties and powers under any other Applicable Laws, proposes to cure any default under this Lease or to assume or assign this Lease and is obliged to provide adequate assurance to Landlord that (a) a default shall be cured, (b) Landlord shall be compensated for its damages arising from any breach of this Lease and (c) future performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease shall occur, then such adequate assurances shall include any or all of the following, as designated by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion:

32.1    Those acts specified in the Bankruptcy Code or other Applicable Laws as included within the meaning of “adequate assurance,” even if this Lease does not concern a shopping center or other facility described in such Applicable Laws;

32.2    A prompt cash payment to compensate Landlord for any monetary defaults or actual damages arising directly from a breach of this Lease;

32.3    A cash deposit in an amount at least equal to the then-current amount of the Security Deposit; or
32.4    The assumption or assignment of all of Tenant’s interest and obligations under this Lease.

33. Brokers.

33.1    Tenant represents and warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than Jones Lang LaSalle and Cushman & Wakefield of Pennsylvania, Inc. (collectively, “ Broker ”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent that is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall compensate Broker in relation to this Lease pursuant to a separate agreement between Landlord and Broker.





33.2    Tenant represents and warrants that no broker or agent has made any representation or warranty relied upon by Tenant in Tenant’s decision to enter into this Lease, other than as contained in this Lease.

33.3    Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the employment of brokers by Landlord is for the purpose of solicitation of offers of leases from prospective tenants and that no authority is granted to any broker to furnish any representation (written or oral) or warranty from Landlord unless expressly contained within this Lease. Landlord is executing this Lease in reliance upon Tenant’s representations, warranties and agreements contained within Sections 33.1 and 33.2 .

33.4    Tenant agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Landlord’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold the Landlord Indemnitees harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by Tenant or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Tenant. Landlord agrees to indemnify, save, defend (at Tenant’s option and with counsel reasonably acceptable to Tenant) and hold Tenant harmless from any and all cost or liability for compensation claimed by any broker or agent, other than Broker, employed or engaged by Landlord or claiming to have been employed or engaged by Landlord.

34. Definition of Landlord. With regard to obligations imposed upon Landlord pursuant to this Lease, the term “Landlord,” as used in this Lease, shall refer only to Landlord or Landlord’s then-current successor-in-interest. In the event of any transfer, assignment or conveyance of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Project or the Unit, as applicable, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers or conveyances, the subsequent Landlord) shall be automatically freed and relieved, from and after the date of such transfer, assignment or conveyance, from all liability for the performance of any covenants or obligations contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed by Landlord and, without further agreement, the transferee, assignee or conveyee of Landlord’s interest in this Lease or in Landlord’s fee title to or leasehold interest in the Project or the Unit, as applicable, shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder during the tenure of its interest in the Lease or the Project or the Unit. Landlord or any subsequent Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises or this Lease without Tenant’s consent.

35.
Limitation of Liability.

35.1    If Landlord is in default under this Lease and, as a consequence, Tenant recovers a monetary judgment against Landlord, the judgment shall be satisfied only out of (a) the proceeds of sale received on execution of the judgment and levy against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Building, the Unit and the Project, (b) rent or other income from such real property receivable by Landlord or (c) the consideration received by Landlord from the sale, financing, refinancing or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Building, the Unit or the Project.

35.2    Landlord shall not be personally liable for any deficiency under this Lease. If Landlord is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership or joint venture. If Landlord is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Landlord. If Landlord is a limited liability company, then the members





of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Landlord except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Landlord.

35.3    If Tenant is a partnership or joint venture, then the partners of such partnership shall not be personally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and no partner of Tenant shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any partner of Tenant except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the partnership or joint venture. If Tenant is a corporation, then the shareholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of such corporation shall not be personally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and no shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Tenant shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any shareholder, director, officer, employee or agent of Tenant. If Tenant is a limited liability company, then the members of such limited liability company shall not be personally liable for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, and no member of Tenant shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action, and service of process shall not be made against any member of Tenant except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the limited liability company. No partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Tenant shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process, and no judgment shall be taken or writ of execution levied against any partner, shareholder, director, employee, member or agent of Tenant.

35.4    Each of the covenants and agreements of this Article shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by Applicable Laws and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

36. Joint and Several Obligations. If more than one person or entity executes this Lease as Tenant, then:

36.1    Each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed or performed by Tenant, and such terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements shall be binding with the same force and effect upon each and all of the persons executing this Agreement as Tenant; and

36.2    The term “ Tenant ,” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them, jointly and severally. The act of, notice from, notice to, refund to, or signature of any one or more of them with respect to the tenancy under this Lease, including any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted, so given or received such notice or refund, or so signed.

37. Representations.

a. Tenant warrants and represents that (i) Tenant is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (ii) Tenant has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (iii) Tenant has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Tenant’s obligations hereunder, (iv) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant is duly and





validly authorized to do so and (v) neither (A) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (B) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Tenant is constituted or to which Tenant is a party. In addition, Tenant warrants and represents that none of (x) it, (y) its affiliates or partners nor (z) to the best of its knowledge, its members, shareholders or other equity owners or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, representatives or agents is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) of the Department of the Treasury (including those named on OFAC’s Specially Designated and Blocked Persons List) or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

b. Landlord warrants and represents that (i) Landlord is duly incorporated or otherwise established or formed and validly existing under the laws of its state of incorporation, establishment or formation, (ii) Landlord has and is duly qualified to do business in the state in which the Property is located, (iii) Landlord has full corporate, partnership, trust, association or other appropriate power and authority to enter into this Lease and to perform all Landlord’s obligations hereunder, (iv) each person (and all of the persons if more than one signs) signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord is duly and validly authorized to do so and (v) neither (B) the execution, delivery or performance of this Lease nor (B) the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will violate or conflict with any provision of documents or instruments under which Landlord is constituted or to which Landlord is a party. In addition, Landlord warrants and represents that none of (x) it, nor (y) its affiliates or partners is a person or entity with whom U.S. persons or entities are restricted from doing business under regulations of OFAC or under any statute, executive order (including the September 24, 2001, Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism) or other similar governmental action.

38. Confidentiality. Tenant shall keep the terms and conditions of this Lease and any information provided to Tenant or its employees, agents or contractors pursuant to Article 9 confidential and shall not (a) disclose to any third party any terms or conditions of this Lease or any other Lease-related document (including subleases, assignments, work letters, construction contracts, letters of credit, subordination agreements, non-disturbance agreements, brokerage agreements or estoppels) or (b) provide to any third party an original or copy of this Lease (or any Lease-related document). Landlord shall not release to any third party any non-public financial information or non-public information about Tenant’s ownership structure that Tenant gives Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, confidential information under this Section may be released by Landlord or Tenant under the following circumstances: (x) if required by Applicable Laws or in any judicial proceeding; provided that the releasing party has given the other party reasonable notice of such requirement, if feasible, (y) to a party’s attorneys, accountants, brokers, employees, partners, investors and other bona fide consultants or advisers (with respect to this Lease only); provided such third parties agree to be bound by this Section or (z) to bona fide prospective assignees or subtenants of this Lease; provided they agree in writing to be bound by this Section.

39.
Notices. Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by (a) personal delivery, (b) overnight delivery with a reputable international overnight delivery service, such as FedEx, or (c) facsimile or email transmission, so long as such transmission is followed within one (1) business day by delivery utilizing one of the methods described in Subsection 39(a) or (b). Any such notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication shall be deemed delivered (x) upon receipt, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(a); (y) one business (1) day after deposit on a business day with a reputable national overnight delivery service, if given if





given in accordance with Subsection 39(b); or (z) upon transmission, if given in accordance with Subsection 39(c). Except as otherwise stated in this Lease, any notice, consent, demand, invoice, statement or other communication required or permitted to be given pursuant to this Lease shall be addressed to Tenant at the Premises, or to Landlord or Tenant at the addresses shown in Sections 2.8 through and including 2.12, respectively. Either party may, by notice to the other given pursuant to this Section, specify additional or different addresses for notice purposes.

40.
Miscellaneous.

40.1    Landlord reserves the right to change the name of the Building or the Project in its sole discretion.

40.2    To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish to Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, the most recent fiscal year-end unconsolidated financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days following the completion thereof, but in no event later than one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of Tenant’s financial year, furnish Landlord with a certified copy of Tenant’s fiscal year-end unconsolidated financial statements for the previous year audited by a nationally recognized accounting firm. Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are true, correct and complete in all material respects. If audited financials are not otherwise prepared, unaudited financials complying with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by the chief financial officer of Tenant as true, correct and complete in all material respects shall suffice for purposes of this Section. Tenant shall not be obligated to deliver the foregoing financial statements so long as such financial information is publicly available.

40.3    Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and shall not be effective as a lease or otherwise until execution by and delivery to both Landlord and Tenant.

40.4    The terms of this Lease are intended by the parties as a final, complete and exclusive expression of their agreement with respect to the terms that are included herein, and may not be contradicted or supplemented by evidence of any other prior or contemporaneous agreement.

40.5    Neither party shall record this Lease or a memorandum hereof.

40.6    Where applicable in this Lease, the singular includes the plural and the masculine or neuter includes the masculine, feminine and neuter. The words “include,” “includes,” “included” and “including” shall mean “‘include,’ etc., without limitation.” The section headings of this Lease are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any part hereof.

40.7    Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, each party shall pay its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with this Lease and such party’s performance under this Lease; provided that, if either party commences an action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit against the other party arising out of or in connection with this Lease, then the substantially prevailing party shall be reimbursed by the other party for all reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, incurred by the substantially prevailing party in such action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action or suit, and in any appeal in connection therewith (regardless of whether the applicable action, proceeding, demand, claim, action, cause of action, suit or appeal is voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed).





40.8    Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

40.9    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are independent and shall not be conditioned upon performance by Landlord.

40.10    Whenever consent or approval of either party is required, that party shall not unreasonably withhold such consent or approval, except as may be expressly set forth to the contrary. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, in every instance where Landlord’s consent or approval is required, Landlord shall be entitled to withhold its consent, if any party whose consent Landlord must obtain under the Ground Lease denies consent to such request.

40.11    Any provision of this Lease that shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and all other provisions of this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and shall be interpreted as if the invalid, void or illegal provision did not exist.

40.12    The language in all parts of this Lease shall be in all cases construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

40.13    Each of the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained shall inure to the benefit of and shall apply to and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs; legatees; devisees; executors; administrators; and permitted successors and assigns. This Lease is for the sole benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, legatees, devisees, executors, administrators and permitted successors and assigns, and nothing in this Lease shall give or be construed to give any other person or entity any legal or equitable rights. Nothing in this Section shall in any way alter the provisions of this Lease restricting assignment or subletting.

40.14    This Lease shall be governed by, construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Premises are located, without regard to such state’s conflict of law principles.

40.15    This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when taken together, shall constitute one and the same document.

40.16    No provision of this Lease may be modified, amended or supplemented except by an agreement in writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

40.17    No waiver of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless executed in writing by the party against whom enforcement is sought. The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach or default of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding or subsequent breach or default of such term, covenant or condition or any other term, covenant or condition of this Lease.

40.18    To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, the parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by the other party hereto related to matters arising out of or in any way connected with this Lease; the relationship between Landlord and Tenant; Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises; or any claim of injury or damage related to this Lease or the Premises.

41. Landlord’s Lien Waiver, Security Interests, Rights of Distraint .






Landlord hereby waives any statutory or common law landlord’s lien now existing or hereafter arising in Tenant’s Property, including any rights of levy or distraint for rent.
42.
Relocation .

Landlord shall have the right at any time during the Term hereof, but not more than one (1) time during the Term, upon giving Tenant not less than sixty (60) days prior written notice, to provide and furnish Tenant with space elsewhere in the Unit or the Building of substantially comparable size and improved to substantially the condition in which the Premises exist on (x) on the Execution Date with respect to Premises A, and (y) on the Delivery Date with respect to Premises B, and remove and place Tenant in such space, in which event Landlord will pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred to effect the relocation of Tenant. In the event of any such relocation, Landlord shall pay all the expenses: (i) of preparing and decorating the new premises so that they will be substantially similar to the condition in which the Premises exist on (x) on the Execution Date with respect to Premises A, and (y) on the Delivery Date with respect to Premises B; (ii) of moving Tenant’s furniture and equipment to the new premises (including Tenant’s data and communication wiring and cabling); and (iii) actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred and documented by Tenant, up to a maximum amount of $5,000, in notifying its clients of such relocation, obtaining new letterhead and business cards and updating any website and electronic media, and other incidental expenses related directly to Tenant’s relocation. The relocation space shall include at least one (1) comparable wall of exterior windows and shall constitute a single contiguous space. Should Tenant refuse to permit Landlord to relocate Tenant to such new space at the end of said sixty (60) day period, such refusal shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease entitling Landlord to exercise all of its remedies hereunder without the necessity of any further notice or opportunity to cure being afforded to Tenant. If Landlord moves Tenant to such new space, this Lease and each and all of its terms, covenants and conditions shall remain in full force and effect and be deemed applicable to such new space (provided that all terms, including but not limited to Base Rent and Tenant’s Share, that are calculated upon the square footage of the Premises shall be adjusted accordingly, but any previously paid improvement allowances shall not be readjusted) and such new space shall thereafter be deemed to be the Premises as though Landlord and Tenant had entered into an express written amendment of this Lease with respect thereto.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] DMEAST #22660220 v8      A-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.






LANDLORD :
WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership

By:      Wexford-UCSC II GP, LLC, its sole general      partner

By:      _ /s/ Daniel C. Cramer___ _____
Name:      _Daniel C. Cramer_ __________
Its:      _ _Sr. Vice President_ __________

    

TENANT :
SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware                              corporation

By:     /s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo                    
Name:      Jeffrey D. Marrazzo                    
Title:     CEO                
STATE OF      _ Pennsylvania_ _________      :
: SS
COUNTY OF _ Philadelphia_ __________              :


ON THIS , the 1st day of February , 2016, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared _ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo __ who acknowledged him/herself to be the __ CEO_ ____ of SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC. and that he as such officer, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing Lease (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY CONFESSIONS OF JUDGMENT AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY CONTAINED THEREIN) for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by him/herself as said officer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

__ _/s/ Karen Pluto___ ____________________
Notary Public
My Commission expires:
(Notarial Seal)






EXHIBIT A
PREMISES









3

EXHIBIT B-1
WORK LETTER
This Work Letter (this “ Work Letter ”) is made and entered into as of the _ 1st _ day of February, 2016, by and between WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and SPARK THERAPEUTICS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Tenant ”), and is attached to and made a part of that certain Lease of even date herewith (as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), by and between Landlord and Tenant for the Premises located on the ninth (9 th ) floor of 3711 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA. All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.
1.
General Requirements .
1.1.      Authorized Representatives .
(a)      Landlord designates, as Landlord’s authorized representative (“ Landlord’s Authorized Representative ”), (i) Joseph Reagan as the person authorized to initial plans, drawings, approvals and to sign change orders pursuant to this Work Letter and (ii) an officer of Landlord as the person authorized to sign any amendments to this Work Letter or the Lease. Tenant shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by the appropriate Landlord’s Authorized Representative. Landlord may change either Landlord’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Tenant.
(b)      Tenant designates Joseph LaBarge (“ Tenant’s Authorized Representative ”) as the person authorized to initial and sign all plans, drawings, change orders and approvals pursuant to this Work Letter. Landlord shall not be obligated to respond to or act upon any such item until such item has been initialed or signed (as applicable) by Tenant’s Authorized Representative. Tenant may change Tenant’s Authorized Representative upon one (1) business day’s prior written notice to Landlord.
1.2.      Reserved .
1.3.      Landlord’s Architects, Contractors and Consultants . The architect, engineering consultants, design team, general contractor and subcontractors responsible for the construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be selected by Landlord.
2. Tenant Improvements . All Tenant Improvements shall be performed by Landlord’s contractor in substantial accordance with the Approved Plans (as defined below), the Lease and this Work Letter at Landlord’s sole cost and expense with respect to the improvements shown and described in the Approved Plans, except that the Add Alternate (defined below) shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to Landlord’s obligations with respect to any portion of the Additional TI Allowance if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease ). Costs payable by Tenant hereunder, including costs of the Add Alternate, Tenant-requested Changes (defined below) and a construction management fee payable to Landlord in an amount of 2% of the cost of any Tenant-requested Charges are collectively the “ Tenant’s Costs ”. If there are Tenant’s Costs, Tenant shall advance to Landlord any such Tenant’s Costs within ten (10) business days after receipt of an invoice therefor, but in any case before Landlord commences the Tenant Improvements. If Landlord is delayed in commencing the Tenant Improvements due to Tenant’s failure to timely pay the Tenant’s Costs to Landlord, Landlord shall be entitled to a day-for-day extension to achieve Substantial Completion





of the Tenant Improvements for the period of such delay. If Tenant fails to pay, or is late in paying, any sum due to Landlord under this Work Letter, then Landlord shall have all of the rights and remedies set forth in the Lease for nonpayment of Rent (including the right to interest and the right to assess a late charge), and for purposes of any litigation instituted with regard to such amounts the same shall be considered Rent. All material and equipment furnished by Landlord or its contractors as the Tenant Improvements shall be new or “like new,” and the Tenant Improvements shall be performed in a first-class, workmanlike manner. As used herein, the term “ Add Alternate ” shall mean Add Alternate #1 shown in the Approved Plans (provide Alur Architectural Glass System at Offices, Conference, Huddle Rooms, and Entrance Door in lieu of Building Standard Solid Wood Doors in Hollow Metal Frames with Attached Glass Sidelites).
2.3.      Construction Plans . As of the date hereof, Landlord and Tenant have approved the final plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements (the “ Approved Plans ”) described in Schedule 1 hereto.
2.4.      Changes to the Tenant Improvements . Any changes to the Approved Plans (each, a “ Change ”) shall be requested and instituted in accordance with the provisions of this Article 2 and shall be subject to the written approval of the non-requesting party in accordance with this Work Letter.
(a)      Change Request . Either Landlord or Tenant may request Changes after Tenant approves the Approved Plans by notifying the other party thereof in writing in substantially the same form as the AIA standard change order form (a “ Change Request ”), which Change Request shall detail the nature and extent of any requested Changes, including (a) the Change, (b) the party required to perform the Change and (c) any modification of the Approved Plans and the Schedule, as applicable, necessitated by the Change. If the nature of a Change requires revisions to the Approved Plans, then the requesting party shall be solely responsible for the cost and expense of such revisions and any increases in the cost of the Tenant Improvements as a result of such Change. Change Requests shall be signed by the requesting party’s Authorized Representative.
(b)      Approval of Changes . All Change Requests shall be subject to the other party’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. The non-requesting party shall have five (5) business days after receipt of a Change Request to notify the requesting party in writing of the non-requesting party’s decision either to approve or object to the Change Request. The non-requesting party’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by the non-requesting party.
3.
Requests for Consent . Except as otherwise provided in this Work Letter, Tenant shall respond to all requests for consents, approvals or directions made by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter within five (5) business days following Tenant’s receipt of such request. Tenant’s failure to respond within such five (5) business day period shall be deemed approval by Tenant.
4. Additional TI Allowance .
4.1.      Application of Additional TI Allowance . Landlord shall contribute, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, the Additional TI Allowance and any Tenant’s Costs advanced by Tenant to Landlord toward the costs and expenses incurred in connection with the performance of the Additional Improvements, in accordance with Article 4 of the Lease. If the entire Additional TI Allowance is not applied toward or reserved for the costs of the Additional Improvements, then Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit of such unused portion of the Additional TI Allowance. If the entire Tenant’s Costs advanced by Tenant to Landlord are not applied toward the costs of the Additional Improvements, then Landlord shall promptly return such excess to Tenant following completion of the Additional Improvements. Tenant may apply the Additional TI Allowance, if properly requested by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Lease, for the payment of construction of the Additional Improvements and other costs in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Lease.





4.2.      Approval of Budget for the Additional Improvements . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth elsewhere in this Work Letter or the Lease, Landlord shall not have any obligation to perform the Additional Improvements or expend any portion of the Additional TI Allowance until Landlord and Tenant shall have approved in writing the budget for the Additional Improvements (the “ Approved Budget ”).
Miscellaneous .
5.1.      Incorporation of Lease Provisions . Sections 40.6 through 40.19 of the Lease are incorporated into this Work Letter by reference, and shall apply to this Work Letter in the same way that they apply to the Lease.
5.2.      General .  Except as otherwise set forth in the Lease or this Work Letter shall not apply to improvements performed in any additional premises added to the Premises at any time or from time to time, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise; or to any portion of the Premises or any additions to the Premises in the event of a renewal or extension of the original Term, whether by any options under the Lease or otherwise, unless the Lease or any amendment or supplement to the Lease expressly provides that such additional premises are to be delivered to Tenant in the same condition as the initial Premises.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Work Letter to be effective on the date first above written.
LANDLORD :
WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership

By:      Wexford-UCSC II GP, LLC, its sole general      partner

By:      /s/Daniel C. Cramer _________
Name:      _Daniel C. Cramer __________
Its:      __ Sr. Vice President_ ________

    

TENANT :
SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware                              corporation

By:      /s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo                     
Name:      Jeffrey D. Marrazzo                     
Title:          CEO                 





SCHEDULE 1 TO WORK LETTER
[Approved Plans]
Issued November 9, 2015

A0.1      COVER SHEET
A0.2      CODE REVIEW AND EGRESS PLAN

A2.1      ARCHITECTURAL FIT-OUT PLAN
A2.2      DOOR & ROOM FINISH SCHEDULES
A5.1      INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A6.1      REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
A9.1      PARTITION TYPES & DETAILS
A9.2      MILLWORK DETAILS

M0.0      SYMBOLS. LEGENDS AND ABBREVIATIONS
M2.0      PARTIAL DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL
M2.1      PARTIAL CONSTRUCTION FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL
M3.0      DETAILS - MECHANICAL
M4.0      SCHEDULES - MECHANICAL
M5.0      SPECIFICATIONS - MECHANICAL
M5.1      SPECIFICATIONS - PLUMBING

E0.1      GENERAL NOTES - ELECTRICAL
E2.0      PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - DEMOLITION - LIGHTING AND POWER
E2.1      PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - CONSTRUCTION - LIGHTIN
E2.2      PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - CONSTRUCTION - POWER
E3.0      DETAILS - ELECTRICAL
E4.0      DETAILS - ELECTRICAL
E5.1      DETAILS - ELECTRICAL
E5.0      SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL
E5.1      SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL
E5.2      SPECIFICATIONS - ELECTRICAL

FA0.0      SYMBOLS, LEGENDS AND ABBREVIATIONS - FIRE ALARM
FA2.1      PARTIAL FLOOR PLAN - FIRE ALARM
FA5.0      SPECIFICATIONS - FIRE ALARM
FA5.1      SPECIFICATION  - FIRE ALARM

FP0.0      SYMBOLS, LEGENDS AND ABBREVIATIONS - FIRE PROT.
FP2.1      PARTIAL FLOOR PLANS - FIRE PROTECTION
FP5.0      SPECIFICATIONS - FIRE PROTECTION
FP5.1      SPECIFICATIONS - FIRE PROTECTION





EXHIBIT B-2
TENANT WORK INSURANCE SCHEDULE
Tenant shall be responsible for requiring all of Tenant Contractors doing construction or renovation work to purchase and maintain such insurance as shall protect it from the claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from any Tenant Work whether such Tenant Work is completed by Tenant or by any Tenant Contractors or by any person directly or indirectly employed by Tenant or any Tenant Contractors, or by any person for whose acts Tenant or any Tenant Contractors may be liable:
1.      Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts which are applicable to the Tenant Work to be performed.
2.      Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of employees under any applicable employer’s liability law.
3.      Claims for damages because of bodily injury, or death of any person other than Tenant’s or any Tenant Contractors’ employees.
4.      Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage which are sustained (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Tenant or any Tenant Contractors or (b) by any other person.
5.      Claims for damages, other than to the Tenant Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use therefrom.
6.      Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle.
Tenant Contractors’ Commercial General Liability Insurance shall include premises/operations (including explosion, collapse and underground coverage if such Tenant Work involves any underground work), elevators, independent contractors, products and completed operations, and blanket contractual liability on all written contracts, all including broad form property damage coverage.
Tenant Contractors’ Commercial General, Automobile, Employers and Umbrella Liability Insurance shall be written for not less than limits of liability as follows:





a.Commercial General Liability:
Bodily Injury and Property Damage
Commercially reasonable amounts, but in any event no less than $1,000,000 per occurrence and $2,000,000 general aggregate, with $2,000,000 products and completed operations aggregate.
b.Commercial Automobile Liability:
Bodily Injury and Property Damage
$1,000,000 per accident
c.Employer’s Liability:
Each Accident
Disease - Policy Limit
Disease - Each Employee

$500,000
$500,000
$500,000
d.Umbrella Liability:
Bodily Injury and Property Damage
Commercially reasonable amounts (excess of coverages a, b and c above), but in any event no less than $5,000,000 per occurrence / aggregate.

All subcontractors for Tenant Contractors shall carry the same coverages and limits as specified above, unless different limits are reasonably approved by Landlord. The foregoing policies shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies shall not be canceled or not renewed until at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice has been given to the Landlord, or if the carriers are be unwilling or unable to provide such notice, Tenant shall (and shall cause its contractors and subcontractors to) provide written notice to Landlord in accordance with this Section. Certificates of insurance including required endorsements showing such coverages to be in force shall be filed with Landlord prior to the commencement of any Tenant Work and prior to each renewal. Coverage for completed operations must be maintained for three (3) years following completion of the Tenant Work and certificates evidencing this coverage must be provided to Landlord. The minimum A.M. Best’s rating of each insurer shall be A- VII. Landlord and its mortgagees shall be named as an additional insureds under Tenant Contractors’ Commercial General Liability, Commercial Automobile Liability and Umbrella Liability Insurance policies as respects liability arising from work or operations performed, or ownership, maintenance or use of autos, by or on behalf of Contractors. Contractors and each of their insurers shall provide waivers of subrogation as respects any claims covered, or which should have been covered, by valid and collectible insurance, including any deductibles or self-insurance maintained thereunder.







EXHIBIT C
[ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF TERM COMMENCEMENT DATE AND DELIVERY DATE AND TERM EXPIRATION DATE

This acknowledgement of DELIVERY date and TERM EXPIRATION DATE is entered into as of [_______], 20[__], with reference to that certain Lease (the “ Lease ”) dated as of [_______], 20[__], by SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”), in favor of WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP, a Delaware limited partnership (“ Landlord ”). All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Lease.
Tenant hereby confirms the following:
1. Tenant accepted possession of Premises A for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__].
2. Tenant accepted possession of Premises B for use in accordance with the Permitted Use on [_______], 20[__].
3. The Premises are in good order, condition and repair.
4. The Tenant Improvements are Substantially Complete.
5. All conditions of the Lease to be performed by Landlord as a condition to the full effectiveness of the Lease have been satisfied, and Landlord has fulfilled all of its duties in the nature of inducements offered to Tenant to lease the Premises.
6. In accordance with the provisions of Article 4 of the Lease, the Term Commencement Date is [_______], 20[__], the Delivery Date is [_________], 20[__]and, unless the Lease is terminated prior to the Term Expiration Date pursuant to its terms, the Term Expiration Date shall be [_______], 20[__].
7. The Lease is in full force and effect, and the same represents the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises[, except [_______]].
8. Tenant has no existing defenses against the enforcement of the Lease by Landlord, and there exist no offsets or credits against Rent owed or to be owed by Tenant.
9. The obligation to pay Rent is presently in effect and all Rent obligations on the part of Tenant under the Lease commenced to accrue on [_______], 20[__], with Base Rent payable on the dates and amounts set forth in the chart below:
Dates
Approximate Square Feet of Rentable Area
Base Rent per Square Foot of Rentable Area
Monthly Base Rent
Annual Base Rent
[__]/[__]/[__]-[__]/[__]/[__]
[ ]
$[_______] [monthly][OR][annually]
[ ]
[ ]
10. The undersigned Tenant has not made any prior assignment, transfer, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents thereunder or sublease of the Premises or any portion thereof.
[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Acknowledgement as of the date first written above.

                        





LANDLORD :
WEXFORD-UCSC II, LP,
a Delaware limited partnership

By:      Wexford-UCSC II GP, LLC, its sole general      partner

By:      ___________________________
Name:      ___________________________
Its:      ___________________________

    

TENANT :
SPARK THERAPEUTICS, INC., a Delaware                              corporation

By:                         
Name:                         
Title:                         






EXHIBIT D
FORM OF ADDITIONAL TI ALLOWANCE ACCEPTANCE LETTER

[TENANT LETTERHEAD]

Wexford-UCSC II, LP
17190 Bernardo Center Drive
San Diego, California 92128
Attn: Vice President, Real Estate Legal

[Date]

Re:
Additional TI Allowance

To Whom It May Concern:

This letter concerns that certain Lease dated as of [_______], 20[__] (the “ Lease ”), between Wexford-UCSC II, LP (“ Landlord ”) and Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (“ Tenant ”). Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Lease.

Tenant hereby notifies Landlord that it wishes to exercise its right to utilize the Additional TI Allowance pursuant to Article 4 of the Lease.

If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call [_______] at ([___]) [___]-[____].

Sincerely,



[Name]
[Title of Authorized Signatory]


cc:      Greg Lubushkin
Karen Sztraicher
John Bonanno
Kevin Simonsen
F-3






EXHIBIT E-1
Reserved


3

F-3






EXHIBIT E-2
FORM OF NDA (Ground Lease)

F-5

F-1






EXHIBIT F-1
RULES AND REGULATIONS
RULES AND REGULATIONS
The rules and regulations set forth in this Exhibit shall be and hereby are made a part of the Lease to which they are attached. Whenever the term “Tenant” is used in these rules and regulations, it shall be deemed to include Tenant, its employees or agents and any other persons permitted by Tenant to occupy or enter the Premises. The following rules and regulations may from time to time be modified by Landlord in the manner set forth in Section 37 of the Lease. In the event of a conflict between the Lease and these Rules, the Lease shall govern and control.
1. Obstruction : The sidewalks, any entries, passages, corridors, halls, lobbies, stairways located outside the Premises, elevators and other common facilities of the Building shall be controlled by Landlord and shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purposes other than ingress or egress to and from the Premises. Tenant shall not place any item in any of such locations, whether or not any such item constitutes an obstruction, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any obstruction or any such item without notice to Tenant and at the expense of Tenant. The floors, skylights and windows that reflect or admit light into any place in said Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant.
2. Ordinary Business Hours : Whenever used in the Lease or in these rules and regulations, the ordinary business hours of the Building shall be from 8:00 A.M. to 6:00 P.M. Monday through Friday and 8:00 A.M. to 1:00 P.M. Saturday of each week, excluding the legal holidays of New Year’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day (“ Ordinary Business Hours ”).
3. Deliveries : Tenant shall insure that all deliveries to the Premises (including, without limitation, deliveries of mail, office supplies, beverages and soft drinks, catered meals and all other deliveries of bulk items) shall be made only upon the elevator designated by Landlord for deliveries and only during the ordinary business hours of the Building. If any person making deliveries to Tenant damages the elevator or any other part of the Building or Property, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the amount required to repair such damage and restore the area to its previous condition.
4. Moving : Furniture and equipment shall be moved in or out of the Building only upon the elevator designated by Landlord for furniture and equipment deliveries and then only during such hours and in such manner as may be prescribed by Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to approve or disapprove the movers or moving company employed by Tenant and Tenant shall cause such movers to use only the loading facilities and elevator designated by Landlord. If Tenant’s movers damage the elevator or any other part of the Building, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the amount required to repair such damage and restore the area to its previous condition.
5. Heavy Articles : No safe or article the weight of which may, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, constitute a hazard or may cause damage to the Building or its equipment, shall be moved into the Premises. Safes and other heavy equipment, the weight of which will not constitute a hazard or cause damage the Building or its equipment shall be moved into, from or about the Building only during such hours and in such manner as shall be prescribed by Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to designate the location of such articles in the Premises. The floor load for the Premises is 100 pounds per square foot live load and shall not be exceeded by Tenant.
6. Heavy Articles : No safe or article the weight of which may, in the reasonable opinion of Landlord, constitute a hazard or may cause damage to the Building or its equipment, shall be moved into the Premises. Safes and other heavy equipment, the weight of which will not constitute a hazard or cause damage the Building or its equipment shall be moved into, from or about the Building only during such hours and in such manner as shall be prescribed by Landlord and Landlord shall have the right to designate the location





of such articles in the Premises. The floor load for the Premises is 100 pounds per square foot live load and shall not be exceeded by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the improvements and equipment contemplated by the Tenant Improvement Construction Documents shall not violate this Unit Rule.
7. Nuisance : Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in the Premises, or bring or keep anything therein which would in any way constitute a nuisance or waste, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants of the Building, or in any way injure or annoy them, or conflict with the laws relating to fire, or with any regulations of the fire department or with any insurance policy upon the Building or any part thereof, or conflict with any of the rules or ordinances of any governmental authority having jurisdiction over the Building (including, by way of illustration and not limitation, using the Premises for sleeping, lodging or cooking).
8. Building Security : Landlord may restrict access to and from the Premises and the Building outside of the ordinary business hours of the Building at any time for reasons of Building Security. Landlord may require identification of persons entering and leaving the Building during this period and, for this purpose, may issue Building passes to tenants of the Building. Landlord shall not be liable to any person (including, without limitation, Tenant) for excluding any person from the Building or for admission of any person to the Building at any time, or for damage, loss or theft resulting therefrom.
9. Pass Key : The janitor of the Building may at all times have available a pass key to the Premises, and he and other agents of Landlord shall at all times be allowed admittance to the Premises. Unless explicitly permitted by the Lease, Tenant shall not employ any person other than Landlord’s contractors and employees for the purpose of cleaning and taking care of the Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible for any loss, theft, mysterious disappearance of or damage to, any property, however occurring.
10. Locks and Keys for Premises : No additional lock or locks shall be placed by Tenant on any door in the Building and no existing lock shall be changed unless the written consent of Landlord shall first have been obtained, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. A reasonable number of keys to the Premises and to the toilet rooms, if locked by Landlord, will be furnished by Landlord, and Tenant shall not have any duplicate keys made. Landlord also shall furnish to Tenant a reasonable number of card keys or building passes permitting access and egress to and from the Building and elevators within the Building. The distribution and use of such card keys and passes by Tenant and its employees shall be subject at all times to such additional rules as Landlord may promulgate from time to time. At the termination of this Lease, Tenant shall promptly return to Landlord all keys, card keys and building passes to the Building, offices, toilet rooms, and parking facilities. Tenant shall promptly report to Landlord the loss or theft of any key, card key or building pass.
11. Signs : Signs on Tenant’s entrance door will be provided for Tenant by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. No advertisement, sign or other notice shall be inscribed, painted or affixed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building, except upon the interior doors as permitted by Landlord, which advertisement, signs or other notices shall be of Building standard order, size and style, and at such places as shall be designated by Landlord. In addition, Landlord shall provide in the lobby of the Building, at Landlord’s expense, a building directory which shall include Tenant’s name.
12. Use of Water Fixtures : Water closets and other water fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than for which the same are intended and no obstructing or improper substance shall be thrown, deposited or disposed of therein. Any damage resulting to the same from misuse on the part of Tenant shall be paid for by Tenant. No person shall waste water by tying back or wedging the faucets or in any other manner.
13. No Animals, Excessive Noise : No birds, fish, or other animals (other than seeing eye dogs) shall be allowed in the offices, halls, corridors and elevators in the Building. No person shall disturb Tenants of this or adjoining buildings or space by the use of any radio, musical instrument or singing, or by the making of loud or improper noises.
14. Bicycles : Bicycles or other vehicles shall not be permitted anywhere inside or on the sidewalks outside the Building, except in those areas, if any, designated by Landlord as secure bicycle parking, and Tenant may use the service elevator to transport any bicycles to the Premises at any time.





15. Trash : Tenant shall not allow anything to be placed on the outside of the Building, nor shall anything be thrown by Tenant out of the windows or doors, or down the corridors, elevator shafts, or ventilating ducts or shafts of the Building. All trash shall be placed in receptacles provided by Tenant on the Premises or in any receptacles provided by Landlord for the Building. Tenant will separate recyclable materials from other trash in accordance with Landlord’s instructions.
16. Windows and Entrance Doors : Window shades, blinds or curtains of a uniform Building Standard color and pattern only shall be provided for the exterior glass of the Building to give uniform color exposure through exterior windows. Exterior blinds shall remain in a lowered position at all times to provide uniform exposure from the outside. No awnings, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, including approval by Landlord of the quality, type, design, color and manner of attachment. Tenant entrance doors shall be kept closed at all times in accordance with the fire code.
17. Hazardous Operations and Items : Tenant shall not install or operate any steam or gas engine or boiler, or carry on any mechanical business in the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion. The use of oil, gas or inflammable liquids for heating, lighting or any other purposes is expressly prohibited. Tenant shall not cause or permit any gas, liquids or odors to be produced upon or emanate from the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the improvements and equipment contemplated by the Tenant Improvement Construction Documents shall not violate this Unit Rule.
18. Hours for Repairs, Maintenance and Alterations : Any repairs, maintenance and alterations required or permitted to be done by Tenant under the Lease shall be done only during the ordinary business hours of the Building, unless Landlord shall have first consented in writing to such work being done outside such times. If Tenant desires to have such work done by Landlord’s employees on Saturdays, Sundays, holidays or weekends outside of ordinary business hours, Tenant shall pay the extra cost of such labor.
19. No Defacing of Premises : Except as permitted by Landlord and by this Lease, Tenant shall not mark up, cut, drill into, drive nails or screws into, or in any way deface the doors, walls, ceilings or floors of the Premises or of the Building, nor shall any connection be made to the electric wires or electric fixtures without the consent in writing on each occasion of Landlord or its agents, and any defacement, damage or injury caused by Tenant shall be paid for Tenant.
20. Limit on Equipment : If Tenant requires any interior wiring such as for a business machine, intercom, printing equipment or copying equipment, to the extent that such wiring extends outside the Premises, such wiring shall be done only by Landlord’s electrician for the Building and at Tenant’s expense. No electrical wiring outside the Premises shall be performed by any person unless previously approved in writing by Landlord or its representative. If telegraphic or telephonic service is desired, the wiring for same to the extent that such wiring extends outside the Premises, shall be done as directed by the electrician of the Building, or by some other employee of Landlord who may be instructed by the superintendent of the Building to supervise same. No floor boring shall be done unless approved by Landlord or its representatives, as stated.
21. Solicitation, Food and Beverages : Landlord reserves the right to restrict, control or prohibit canvassing, soliciting and peddling within the Building. Tenant shall not grant any concessions, licenses or permission for the sale or taking of orders for food, alcoholic beverages, services or merchandise in the Premises, nor install or permit the installation or use of any machine or equipment for dispensing goods or foods or beverages in the Building, nor permit machine or equipment for dispensing goods or food or beverages in the Building, nor permit the preparation, serving, distribution or delivery of food or beverages in the Premises without the approval of Landlord and in compliance with arrangements prescribed by Landlord, except in connection with convenience lunch rooms or beverage service or catered functions for employees, clients and guests of Tenant (on a noncommercial basis). Only persons approved in writing by Landlord shall be permitted to serve, distribute, or deliver food and beverages within the Building, or to the use the elevators or public areas of the Building for that purpose.





22. Balconies and Roof : Landlord shall have access to all balconies and the roof during all hours even when such access requires Landlord to pass through the Premises or window openings.
23. Smoke Free Building : The Building is a smoke free building and Tenant shall not permit any of its employees, agents, contractors, subcontractors, invites, guests or visitors to smoke in the Building or Premises.
24. Captions : The caption for each of these rules and regulations is added as a matter of convenience only and shall be considered of no effect in the construction of any provision or provisions of these rules and regulations.









EXHIBIT F-2
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION RULES
Rules and Regulations for Contractors
The following rules and regulations are to be considered standard operating procedures for any contractor working at the 3711 Market Research Condominium. The word “Contractor” is applicable to any entity or individual that is or will provide a service to any tenant or management inclusive of any other entity or individuals that may be working under their direct supervision (Subcontractors).
1.      No construction personnel are allowed in passenger elevators at any time. All construction materials and workers are restricted to the service elevator.
2.      No construction personnel will congregate in the common areas at any time. All personnel shall enter and exit through the service area.
3.      No eating and drinking is allowed in the building except in the work areas, contractor’s office, or areas specifically designated by Intech Construction.
4.      No radios are allowed during the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 7:00 p.m. After hours, no loud music is allowed. Doors to spaces under construction shall be maintained closed at all times.
5.      When working in common area, the contractor shall maintain area in clean safe manner. The contractor and its workers shall not interfere, disturb, fraternize or interrupt the tenant’s environment or habitat.
6.      Proper conduct / dress code is expected and mandated of any contractor and its personnel. Anyone violating these requirements will be asked to leave the premises and no future access will be granted to such individual. (NO EXCEPTIONS).
7.      No construction personnel are allowed in common area bathrooms. One restroom will be designated by the engineering or management staff for construction personnel use. This restroom must be kept clean and orderly by the contractor on a daily basis.
8.      Areas under construction, as well as storage areas and all unoccupied areas, are to be kept clean and in an orderly fashion on a daily basis.
9.      All material deliveries to occupied floors are to be done before 7:00 am or after 7:00 p.m. Adequate covering must be placed on all doors, floors and walls for protection. Hard surface flooring must be covered with plywood or Masonite.
10.      Occupied floors with areas under construction are to have all construction debris (vacuumed if necessary) removed from building (corridors, restrooms, lobbies, stairwells, electrical and mechanical rooms) on a daily basis and work area “Broom Clean”.
11.      The building is a designated non-smoking building and smoking is not permitted anywhere in the building including stairwells and restrooms.
12.      No alcoholic beverages, illegal drugs, or firearms are permitted in the building or its grounds.
13.      Tenant’s General Contractor(s) or Contractor(s) or Subcontractor(s) shall:





A.      Provide daily project supervision to assure compliance with the construction schedule and the proper management of its progress. The contractor’s superintendent/project manager shall be solely responsible for all coordination with management and for contractor’s conduct.
B.      Comply with the rules and regulations for contractor in its entirety.
C.      Coordinate meetings with tenant, tenant’s architect and landlord to discuss the progress of the work and to address any problems.
D.      Submit a complete list of its subcontractors, suppliers and an organizational chart listing the personnel responsible for the project.
E.      Submit a complete test and balance report from an independent contractor (3 signed and sealed copies). The calibration of the thermostats and adjustment of the min./max.
F.      Submit copies of the building permit before the start of any work and the CO or CC when the project is finished. Also provide “As Built” drawings, copies of all warranties, guarantees and service manuals.
G.      Submit insurance certification in accordance with the Lease.
H.      Submit copies of all required licenses needed to work in the state, county and city.
14.      No building materials and/or equipment are to be stored in the plaza area, service corridors, loading dock, or lobby area at any time.
15.      Contractors are permitted to park on the surface lot located on the south side of Market Street between 38th and 39th Streets, provided that such parking is provided on a first-come, first-served basis and Landlord makes no guaranty that any such parking will be available to Contractors.
16.      Service elevator will be provided for the use of construction personnel and for deliveries of materials and equipment. Large deliveries of materials must be scheduled 48 hours in advance. Operator and security charges will be applicable for off-hours deliveries. After hours use of freight elevator requires written permission by building management.
17.      Contractors, subcontractors, and suppliers shall not use the loading dock plaza area for parking. Contractors, subcontractors and suppliers must coordinate with building manager for loading and unloading of tools, equipment, and materials.
18.      Contractors may not operate air conditioning equipment and units. Prior arrangement for air conditioning must be made with the Property Manager or Chief Engineer.
19.      Contractors will maintain clean and safe-working conditions at all times. Trash removal will be done daily at contractor’s cost, including all labor and dumpster locations are to be approved by building personnel.
20.      Contractor will be responsible for precautions and protections to adjacent areas against damage from fire, smoke, welding, or soldering (must be fully supervised) and delivery of materials and equipment. Any damage caused as a result of the construction must be immediately corrected by the contractor at its own expense.





21.      Contractor shall notify and receive prior written approval from building management for any request to work after hours by its personnel, subcontractors or any of its agents. A work schedule and names of all those who will be working must be submitted with the request for access after hours.
22.      Work that will cause to disturb and inconvenience other tenants of the building will not be allowed during working hours of 8:00 a.m. through 6:00 p.m. on normal working days unless separated from an occupied floor by at least two (2) unoccupied floors. These shall include, but not be limited to drilling, loud hammering, odor causing material, etc.
23.      Contractor may work in the building from 6:30 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. without the need to make any special arrangements, but with full compliance of all items mentioned above. Off-hours are considered from 6:00 p.m. to 6:30 a.m. the following day or weekends. Contractor may work off-hours (with prior written approval from Building Management). Again, with full understanding and compliance of all items mentioned above.
24.      Should security and air conditioning be required it will be provided at the contractor’s own expense and Landlord will require prior arrangement of these services. Please make note of this when pricing.
25.      No utilities or services to any areas in the building are to be interrupted without the written approval of the Property Manager. Such approval shall be requested no less than 5 days in advance on a normal working day.
26.      Contractors are responsible for providing its employees, subcontractors and suppliers a copy of these rules and regulations. Full compliance will be enforced and expected.
27.      Contractor is responsible for any false fire alarms if fire department is notified. The cost will be paid by contractor.
28.      All Fire alarm certification will be done after 7 p.m.
29.      Contractor is required to install and replace (weekly) a pre-filter to the base building air condition unit on the construction floor, if applicable, and must coordinate with Building Engineer.
30.      Penetration location through the concrete slab should be confirmed with Structural Engineer, and x-rayed to confirm proximity to tendons. Penetration and x-ray should be scheduled after 11:00 p.m.; Sunday through Saturday. Protection devices must be used. No core drills or penetrations are permitted until they are approved and coordinated with owner and Building Management.
Contacts at Intech Construction:
___________________________
Contacts at Property Management:
___________________________
Chief Engineer:
___________________________






ACKNOWLEDGED
Print Name of General Contractor

                        
By:          _______________________________             
Title:                         
Date:                               G-2
G-3





EXHIBIT G
JANITORIAL SCHEDULE
DAILY
Offices :
Empty all trash receptacles and replace all trash liners.
Vacuum all carpeted high traffic areas and spot clean/vacuum carpeted offices as necessary.
Dusting all surfaces up to 70” without removing items from surfaces.
Dust mop all floor tile areas. Damp mop as needed.
Elevators :
Clean all interior surfaces of elevator cars. Wet mop floors, clean all SS surfaces with special cleaner.
Restrooms :
Sweep and wet mop floors. Wash and sanitize toilet fixtures, seats and urinals. Clean wash basins.
Damp wipe and polish dry: mirrors, shelves, dispensers, plated fixtures, and piping.
Dust grilles and stall partitions.
Spot clean wall surfaces, partitions, doors and waste receptacles.
Empty sanitary napkin receptacles.
Provide paper goods, soaps and plastic liners.
Stairways :
Sweep.
Outside Entrances :
Sweep landings, steps and adjacent sidewalks. Empty trash receptacles and replace liners.
Lobbies :
Sweep and damp mop floors, vacuum carpets, clean drinking fountains.
ON A SCHEDULE DETERMINED BY LANDLORD AND TENANT
Sweep and mop lab floors.
WEEKLY
Sweep loading dock.





Detail vacuum all carpeted surfaces.
Buff elevator floors.
MONTHLY
Lobbies and Corridors:
Spray buff all floors.
Spot clean carpets.
QUARTERLY

Offices :
Dust all surfaces to 70”. Tenant will be advised of exact dates per area so all belongings are removed prior to dusting.
Clean all glass surfaces.
Restrooms :
Power scrub all floors and walls.
Lobbies :
Spot wash walls.
YEARLY

Lobbies and Corridors :
Strip and wax all floor surfaces.
OTHER SERVICES
Shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.
F-3





EXHIBIT H
TENANT’S PROPERTY
Glass partitions, but only to the extent such partitions are bought by Tenant (and not with the Additional TI Allowance)






EXHIBIT I
FORM OF ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
To:      Wexford-UCSC II, LP
17190 Bernardo Center Drive
San Diego, California 92128
Attention: Vice President, Real Estate Legal
BioMed Realty, L.P.
17190 Bernardo Center Drive
San Diego, California 92128
Wexford Science & Technology, LLC
801 W. Baltimore Street, Suite 505
Baltimore, MD 21201


Re:
[ Portion of ] the ninth (9 th ) Floor (the “ Premises ”) at 3711 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA (the “ Property ”)
The undersigned tenant (“ Tenant ”) hereby certifies to you as follows:
1. Tenant is a tenant at the Property under a lease (the “ Lease ”) for the Premises dated as of [_______], 20[__]. The Lease has not been cancelled, modified, assigned, extended or amended [except as follows: [_______]], and there are no other agreements, written or oral, affecting or relating to Tenant’s lease of the Premises or any other space at the Property. The lease term expires on [_______], 20[__].
2. Tenant took possession of the Premises, currently consisting of [_______] square feet, on [_______], 20[__], and commenced to pay rent on [_______], 20[__]. Tenant has full possession of the Premises, has not assigned the Lease or sublet any part of the Premises, and does not hold the Premises under an assignment or sublease[, except as follows: [_______]].
3. All base rent, rent escalations and additional rent under the Lease have been paid through [_______], 20[__]. There is no prepaid rent[, except $[_______]][, and the amount of security deposit is $[_______] [in cash][OR][in the form of a letter of credit]]. Tenant currently has no right to any future rent abatement under the Lease.
4. Base rent is currently payable in the amount of $[_______] per month.
5. Tenant is currently paying estimated payments of additional rent of $[_______] per month on account of real estate taxes, insurance, management fees and common area maintenance expenses.
6. All work to be performed for Tenant under the Lease has been performed as required under the Lease and has been accepted by Tenant[, except [_______]], and all allowances to be paid to Tenant, including allowances for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other items, have been paid.
7. The Lease is in full force and effect, free from default and free from any event that could become a default under the Lease, and Tenant has no claims against the landlord or offsets or defenses against rent, and there are no disputes with the landlord. Tenant has received no notice of prior sale, transfer, assignment, hypothecation or pledge of the Lease or of the rents payable thereunder[, except [_______]].
8. [Tenant has the following expansion rights or options for the Property: [_______].][OR][Tenant has no rights or options to purchase the Property.]





9. To Tenant’s knowledge, no hazardous wastes have been generated, treated, stored or disposed of by or on behalf of Tenant in, on or around the Premises or the Project in violation of any environmental laws.
10. The undersigned has executed this Estoppel Certificate with the knowledge and understanding that [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], or its assignee is acquiring the Property in reliance on this certificate and that the undersigned shall be bound by this certificate. The statements contained herein may be relied upon by [INSERT NAME OF PURCHASER OR LENDER, AS APPROPRIATE], Wexford-UCSC II, LP, Wexford Science & Technology, LLC, BioMed Realty, L.P., BioMed Realty Trust, Inc., and any [other] mortgagee of the Property and their respective successors and assigns.
Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given in the Lease.
Dated this [____] day of [_______], 20[__].
[_______],
a [_______]


By:                     
Name:                     
Title:                     








EXHIBIT J
[ FORM OF LETTER OF CREDIT
[On letterhead or L/C letterhead of Issuer.]
LETTER OF CREDIT
Date: _______, 20__
__________________________ (the “ Beneficiary ”)
__________________________
__________________________
Attention: _________________
L/C. No.: __________________
Loan No. : _________________

Ladies and Gentlemen:
We establish in favor of Beneficiary our irrevocable and unconditional Letter of Credit numbered as identified above (the “ L/C ”) for an aggregate amount of $_______, expiring at __:00 p.m. on _______ or, if such day is not a Banking Day, then the next succeeding Banking Day (such date, as extended from time to time, the “ Expiry Date ”). “ Banking Day ” means a weekday except a weekday when commercial banks in _____________ are authorized or required to close.
We authorize Beneficiary to draw on us (the “ Issuer ”) for the account of _______ (the “ Account Party ”), under the terms and conditions of this L/C.
Funds under this L/C are available by presenting the following documentation (the “ Drawing Documentation ”): (a) the original L/C and (b) a sight draft substantially in the form of Attachment 1 , with blanks filled in and bracketed items provided as appropriate. No other evidence of authority, certificate, or documentation is required.
Drawing Documentation must be presented at Issuer’s office at ____________ on or before the Expiry Date by personal presentation, courier or messenger service, or fax. Presentation by fax shall be effective upon electronic confirmation of transmission as evidenced by a printed report from the sender’s fax machine. After any fax presentation, but not as a condition to its effectiveness, Beneficiary shall with reasonable promptness deliver the original Drawing Documentation by any other means. Issuer will on request issue a receipt for Drawing Documentation.
We agree, irrevocably, and irrespective of any claim by any other person, to honor drafts drawn under and in conformity with this L/C, within the maximum amount of this L/C, presented to us on or before the Expiry Date, provided we also receive (on or before the Expiry Date) any other Drawing Documentation this L/C requires.
We shall pay this L/C only from our own funds by check or wire transfer, in compliance with the Drawing Documentation.





If Beneficiary presents proper Drawing Documentation to us on or before the Expiry Date, then we shall pay under this L/C at or before the following time (the “ Payment Deadline ”): (a) if presentment is made at or before noon of any Banking Day, then the close of such Banking Day; and (b) otherwise, the close of the next Banking Day. We waive any right to delay payment beyond the Payment Deadline. If we determine that Drawing Documentation is not proper, then we shall so advise Beneficiary in writing, specifying all grounds for our determination, within one Banking Day after the Payment Deadline.
Partial drawings are permitted. This L/C shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.
We shall have no duty or right to inquire into the validity of or basis for any draw under this L/C or any Drawing Documentation. We waive any defense based on fraud or any claim of fraud.
The Expiry Date shall automatically be extended by one year (but never beyond _____ (the “ Outside Date ”)) unless, on or before the date 90 days before any Expiry Date, we have given Beneficiary notice that the Expiry Date shall not be so extended (a “ Nonrenewal Notice ”). We shall promptly upon request confirm any extension of the Expiry Date under the preceding sentence by issuing an amendment to this L/C, but such an amendment is not required for the extension to be effective. We need not give any notice of the Outside Date.
Beneficiary may from time to time without charge transfer this L/C, in whole but not in part, to any transferee (the “ Transferee ”). Issuer shall look solely to Account Party for payment of any fee for any transfer of this L/C. Such payment is not a condition to any such transfer. Beneficiary or Transferee shall consummate such transfer by delivering to Issuer the original of this L/C and a Transfer Notice substantially in the form of Attachment 2 , purportedly signed by Beneficiary, and designating Transferee. Issuer shall promptly reissue or amend this L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Upon any transfer, all references to Beneficiary shall automatically refer to Transferee, who may then exercise all rights of Beneficiary. Issuer expressly consents to any transfers made from time to time in compliance with this paragraph.
Any notice to Beneficiary shall be in writing and delivered by hand with receipt acknowledged or by overnight delivery service such as FedEx (with proof of delivery) at the above address, or such other address as Beneficiary may specify by written notice to Issuer. A copy of any such notice shall also be delivered, as a condition to the effectiveness of such notice, to: ___________ (or such replacement as Beneficiary designates from time to time by written notice).
No amendment that adversely affects Beneficiary shall be effective without Beneficiary’s written consent.
This L/C is subject to and incorporates by reference: (a) the International Standby Practices 98 (“ ISP 98 ”); and (b) to the extent not inconsistent with ISP 98, Article 5 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York.
Very truly yours,
[Issuer Signature]






ATTACHMENT 1 TO EXHIBIT J
FORM OF SIGHT DRAFT
[Beneficiary Letterhead]
TO:
[Name and Address of Issuer]
SIGHT DRAFT
AT SIGHT, pay to the Order of ______________, the sum of ______________ United States Dollars ($______________). Drawn under [Issuer] Letter of Credit No. ______________ dated ______________.
[Issuer is hereby directed to pay the proceeds of this Sight Draft solely to the following account: _________________________.]
[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]
Date: ________________






ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT J
FORM OF TRANSFER NOTICE
[Beneficiary Letterhead]
TO:
[Name and Address of Issuer] (the “ Issuer ”)
TRANSFER NOTICE
By signing below, the undersigned, Beneficiary (the “ Beneficiary ”) under Issuer’s Letter of Credit No. ______________ dated ______________ (the “ L/C ”), transfers the L/C to the following transferee (the “ Transferee ”):
[Transferee Name and Address]
The original L/C is enclosed. Beneficiary directs Issuer to reissue or amend the L/C in favor of Transferee as Beneficiary. Beneficiary represents and warrants that Beneficiary has not transferred, assigned, or encumbered the L/C or any interest in the L/C, which transfer, assignment, or encumbrance remains in effect.
[Name and signature block, with signature or purported signature of Beneficiary]
Date: ________________]







EXHIBIT K
HazMat Rules
GENERAL LAB GUIDELINES
The followings are preliminary general guidelines set by Landlord for the operation of laboratory space at the Building. Landlord reserves the right to change, amend, add, or delete any part or the whole of these guidelines at any time. Specific guidelines regarding chemical, biological, lab and radiation safety are the responsibility of the Tenant. Each laboratory is required to have a complete Health and Safety Plan and a designated Officer. Tenant must obtain and keep current all necessary permits and licenses from the appropriate governmental authorities.
(a)      Acid Disposal: All acid solutions must be disposed only through the designated acid disposal sink in the lab. Absolutely do not pour acid solution in other sinks located in your laboratory or any other sinks in the common labs. An acid/base neutralizer kit (such as baking soda) should be used to clean up small acid or base spills.
(b)      Deliveries: A representative of the Tenant must be present to accept and sign for incoming packages. Delivered packages should not be left in common areas. All deliveries of Hazardous Materials and Regulated Waste must be coordinated with building management.
(c)      Dry Ice: Dry ice should not be poured in the sinks as this will cause the sinks to crack. Dry ice also should not be kept in the cold room or any other room with limited air circulation.
(d)      Flammables: Flammable substances must be stored in a “flammables cabinet” at all times when not in use. Spills involving flammable or noxious materials should be isolated as quickly as possible. Areas adjacent to affected areas should be notified and evacuated if necessary. Building Management should be notified immediately.
(e)      Glass and Sharp Disposals: Broken glass, Pasteur pipettes and sharps must be disposed of in clearly marked containers and not in the regular trash in order to avoid accidents to waste handlers. It is tenant’s responsibility to contract for Glass and Sharp Disposal.
(f)      Health and Safety Officer: Each Tenant occupying a lab and performing experiments must develop a health and safety manual and designate a Health and Safety Officer. The Health and Safety Officer will be responsible for training their employees and be accountable for maintaining the safety of all personnel, employees and non-employees of the Tenant, which could be affected by the work of the Tenant. The name of the Health and Safety Officer should be reported to Building Management when newly designated or when replaced. Material safety data sheet (MSDS) of chemicals and compounds should be kept in a binder in alphabetical order. The binder should be kept in the same designated space at all times. A second copy of the MSDS binder must be delivered to Building Management and kept current at all times.
(g)      Radiation Safety: The Tenant is responsible for obtaining a license from the NRC to carry out work with radioisotopes. The use of radioisotopes and compliance with all the rules and guidelines set by the NRC and the State of Pennsylvania are the sole responsibility of the Tenant. Upon vacating the Premises, Tenant must remove all radioisotopes as well as radioactive waste from the laboratory and provide Landlord with a “laboratory space decommission statement” from the NRC.
(h)      Safety Showers: Safety showers are designed to be activated in the case of an emergency, and will dispense a large volume of water very quickly after being activated. Water from the safety shower will





continue to flow automatically until the shower handle is pushed back to deactivate the water flow. In the event of shower activation, an absorbent material should be used to remove excess water. Building Management must be notified immediately after any Safety Shower activation.
(i)      Waste Disposal: Disposal of biohazard waste, chemicals, glassware and sharps are the sole responsibility and liability of the Tenant. Landlord will make every effort to obtain a group discount for these services from independent parties. However, the Landlord assumes no liability in ensuring their proper disposal.
(j)      Water Spills: In the event of water spills or overflows, an absorbent material should be used to rapidly remove excess water in order to prevent leakage to other floors. Building Management must be notified immediately after any water spill or overflow.





L-3






Exhibit L

Tenant Annual Report

Purpose/Background:
New Markets Tax Credits: This building/Project was financed in part with a Federal subsidy called New Markets Tax Credits (NMTC). The NMTC Program was established by Congress in 2000 to spur new or increased investments into operating businesses and real estate projects located in low-income communities. Communities benefit from the jobs associated with these investments, as well as greater access to public facilities, goods, and services. In addition, as the communities develop, they become even more attractive to investors, spurring further investments and revitalization.

As a tenant of this Project, you can help the Project achieve the intended outcomes and community benefits described above. Your cooperation will help demonstrate the impact of the NMTC program, thereby allowing the program to continue so that it can help finance other important projects across the U.S.

You can help in the following ways:
1. By helping the borrower to track, measure and report various indicators of community benefits; and
2. By using commercially reasonable efforts to recruit and hire Low-Income Persons (LIPs) and residents of Low-Income Communities (LICs) for jobs within your organization.

In the New Markets Tax Credit program, “ Low-Income Person ” (LIP) means any individual having an income, adjusted for family size, of not more than: (1) for metropolitan areas, 80% of the area median family income; and (2) for non-metropolitan areas, the greater of (a) 80% of the area median family income or (b) 80% of the statewide non-metropolitan area median family income.

Low-Income Community ” (LIC) means any population census tract satisfying the definition of Low-Income Community under the New Markets Tax Credit program as set forth in Internal Revenue Code Section 45D(e), including any population census tract if (1) the poverty rate for such tract is at least 20% or (2) (a) in the case of a tract not located within a metropolitan area, the median family income of such tract does not exceed 80% of statewide median family income or the metropolitan area median family income.

Name of Tenant:
Address of Leased Premises:
Date of Report:
Period Covered: [The initial form should be filled out with current and projected information. The annual forms thereafter should cover the previous calendar year, i.e. January 1, 2016 - December 31, 2016].

I.
Tenant Information
1.
Is this business Minority-owned or Minority-controlled?:
“Minority-owned or Minority-controlled”
Minority-owned for-profit entity : A for-profit entity that is not a MDI (Minority Depository Institution) and that has at least 51 percent of its equity ownership interest being owned by individuals who identify themselves as Black American, Asian American, Hispanic American, or Native American.

Minority-controlled not-for-profit : A not-for-profit entity with at least 51 percent of its Board of Directors comprised of individuals who identify themselves as Black American, Asian American, Hispanic American, or Native American.

2.
Is this business owned by a LIP or resident of the LIC? [If unsure, please provide the business owner’s address, if available]:

3.
Brief Description of Tenant’s Business:







4.
Where was this business located before moving to the Project?:


5.
Why did the business locate in the Project?


II.
Lease Information

Square Footage
 
Lease Term
 
Rental Rate
 
Special Flexible Lease Terms, if any
 




III.
Job Information

A.
Job Creation

FTE ” means a job that involves at least 35 hours of work per week. To calculate FTEs, calculate the total number of hours worked by ALL employees per week (full- and part-time). Divide that number by 35. (Example: 2 employees work 35 hrs/week, 1 works 25 hrs/week, 1 works 15 hrs/week. Total hours = 110. 110/35 = 3.14 FTEs.)

1.
Please complete the table below for jobs at this location only:

 
Prior to Project opening
Currently
Projected to be created in the next 2 years
Full time jobs
 
 
 
Part time jobs
 
 
 
Total jobs
 
 
 
FTEs
 
 
 

2.
What types of new positions were added to this location after moving to this Project?


3.
If you anticipate adding more positions to this location in the next two years, please describe the types of positions:

4.
How has being located in this Project impacted the growth of this business (if at all)?

5.
Does your business use third-party vendors for any maintenance, janitorial or operational services at this location? If yes, please list the vendors and services they provide, and estimate the number of positions supported by the contract at this location.






Vendor Name
Services Provided
Estimated # of positions
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

a.
Collect Third-Party Vendor Annual Report from vendors who support at least five positions through that contract.


B.
Job Quality

1.
Please complete the table below for employees at this location:
The categories of the types of positions for which you hire (i.e. administrative, managerial, professional, technical).
The number of jobs in each of those categories.
The minimum education/skill level required for each category of position. [Less than H.S. diploma, H.S. diploma, 2-year AA degree, 4-year degree, more than a 4-year degree - and/or, in each case, equivalent experience]
The starting wage and benefits offered for each type of position (M = medical, D = dental, PTO = paid time off, R = retirement, LI = life insurance/disability, S = stock ownership).
What types of opportunities are provided for professional development/ advancement.
Position Type (Use a separate row for Full-time vs. Part-time employees)
Number of Positions
Minimum Education/Skill Level required
Starting Wage
Benefits Offered
Prof. development and/or advancement opportunities
Example: Administrative (Full-Time)
4
2-year college degree or equivalent experience
$35,000
M, D, R, LI, PTO
Training opps to become senior Admin Associate
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Totals
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 






2.
Describe any other benefits provided to employees at this location, and number/percent of employees who receive each benefit. (Ex: child care, paid sick days, educational reimbursements):


3.
Describe any opportunities that are provided for professional development at this location, particularly for positions that are considered entry-level or which do not require a four-year degree.


C.
Job Accessibility

1.
What are your methods for recruiting and hiring at this location, particularly for positions that do not require a four-year degree? Please describe where positions are typically advertised and how applications are accepted.


2.
Do you work with any local job training organizations or workforce development agencies to recruit or hire at this location? If yes, did you hire any candidates? If no, why not?


3.
Do you provide on-the-job training for all or some of your positions at this location? If so please describe:


4.
Please describe the typical pathway for advancement or examples of employees who have advanced within your business.


5.
Please describe any of the following, if applicable: Local hiring initiatives, diversity hiring initiatives, incentives for internal promotions, employment opportunities for individuals with significant barriers (i.e., criminal records).


IV.
Other Community Benefits
A.
Charitable Nonprofit or Community Facility
1.
Is your organization a charitable non-profit or a provider of community goods or services to residents of Low-Income Communities or Low-Income Persons? (Community goods and services: social, educational, health care, or cultural, etc.). If yes, please describe your organization and the goods or services you provide:



2.
Approximately how many people are or will be served by these community goods and services?

3.
Please estimate what percentage of those served are Low-Income Persons or residents of Low-Income Communities:

4.
Please describe your method for determining the above percentage (i.e., estimating, measuring recipients of need-based scholarships, tracking patients on Medicaid, SNAP, WIC, etc.):






B.
Community Space
1.
Describe the extent to which any conference, event, or other facilities within your space is provided (or is anticipated to be provided) to nonprofits or organizations who provide benefits to the community for no charge or a reduced charge:


[Numbers 2 - 7 are N/A for new leases]
2.
Number of events in the past year for non-profits or organizations who provide benefits to the community:

3.
Number of attendees at events for non-profits or organizations who provide benefits to the community in the past year:

4.
Reduced rate structure:

5.
Estimated dollar value of the benefits provided to non-profits or organizations who provide benefits to the community:

6.
List of non-profits or organizations who provide benefits to the community who have used the space at the reduced rate:


7.
Describe any programming your organization provides, sponsors or hosts in your space that is free and/or accessible to local community:


C.
Other Community Benefits
1.
Does your organization participate in or run any internship programs or partnerships with local K-12 schools, community colleges or job workforce training programs? If yes, describe.


2.
Does your organization make any contributions to local organizations that would benefit the local community or Low-Income Persons? If yes, describe.


3.
Does anyone in the leadership of your organization serve on the boards of any non-profits that benefit the local community or Low-Income Persons? If yes, describe.


4.
Describe any environmentally sustainable features of your space:



5.
Describe any other community benefit your organization provides or participates in or plans to provide or participate in:





[Signature on Following Page]








By completing and signing this form, you acknowledge and agree the following:
You are authorized to complete this form on behalf of the Tenant.
The above information is true and correct to the best of your knowledge.
You understand the purpose of the NMTC program and this related reporting.
You will ensure that your organization continues to use commercially reasonable efforts to recruit and hire low-income persons and low-income community residents.



By:      ___________________________
Tenant Representative
Title:
Phone:
Email:












Exhibit 10.36

Confidential Materials omitted and filed separately with the
Securities and Exchange Commission. Double asterisks denote omissions.

LICENSE AGREEMENT AMENDMENT

This Amendment (the "Amendment"), with an effective date of November 23, 2015 (the "Effective Date") serves as a modification to the November 23, 2015 License Agreement made by and between Spark Therapeutics, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a principle place of business at 3737 Market Street, Suite 1300 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, 19104 ("SPARK" and The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia®, a non-profit entity organized and existing under the laws of Pennsylvania and having a principal place of business at 34th and Civic Center Boulevard, Philadelphia, PA 19104 ("CHOP") (the "0775 Agreement"). Each of SPARK and CHOP may be referred to herein individually as a "Party" and together as the "Parties".

CHOP and SPARK hereby agree as follows:

1.1    CHOP has licensed certain inventions and intellectual property to SPARK in a license agreement dated October 14, 2013, as subsequently amended on December 26, 2013, May 16, 2014, December 5, 2014 and October 8, 2015 (collectively the "Original License Agreement").

1.2    On the same terms and conditions set forth in the Original License Agreement as if the [**] application and the [**] family were incorporated into Appendix A of the Original License Agreement, and for an initial upfront payment of [**] dollars [**] , said payment having already been made by SPARK to CHOP, and otherwise the same consideration set forth in the Original License Agreement with the exception of the equity consideration set forth in Section 6.1 of the Original License Agreement, CHOP hereby grants, and SPARK hereby accepts, a worldwide exclusive license in the Licensed Field (as defined in the Original License Agreement), with the right to sublicense, to use and practice:

United States Provisional Application No. [**] ("the [**] application") ,

And all related patent applications filed in any country of the world that claim priority directly or indirectly to the [**] application, any patents issuing from such patent applications in any country of the world, and any continuations, divisionsals, continuations-in-part, reexaminations, reissues, substitutes, renewals or extensions thereof ("the [**] family"),

subject, however, to the HHMI License in section 3.3 and rights reserved for academic and non-profit entities in section 3.4, as if the definition of CHOP Intellectual Prope1ty as referred to in those sections of the Original License Agreement includes the [**] application and the [**] family.

1.3    All Sections of the Original License Agreement, other than Section 6.1 thereof, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement as if originally set forth herein, including, without limitation, SPARK's indemnification obligations as to CHOP and HHMI in sections 11.6 and 11.7, respectively, and all references to Patent Rights in the Original License Agreement shall include the [**] application and the [**] family.

1.4    This Amendment supersedes the 0775 Agreement in its entirety.


SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE







IN WITNESS WHEREOF, duly authorized representatives of the Parties have duly executed this Agreement to be effective as of the Effective Date.

For CHILDREN'S HOSPITAL OF PHILADELPHIA:



/s/ Mary Tomlinson
Signature of Authorized CHOP Official            Date: 3/10/2016

Mary Tomlinson
Printed Name

Sr. Vice President, Administration
Tit l e

Mailing Address for Notices:

The Children's Hospital of Philadelphia Office of Technology Transfer
Colket Translational Research Building Suite 2200
3615 Civic Center Boulevard Philadelphia, PA 19104
Attention: Director, Technology Transfer



With copy to :
Office of General Counsel 34th and Civic Center Blvd. Philadelphia, PA 19104

.     
/s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
Signature of Authorized Official                Date: 3/8/2016

J effrev D. Marrazzo     
Printed Name

Chief Executive O fficer     
Title

Mailing Address for Notices: Spark Therapeutics,Inc.
3737 Market Street , Suite 1300
Philadelphia, PA 19104 Attention: General Counsel





Exhibit 23.1


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors
Spark Therapeutics, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-201768) of Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (formerly Spark Therapeutics, LLC) of our report dated March 14, 2016, with respect to the balance sheets of Spark Therapeutics, Inc. as of December 31, 2014 and 2015, and the related statements of operations, members’/stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the period from March 13, 2013 (inception) through December 31, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015, which report appears in the December 31, 2015 annual report on Form 10-K of Spark Therapeutics, Inc.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 14, 2016






Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Jeffrey D. Marrazzo, certify that:

1
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Spark Therapeutics, Inc.;
 
 
 
2
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
 
3
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
 
4
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
 
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
5
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date: March 14, 2016
By:
/s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
 
Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)




Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATIONS
I, Stephen W. Webster, certify that:
 
1
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Spark Therapeutics, Inc.;
 
 
 
2
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
 
 
3
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
 
 
4
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
 
 
 
a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
 
 
 
b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
 
 
 
c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
 
 
 
d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
 
5
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
 
 
 
 
a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
 
 
 
b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.


Date: March 14, 2016
By:
/s/ Stephen W. Webster
 
 
Stephen W. Webster
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)




Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jeffrey D. Marrazzo, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes -Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 14, 2016
By:
/s/ Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
 
Jeffrey D. Marrazzo
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
 
 
(Principal Executive Officer)





Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Spark Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2015 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen W. Webster, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:
 
(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Date: March 14, 2016
By:
/s/ Stephen W. Webster
 
 
Stephen W. Webster
 
 
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
(Principal Financial Officer)